Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents

ABSTRACT

This invention is directed to methods of preparing benzenesulfonamide compounds, as stereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers thereof or mixtures thereof; or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof, for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with voltage-gated sodium channels, such as epilepsy.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is directed to benzenesulfonamide compounds andpharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds and methods ofusing the compounds and the pharmaceutical compositions in treatingsodium channel-mediated diseases or conditions, such as epilepsy and/orepileptic seizure disorder, as well as other diseases and conditionsassociated with the mediation of sodium channels.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Voltage gated sodium channels (Na_(v)'s) are critical determinants ofcellular excitability in muscle and nerve (Hille, B, Ion Channels ofExcitable Membranes (2001), Sunderland, Mass., Sinauer Associates,Inc.). Four isoforms in particular, Na_(v)1.1, Na_(v)1.2, Na_(v)1.3, andNa_(v)1.6, account for the majority of sodium current in the neurons ofthe central nervous system. Na_(v)1.3 is primarily expressedembryonically. Beyond the neonatal stage, Na_(v)1.1, Na_(v)1.2, andNa_(v)1.6 are the critical isoforms that regulate neuronal signaling inthe brain (Catterall, W. A., Annual Review of Pharmacology andToxicology (2014), Vol. 54, pp. 317-338).

Na_(v)1.5 is expressed mainly in cardiac myocytes (Raymond, C. K. etal., J. Biol. Chem. (2004), Vol. 279, No. 44, pp. 46234-41), includingatria, ventricles, the sino-atrial node, atrio-ventricular node andcardiac Purkinje fibers. Mutations in human Na_(v)1.5 result in multiplearrhythmic syndromes, including, for example, long QT3 (LQT3), Brugadasyndrome (BS), an inherited cardiac conduction defect, sudden unexpectednocturnal death syndrome (SUNDS) and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)(Liu, H., et al., Am. J. Pharmacogenomics (2003), Vol. 3, No. 3, pp.173-9). Sodium channel blocker therapy has been used extensively intreating cardiac arrhythmias.

Epilepsy is a condition characterized by excessive synchronousexcitability in the brain that arises when the delicate balance ofexcitatory and inhibitory signals in the brain fall out of equilibrium.This can happen either due to an excess of excitation, or a deficiencyof inhibition. Mutations in the genes encoding Na_(v) channels have beenlinked to both types of disequilibrium.

Na_(v)1.1 has been identified as the primary Na_(v) isoform ofinhibitory interneurons (Yu, F. H. et al., Nat. Neurosci. (2006), Vol.9, pp. 1142-1149). These interneurons synapse on many other neurons,including excitatory glutamatergic neurons. Action potentials in theinterneurons induce the release of the neurotransmitter GABA onto otherneurons, hyperpolarizing them and thus dampening excitation. Thisresults in a negative feedback that enables controlled signaling andprevents local signals from expanding into waves of excitation thatspread across large brain regions. Because of this critical role ininhibitory interneurons, mutations that impair Na_(v)1.1 channelfunction can lead to a failure of those neurons to activate and releaseGABA (Ogiwara, I. et al., J. Neurosci. (2007), Vol. 27, pp. 5903-5914;Martin, M. S. et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2010), Vol. 285, pp. 9823-9834;Cheah, C. S. et al., Channels (Austin) (2013), Vol. 7, pp. 468-472; andDutton, S. B., et al., (2013), Vol. 49, pp. 211-220). The result is aloss in the inhibitory tone of the brain and a failure to contain theexcitability of the glutamatergic neurons. This failure of theinhibitory interneurons can result in aberrant wide-scale synchronousfiring of neurons across regions of the brain (epilepsy).

Mutations in the gene encoding Na_(v)1.1 (SCN1A) fall into two broadclasses, those that cause generalized epilepsy with febrile seizuresplus (GEFS+) and those that cause severe myoclonic epilepsy of infancy(SMEI), also known as Dravet Syndrome or early infantile epilepticencephalopathy 6 (EIEE6) (McKusik, V. K. et al., A EpilepticEncephalopathy, Early Infantile 6, EIEE6 (2012), Online MendelianInheritance in Man: John Hopkins University). SMEI mutations areheterozygous autosomal dominant mutations and are often caused by a genedeletion or truncation that leads to a channel with little or nofunction. The mutations arise de novo, or in a few cases have been shownto arise in asymptomatic mosaic parents (Tuncer, F. N. et al., EpilepsyResearch (2015), Vol. 113, pp. 5-10). Patients are born phenotypicallynormal and meet developmental milestones until the onset of seizures,typically between the age of 6 months and 1 year. This time of onset isbelieved to be a consequence of the normal decrease in the expression ofthe embryonic isoform Na_(v)1.3 and the coincident rise of Na_(v)1.1.When the Na_(v)1.1 channels fail to reach normal levels, the phenotypeis revealed (Cheah, C. S. et al., Channels (Austin) (2013), Vol. 7, pp.468-472). The initial seizure is often triggered by a febrile episodeand can manifest as status epilepticus. Seizures continue and increasein frequency and severity for the first several years of life and canreach frequencies of over 100 episodes per day. Seizures may betriggered by fever or may arise spontaneously without apparent cause.After seizure onset patients begin to miss developmental milestones andsignificant cognitive and behavioral deficits accrue (Dravet, C. andOguni, H., Handbook of Clinical Neurology (2013), Vol. 111, pp.627-633). 80 to 85% of phenotypically diagnosed Dravet syndrome patientsare believed to have a responsible mutation in SCN1A, while the other15-20% of patients have other mutations or are of unknown etiology.There is a high rate of sudden unexplained death in epilepsy (SUDEP) inSMEI patients, with an estimated 37% of patients dying by SUDEP, but themechanism for this catastrophic outcome remains unclear (Massey, C. A.,et al., Nature Reviews Neurology (2014), Vol. 10, pp. 271-282).Clinically useful anti-epileptic drugs that target voltage-gated sodiumchannels non-selectively, like carbamazepine and phenytoin, arecontra-indicated for SMEI patients as they can exacerbate seizures inthese patients (Wlmshurst, J. M. et al., Epilepsia (2015), Vol. 56, pp.1185-1197). This is presumed to be because patients cannot toleratefurther reductions in Na_(v)1.1 function.

GEFS+ is often caused by missense SCN1A mutations that induce relativelymild channel dysfunction, consistent with the relatively milder seizurephenotype. A large and growing number of mutations have been identified,and both the severity and the penetrance of the phenotype variesconsiderably. Many GEFS+ patients outgrow the seizure phenotype, howevernot all do, and GEFS+ patients with childhood epilepsy are considerablymore prone to have epilepsy as adults than are the general population.Mutations that cause deficits in other genes involved with GABA-ergicsignaling, like SCN1B that encodes the sodium channel auxiliary subunitand GABRG2 that encodes a subunit of GABA_(A) receptors can also giverise to GEFS+ (Helbig, I., Seminars in Neurology (2015) Vol. 35, pp.288-292).

Transgenic mice have been developed that harbor the same mutationsidentified in SMEI and GEFS+ patients. In both cases the mice replicatethe human phenotype well, though the penetrance of the phenotype can besignificantly impacted by the genetic background. Some mouse strainstolerate the mutations relatively well, while in other strains the samemutations can cause drastic seizure phenotypes. These differences arepresumed to be due to differing levels of expression of other genes thatmodulate the excitation phenotype (Miller, A. R. et al., Genes, Brain,and Behavior (2014), Vol. 13, pp. 163-172; Mistry, A. M. et al.,Neurobiology of Disease (2014), Vol. 65, pp. 1-11; and Hawkins, N. A. etal., Epilepsy Research (2016), Vol. 119, pp. 20-23).

In the brain, Na_(v)1.2 and Na_(v)1.6 are primarily expressed inexcitatory glutamatergic neurons. Both channels are especially dense inthe action initial segment (AIS), a region of the neuron adjacent to theneuronal soma that acts to integrate inputs and initiates actionpotential propagation to the soma and the distal dendrites (Royeck, M.et al., J. Neurophysiol. (2008), Vol. 100, pp. 2361-2380; Vega, A. V. etal., Neurosci. Lett. (2008), Vol. 442, pp. 69-73; and Hu, W. et al.,Nat. Neurosci. (2009), Vol. 12, pp. 996-1002). Na_(v)1.6 tends to beespecially densely localized the early AIS (distal from the soma) whereit is thought to act to trigger action potential initiation. Na_(v)1.2is more highly localized to the segment of the AIS most proximal to thesoma. Mutations in both SCN2A (Na_(v)1.2) and SCN8A (Na_(v)1.6) havebeen linked to epilepsy and cognitive delay. The effects of themutations are diverse both at the level of the impact on channelfunction, and on the patient phenotype. Both Na_(v)1.2 and Na_(v)1.6 arealso expressed in peripheral neurons. Na_(v)1.6 is especially dense atthe nodes of Ranvier of myelinated neurons, where it is critical formaintaining salutatory conduction and high speed neuronal signaling.

Only a handful of Na_(v)1.2 mutations have been described, but they areprimarily linked with central nervous system pathologies, especiallyepilepsy (Kearney, J. A. et al., Neuroscience (2001), Vol. 102, pp.307-317; Zerem, A. et al., European Journal of Paediatric Neurology:EJPN: Official Journal of the European Paediatric Neurology Society(2014), Vol. 18, pp. 567-571; Fukasawa, T. et al., Brain & Development(2015), Vol. 37, pp. 631-634; Howell, K. B. et al., Neurology (2015),Vol. 85, pp. 958-966; Saitoh, M. et al., Epilepsy Research (2015), Vol.117, pp. 1-6; Samanta, D. et al., Acta Neurologica Belgica (2015), Vol.115, pp. 773-776; Carroll, L. S. et al., Psychiatric Genetics (2016),Vol. 26, pp. 60-65; and Schwarz, N. et al., Journal of Neurology (2016),Vol. 263, pp. 334-343). The epilepsy mutations are presumed to beprimarily gain of function mutations, meaning that they lead to anincrease in the amount of sodium current and thereby increasingexcitability. Establishing the impact on channel function in vivo beyondreasonable doubt is challenging and some of these mutations may yet leadto loss of function phenotypes.

Mutations in SCN8A have likewise been reported to show a range of gainand loss of function effects on the Na_(v)1.6 channel though, forNa_(v)1.6, most mutations examined have been associated with gain offunction phenotypes. Mutations in Na_(v)1.6 have been linked withepilepsy and autism spectrum disorders (Trudeau, M. M. et al., Journalof Medical Genetics (2006), Vol. 43, pp. 527-530; Veeramah, K. R. etal., Am. J. Hum. Genet. (2012), Vol. 90, pp. 502-510; Vaher, U. et al.,Journal of Child Neurology (2013); de Kovel, C. G. et al., EpilepsyResearch (2014); Estacion, M. et al., Neurobiology of Disease (2014),Vol. 69, pp. 117-123; Ohba, C. et al., Epilepsia (2014), Vol. 55, pp.994-1000; Wagnon, J. L. et al., Human Molecular Genetics (2014); Kong,W. et al., Epilepsia (2015), Vol. 56, pp. 431-438; and Larsen, J. etal., Neurology (2015), Vol. 84, pp. 480-489). The best described SCN8Amutant patients have a syndrome known as early infantile epilepticencephalopathy, 13 (EIEE13). Over 100 EIEE13 patients have beenidentified. Patients typically present with intractable seizures betweenbirth and 18 months of age. Patients have developmental and cognitivedelay, and motor impairment often associated with chronic muscularhypotonia. The most severely impacted patients never gain sufficientmotor control to walk. Many are not verbal. Less severe phenotypes learnto walk and talk but are motor-impaired and miss cognitive and socialmilestones. Most of the identified mutations are missense mutations, andit is assumed that the specific functional impact of the mutationcontributes to the variability in the phenotype, though geneticbackground is also likely involved (Larsen, J. et al., Neurology (2015),Vol. 84, pp. 480-489). In contrast to SMEI patients, anecdotal evidencesuggests that anti-epileptic drugs that target voltage-gated sodiumchannels non-selectively can ameliorate symptoms in EIEE13 patients,though no controlled clinical trials have been completed (Boerma, R. S.et al., Neurotherapeutics: The Journal of the American Society forExperimental NeuroTherapeutics (2016), Vol. 13, pp. 192-197). Whilephenytoin does seem to provide efficacy for EIEE13 patients, it does soat a cost. Efficacy is only achieved at very high doses where thesignificant adverse effects are tolerated only because the patients arein such dire need. Adverse effects commonly associated with phenytointherapy include hepatic necrosis, hypertrichosis, nervousness, tremor ofhands, numbness, dizziness, drowsiness, tremor, depression, confusion,fatigue, constipation, vertigo, ataxia, mental status changes,myasthenia, mood changes, restlessness, irritability, and excitement. Itseems likely that a drug that selectively targets Na_(v)1.6 would retainefficacy while reducing its adverse event burden.

Loss of function mutations in SCN8A in mice lead to a phenotype known asmotor endplate disease (med) and multiple mutations and phenotypes werelinked to the med gene region prior to the identification of the SCN8Agene (Burgess, D. L. et al., Nat. Genet. (1995), Vol. 10, pp. 461-465).Mice with SCN8A^(med) mutations have varying degrees of musclehypotonia, consistent with the degree of dysfunction of the Na_(v)1.6function. Mice with the SCN8A^(med/jo) have Na_(v)1.6 channels that havea loss of function, but not null, phenotype. SCN8A^(med) andSCN8A^(med/jo) mice are resistant to seizures induced by chemical insult(flurothyl, kainic acid, and picrotoxin) (Martin, M. S. et al., HumanMolecular Genetics (2007), Vol. 16, pp. 2892-2899; Hawkins, N. A. etal., Neurobiology of Disease (2011), Vol. 41, pp. 655-660; and Makinson,C. D. et al., Neurobiology of Disease (2014), Vol. 68, pp. 16-25).Curiously, when SCN8A^(med/jo) mice are crossed with SCN1A^(null) mutantmice to produce a mouse that is heterozygous for both the SCN1A^(null)allele and the SCN8A^(med/jo) allele the double mutant mice have a muchimproved seizure and cognitive phenotype than those with only anSCN1A^(null) mutation (Martin, M. S. et al., Human Molecular Genetics(2007), Vol. 16, pp. 2892-2899). Such mice have a spontaneous seizureand death rate similar to wild type mice and their seizure thresholdafter chemical insult is also increased. A similar result occurs uponcrossing mice with missense mutations of SCN1A (a model for GEFS+) andmice with SCN8A loss of function mutations. Having a single allele ofSCN8A^(med/jo) protected the GEFS+ model mice from seizures andpremature death (Hawkins, N. A. et al., Neurobiology of Disease (2011),Vol. 41, pp. 655-660). The ability of SCN8A knock down to improveseizure resistance is not limited to knockouts where the gene isglobally absent throughout animal development. Knock down of SCN8A inadult mice either globally or specifically in the hippocampus via aCRE-LOX inducible knockout approach also improved resistance toelectrically and chemically induced seizures Makinson, C. D. et al.,Neurobiology of Disease (2014), Vol. 68, pp. 16-25). These data suggestthat the suppression of inhibitory signaling caused by decreasedNa_(v)1.1 current can be offset, at least in part, by suppressingexcitatory signaling via decreased in Na_(v)1.6 current.

Voltage-gated sodium channel antagonism is the most common mechanism ofwidely prescribed antiepileptic drugs (AED's) (Ochoa, J. R. et al.,Sodium Channel Blockers. In: Antiepileptic Drugs (2016), Vol. (Benbadis,S., ed) Medscape News & Perspectives). Carbamazepine, Eslicarbazepine,Oxcarbazepine, Lacosamide, Lamotrigine, Phenytoin, Rufinamide andZonisamide are all believed to act primarily by blocking that functionof Na_(v) channels. Despite the presumed mechanism of action, thesedrugs are relatively promiscuous. They block all Na_(v) channel isoformsindiscriminately, thus block of Na_(v)1.1 would be expected toproconvulsant. Block of Na_(v)1.6, and perhaps Na_(v)1.2, would beanticonvulsant. In addition to sodium channels, these compounds alsoblock other targets, including voltage-gated calcium channels. SelectiveNa_(v) antagonists that spare Na_(v)1.1 and other off-target receptorsare expected to have both improved efficacy and therapeutic indexrelative to the currently available Na_(v) blocking drugs.

There is therefore an unmet medical need to treat epilepsy and otherNa_(v)1.6 associated pathological states effectively and without adverseside effects due to the blocking of other sodium channels, such asNa_(v)1.1 and/or Na_(v)1.5. The present invention provides methods tomeet these critical needs.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is directed to benzenesulfonamide compounds andpharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds and methods ofusing the compounds and the pharmaceutical compositions of the inventionfor the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with the activityof voltage-gated sodium channels, particularly, Na_(v)1.6 activity, suchas epilepsy and/or epileptic seizure disorder.

Accordingly, in one aspect, this invention is directed tobenzenesulfonamide compounds of formula (I):

-   wherein:-   n is 1, 2, 3;-   m is 1, 2, 3 or 4;-   X is a direct bond or —C(R⁹)R¹⁰—;-   Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹¹)R¹²—;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R³ is —O— or —N(R¹³)—;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted    cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted    aralkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted    heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally    substituted heteroarylalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted    heterocyclyl or an optionally substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present,    is hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,    optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,    optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted    heterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl or optionally    substituted heteroarylalkyl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen, alkyl,    haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain and R¹⁰    and R¹² are as defined above; and-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof;-   provided that when R³ is —O—, R² is not optionally substituted    thiadiazolyl.

The compounds of the invention, which are compounds of formula (I), asdescribed above, as individual stereoisomers, enantiomers or tautomersthereof or mixtures thereof; or as pharmaceutically acceptable salts,solvates or prodrugs thereof, are useful in treating diseases orconditions associated with voltage-gated sodium channels, preferablyNa_(v)1.6. Preferably, the compounds of the invention are Na_(v)1.6inhibitors. More preferably, the compounds of the invention showselectivity of inhibiting Na_(v)1.6 as compared with inhibitingNa_(v)1.5 and/or Na_(v)1.1. Without wishing to be bound by theory, suchselectivity is thought to advantageously reduce any side effects whichmay be associated with the inhibition of Na_(v)1.5 and/or Na_(v)1.1.

In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositionscomprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a compound offormula (I), as described above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer ortautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In another aspect, the invention provides methods for the treatment ofepilepsy and/or epileptic seizure disorder in a mammal, preferably ahuman, wherein the methods comprise administering to the mammal in needthereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of theinvention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomerthereof or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as setforth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof ormixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate orprodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for treatingor lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder in amammal where activation or hyperactivity of Na_(v)1.6 is implicated inthe disease, condition or disorder, wherein the method comprisesadministering to the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as astereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or apharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amountof a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating orameliorating, but not preventing, epilepsy and/or epileptic seizuredisorder in a mammal, wherein the methods comprise administering to themammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundof the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer ortautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of theinvention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomerthereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical therapy incombination with one or more other compounds of the invention or one ormore other accepted therapies or as any combination thereof to increasethe potency of an existing or future drug therapy or to decrease theadverse events associated with the accepted therapy. In one embodiment,the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition combiningcompounds of the present invention with established or future therapiesfor the indications listed herein.

In another aspect, this invention is directed to methods of selectivelyinhibiting a first voltage-gated sodium channel in a mammal over asecond voltage-gated sodium channel, wherein the method comprisesadministering to the mammal a inhibitory amount of a compound of theinvention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomerthereof or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising ainhibitory amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, asa stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In another aspect, this invention is directed to the use of thecompounds of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or the useof a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient and a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as astereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, in thepreparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or conditionassociated with the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel,preferably Na_(v)1.6, in a mammal and preferably wherein the disease orcondition is epilepsy and/or epileptic seizure disorder.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions

Certain chemical groups named herein may be preceded by a shorthandnotation indicating the total number of carbon atoms that are to befound in the indicated chemical group. For example; C₇-C₁₂alkyldescribes an alkyl group, as defined below, having a total of 7 to 12carbon atoms, and C₄-C₁₂cycloalkylalkyl describes a cycloalkylalkylgroup, as defined below, having a total of 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Thetotal number of carbons in the shorthand notation does not includecarbons that may exist in substituents of the group described.

In addition to the foregoing, as used in the specification and appendedclaims, unless specified to the contrary, the following terms have themeaning indicated:

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radicalconsisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing nounsaturation, having from one to twelve carbon atoms, preferably one toeight carbon atoms, more preferably one to six carbon atoms, and whichis attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl,1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, and the like.When specifically stated in the specification, an alkyl group may beoptionally substituted by one of the following groups: halo, cyano,nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo,trimethylsilanyl, —OR²⁰, —OC(O)—R²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²², —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²², —N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (wherep is 1 to 2), —S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2), —S(O)_(t)R²² (where tis 0 to 2), and —S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where p is 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl; and each R²² is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.

“Alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radicalgroup consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing atleast one double bond, having from two to twelve carbon atoms,preferably two to eight carbon atoms and which is attached to the restof the molecule by a single bond, e.g., ethenyl, prop-1-enyl,but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl, and the like. Whenspecifically stated in the specification, an alkenyl group may beoptionally substituted by one of the following groups: halo, cyano,nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo,trimethylsilanyl, —OR²⁰, —OC(O)—R²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²², —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²², —N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (wherep is 1 to 2), —S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2), —S(O)_(t)R²² (where tis 0 to 2), and —S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where p is 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl; and each R²² is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.

“Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalenthydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group orlinking two parts of the molecule, consisting solely of carbon andhydrogen, containing no unsaturation and having from one to twelvecarbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and thelike. The alkylene chain may optionally contain one or more heteroatomswherein a carbon in the alkylene chain is replaced with a heteroatomselected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur. The alkylene chain is attachedto the rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radicalgroup through a single bond or is attached to two parts of the moleculethrough a single bond at each point of attachment. When specificallystated in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionallysubstituted by one of the following groups: alkyl, alkenyl, halo,haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl,oxo, trimethylsilanyl, —OR²⁰, —OC(O)—R²⁰, —N(R²⁰)₂, —C(O)R²⁰, —C(O)OR²⁰,—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²², —N(R²⁰)C(O)R²², —N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (wherep is 1 to 2), —S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2), —S(O)₁R²² (where t is 0to 2), and —S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where p is 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl; and each R²² is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.

“Aryl” refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical comprising hydrogen,6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes ofthis invention, the aryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic,tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may included fused orbridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include, but are not limited to,aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene,acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene,fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene,phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Whenspecifically stated in the specification, an aryl group may beoptionally substituted by one or more substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R²¹—OR²⁰,—R²¹—OC(O)—R²⁰, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—C(O)R²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)OR²⁰,—R²¹—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²², —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)R²²,—R²¹—N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (where p is 1 to 2), —R²¹—N═C(OR²⁰)R²⁰,—R²¹—S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2), —R²¹—S(O)₁R²² (where t is 0 to2), and —R²¹—S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where p is 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl; each R²¹ is independently a direct bond or a straightor branched alkylene chain; and each R²² is alkyl, haloalkyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl. Preferably, theoptional substituents on an optionally substituted aryl group for R¹herein are selected from alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, halo,haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, —R²¹—OR²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)OR²⁰ and—R²¹—N(R²⁰)₂ (where R²⁰ and R²¹ are as defined above). Preferably, theoptional substituents on an optionally substituted aryl group for R⁵herein are halo.

“Aralkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R_(b)—R_(c) where R_(b) isan alkylene chain as defined above and R_(c) is one or more arylradicals as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and thelike. The alkylene chain part of the aralkyl radical may be optionallysubstituted as described above for an alkylene chain. The aryl part ofthe aralkyl radical may be optionally substituted as described above foran aryl group.

“Cycloalkyl” refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclichydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms,which may include fused or bridged ring systems, having from three tofifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from three to ten carbon atoms,and which is saturated or unsaturated and attached to the rest of themolecule by a single bond. Monocyclic radicals include, for example,cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, andcyclooctyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl,norbornyl, decalinyl, and the like. When specifically stated in thespecification, a cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted by oneor more substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofalkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, oxo, aryl,aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R²¹—OR²⁰, —R²¹—OC(O)—R²⁰, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)₂,—R²¹—C(O)R²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)OR²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²²,—R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)R²², —R²¹—N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (where p is 1 to 2),—R²¹—N═C(OR²⁰)R²⁰, —R²¹—S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2),—R²¹—S(O)_(t)R²² (where t is 0 to 2), and —R²¹—S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where pis 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R²¹ isindependently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene chain;and each R²² is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.Preferably, the optional substituents on the optionally substitutedcycloalkyl group when R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which theyare attached, form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl herein are aryl.

“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R_(b)R_(g) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(g) is a cycloalkylradical as defined above. When specifically stated in the specification,the alkylene chain and/or the cycloalkyl radical may be optionallysubstituted as defined above for optionally substituted alkylene chainand optionally substituted cycloalkyl.

“Halo” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that issubstituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g.,trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl,1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl,1-bromomethyl-2-bromoethyl, and the like. The alkyl part of thehaloalkyl radical may be optionally substituted as defined above for analkyl group.

“Heterocyclyl” refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic ringradical which consists of two to twelve carbon atoms and from one to sixheteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen andsulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, theheterocyclyl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic ortetracyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged and spiro ringsystems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclylradical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionallyquaternized; and the heterocyclyl radical may be partially or fullysaturated. Examples of such heterocyclyl radicals include, but are notlimited to, dioxolanyl, dioxinyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl,decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl,isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl,2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl,piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl,quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5(4H)-ylidene,tetrahydrofuryl, trioxanyl, trithianyl, triazinanyl, tetrahydropyranyl,thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. When specifically stated in thespecification, a heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted by oneor more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl,alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano, oxo, thioxo, nitro, aryl,aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R²¹—OR²⁰, —R²¹—OC(O)—R²⁰, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)₂,—R²¹—C(O)R²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)OR²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²²,—R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)R²², —R²¹—N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (where p is 1 to 2),—R²¹—N═C(OR²⁰)R²⁰, —R²¹—S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2),—R²¹—S(O)_(t)R²² (where t is 0 to 2), and —R²¹—S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where pis 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl,haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R²¹ isindependently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene chain;and each R²² is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl orheteroarylalkyl.

“N-heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined abovecontaining at least one nitrogen. The point of attachment of theN-heterocyclyl to the rest of the molecule can be through a nitrogenatom or a carbon atom in the N-heterocyclyl. When specifically stated inthe specification, an N-heterocyclyl radical may be optionallysubstituted as described above for an optionally substitutedheterocyclyl radical.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R_(b)R_(h) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(h) is a heterocyclylradical as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is anitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl may be attached tothe alkyl radical at the nitrogen atom. When specifically stated in thespecification, the alkylene chain of the heterocyclylalkyl radical maybe optionally substituted as defined above for an optionally substitutedalkylene chain. When specifically stated in the specification, theheterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkyl radical may be optionallysubstituted as defined above for an optionally substituted heterocyclylgroup.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system radicalcomprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to sixheteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen andsulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this invention,the heteroaryl radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic ortetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ringsystems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroarylradical may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionallyquaternized. Examples include, but are not limited to, azepinyl,acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl,benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl,benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl,benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl,benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl(benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl,benzoxazolinonyl, benzimidazolthionyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl,dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl,imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl,isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl,oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl,1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl,1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl,phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, pteridinonyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,pyridinyl, pyridinonyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pryrimidinonyl,pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinonyl, quinazolinyl,quinazolinonyl, quinoxalinyl, quinoxalinonyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl,thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-onyl, thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-onyl, triazolyl,tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). When specificallystated in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionallysubstituted by one or more substituents selected from the groupconsisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano, oxo,thioxo, nitro, thioxo, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —R²¹—OR²⁰,—R²¹OC(O)—R²⁰, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—C(O)R²⁰, —R²¹—C(O)OR²⁰,—R²¹—C(O)N(R²⁰)₂, —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)OR²², —R²¹—N(R²⁰)C(O)R²²,—R²¹—N(R²⁰)S(O)_(p)R²² (where p is 1 to 2), —R²¹—N═C(OR²⁰)R²⁰,—R²¹—S(O)_(p)OR²² (where p is 1 to 2), —R²¹—S(O)_(t)R²² (where t is 0 to2), and —R²¹—S(O)_(p)N(R²⁰)₂ (where p is 1 to 2) where each R²⁰ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R²¹ is independently a direct bondor a straight or branched alkylene chain; and each R²² is alkyl,alkenyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.

“N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined abovecontaining at least one nitrogen. The point of attachment of theN-heteroaryl to the rest of the molecule can be through a nitrogen atomor a carbon atom in the N-heteroaryl. When specifically stated in thespecification, an N-heteroaryl radical may be optionally substituted asdescribed above for an optionally substituted heteroaryl radical.Preferably, the optional substituents on an optionally substitutedN-heteroaryl group for R¹ herein are alkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl and —R²¹—OR²⁰ (where R²⁰ and R²¹ are as definedabove for heteroaryl groups). Preferably the optional substituents on anoptionally substituted N-heteroaryl group for R² herein are halo.

“O-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above whereinthe only heteroatoms present are oxygen. The point of attachment of theO-heteroaryl to the rest of the molecule is through a carbon atom in theO-heteroaryl radical. When specifically stated in the specification, anO-heteroaryl radical may be optionally substituted as described abovefor an optionally substituted heteroaryl radical. Preferably, theoptional substituents on an optionally substituted O-heteroaryl groupfor R¹ herein are alkyl and haloalkyl.

“S-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined above whereinthe only heteroatoms present are sulfur. The point of attachment of theS-heteroaryl to the rest of the molecule is through a carbon atom in theS-heteroaryl radical. When specifically stated in the specification, anS-heteroaryl radical may be optionally substituted as described abovefor an optionally substituted heteroaryl radical. Preferably, theoptional substituents on an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl groupfor R¹ herein are alkyl.

“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula —R_(b)R_(i) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(i) is a heteroarylradical as defined above. When specifically stated in the specification,the heteroaryl part of the heteroarylalkyl radical may be optionallysubstituted as defined above for an optionally substituted heteroarylgroup. When specifically stated in the specification, the alkylene chainpart of the heteroarylalkyl radical may be optionally substituted asdefined above for an optionally substituted alkylene chain.

“Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted underphysiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically activecompound of the invention. Thus, the term “prodrug” refers to ametabolic precursor of a compound of the invention that ispharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administeredto a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an activecompound of the invention. Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed invivo to yield the parent compound of the invention, for example, byhydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages ofsolubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalianorganism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24(Elsevier, Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi,T., et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” A.C.S. SymposiumSeries, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed.Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press,1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference herein.

The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bondedcarriers, which release the active compound of the invention in vivowhen such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of acompound of the invention may be prepared by modifying functional groupspresent in the compound of the invention in such a way that themodifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, tothe parent compound of the invention. Prodrugs include compounds of theinvention wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to anygroup that, when the prodrug of the compound of the invention isadministered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy,free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugsinclude, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoatederivatives of alcohol or amide derivatives of amine functional groupsin the compounds of the invention and the like.

The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass allpharmaceutically acceptable compounds of formula (I) beingisotopically-labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an atomhaving a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes thatcan be incorporated into the disclosed compounds include isotopes ofhydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, andiodine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P,³²P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl, ¹²³I, and ¹²⁵I, respectively. These radiolabelledcompounds could be useful to help determine or measure the effectivenessof the compounds, by characterizing, for example, the site or mode ofaction on the sodium channels, or binding affinity to pharmacologicallyimportant site of action on the sodium channels. Certainisotopically-labelled compounds of formula (I), for example, thoseincorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substratetissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. ³H,and carbon-14, i.e. ¹⁴C, are particularly useful for this purpose inview of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.

Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. ²H, mayafford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolicstability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosagerequirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. In oneembodiment of the invention, the compounds of formula (I) are enrichedwith deuterium. Such deuterated compounds can be achieved by methodsknown to one skilled in the art, such as exchanging protons withdeuterium or by synthesizing the molecule with enriched startingmaterials.

Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹⁵O and¹³N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies forexamining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compoundsof formula (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniquesknown to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to thosedescribed in the Examples and Preparations as set out below using anappropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeledreagent previously employed.

The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass the in vivometabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such products may resultfrom, for example, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation,esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily dueto enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compoundsproduced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this inventionwith a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolicproduct thereof. Such products are typically are identified byadministering a radiolabelled compound of the invention in a detectabledose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human,allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating itsconversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.

“Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate acompound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a usefuldegree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into anefficacious therapeutic agent.

“Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratoryanimals and household pets, (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep,goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife andthe like.

“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described eventof circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includesinstances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in whichit does not. For example, “optionally substituted aryl” means that thearyl radical may or may not be substituted and that the descriptionincludes both substituted aryl radicals and aryl radicals having nosubstitution (“unsubstituted). When a functional group is described as“optionally substituted,” and in turn, substitutents on the functionalgroup are also “optionally substituted” and so on, for the purposes ofthis invention, such iterations are limited to five, preferably suchiterations are limited to two.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includeswithout limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweeteningagent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant,wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonicagent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the UnitedStates Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use inhumans or domestic animals.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base additionsalts.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freebases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and whichare formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to,hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limitedto, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid,ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid,4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid,capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid,citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonicacid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid,fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid,gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid,2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuricacid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid,maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonicacid, mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid,naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid,oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid,propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid,4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid,tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroaceticacid, undecylenic acid, and the like.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freeacids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These saltsare prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base tothe free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are notlimited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium,magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like.Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium,and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but arenot limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines,substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines,cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia,isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine,tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol,2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine,lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline,betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine,methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines,piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and thelike. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine,diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, cholineand caffeine.

Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of theinvention. As used herein, the term “solvate” refers to an aggregatethat comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the invention withone or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be water, in whichcase the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively, the solvent may be anorganic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the present invention may existas a hydrate, including a monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate,sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as thecorresponding solvated forms. The compound of the invention may be truesolvates, while in other cases, the compound of the invention may merelyretain adventitious water or be a mixture of water plus someadventitious solvent.

A “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound ofthe invention and a medium generally accepted in the art for thedelivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans.Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,diluents or excipients therefor.

“Therapeutically effective amount” refers to that amount of a compoundof the invention which, when administered to a mammal, preferably ahuman, is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined below, of a sodiumchannel-mediated disease or condition in the mammal, preferably a human.The amount of a compound of the invention which constitutes a“therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound,the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and theage of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by oneof ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and tothis disclosure.

“Treating” or “treatment” as used herein covers the treatment of thedisease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, havingthe disease or condition of interest, and includes:

(a) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a mammal, inparticular, when such mammal is predisposed to the condition but has notyet been diagnosed as having it;

(b) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.e., arresting itsdevelopment;

(c) relieving (or ameliorating) the disease or condition, i.e., causingregression of the disease or condition; or

(d) relieving (or ameliorating) the symptoms resulting from the diseaseor condition, e.g., relieving epilepsy without addressing the underlyingdisease or condition.

As used herein, the terms “disease” and “condition” may be usedinterchangeably or may be different in that the particular malady orcondition may not have a known causative agent (so that etiology has notyet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet recognized as a diseasebut only as an undesirable condition or syndrome, wherein a more or lessspecific set of symptoms have been identified by clinicians.

The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts may contain one or more asymmetric centres and may thus give riseto enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that maybe defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as(D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to includeall such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pureforms. Optically active (+) and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and(L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, orresolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography andfractional crystallisation. Conventional techniques for thepreparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesisfrom a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate(or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiralhigh pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds describedherein contain olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometricasymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that thecompounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, alltautomeric forms are also intended to be included.

A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bondedby the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures,which are not interchangeable. The present invention contemplatesvarious stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes enantiomers,which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeablemirror images of one another. See, for example, Smith, M. B. and J.March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, andStructure, 6th edition (Wiley, 2007), for a detailed description of thestructure and properties of enantiomers and stereoisomers.

A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule toanother atom of the same molecule. The present invention includestautomers of any said compounds.

The use of parentheses and brackets in substituent groups is used hereinto conserve space. Accordingly, the use of parenthesis in a substituentgroup indicates that the group enclosed within the parentheses isattached directly to the atom preceding the parenthesis. The use ofbrackets in a substituent group indicates that the group enclosed withinthe brackets is also attached directly to the atom preceding theparenthesis.

The chemical naming protocol and structure diagrams used herein are amodified form of the I.U.P.A.C. nomenclature system, using ChemBioDrawUltra Version 14.0 software program, wherein the compounds of theinvention are named herein as derivatives of a central core structure,e.g., the benzenesulfonamide structure. For complex chemical namesemployed herein, a substituent group is named before the group to whichit attaches. For example, cyclopropylethyl comprises an ethyl backbonewith cyclopropyl substituent. In chemical structure diagrams, all bondsare identified, except for some carbon atoms, which are assumed to bebonded to sufficient hydrogen atoms to complete the valency.

“Enantiomers” refer to asymmetric molecules that can exist in twodifferent isomeric forms which have different configurations in space.Other terms used to designate or refer to enantiomers include“stereoisomers” (because of the different arrangement or stereochemistryaround the chiral center; although all enantiomers are stereoisomers,not all stereoisomers are enantiomers) or “optical isomers” (because ofthe optical activity of pure enantiomers, which is the ability ofdifferent pure enantiomers to rotate plane-polarized light in differentdirections).

The designations, “R” and “S”, for the absolute configuration of anenantiomer of the invention may appear as a prefix or as a suffix in thename of the compound; they may or may not be separated from theenantiomer name by a hyphen; they may or may not be hyphenated; and theymay or may not be surrounded by parentheses.

Following the standard chemical literature description practice and asused in this specification, a solid full bond, as illustrated above inStructure (A) and a dashed full bond, as illustrated by the exemplarystructure (A) below, means that the substituents are in atrans-configuration with respect to the plane of the ring:

In the same manner, the bonds in the following exemplary structures (Aa)and (Ab) are in a cis-configuration with respect to the plane of thering:

Following the standard chemical literature description practice and asused in this specification, a full wedge bond, as illustrated below instructure (B), means that the substituent bonded to the ring by thisbond, in this case the R³⁰ substituent, is above the ring plane asillustrated on the page in a two dimensional representation, and adashed wedge bond, as illustrated below in Structure (B), means that thesubstituent bonded to the ring by this bond, in this case the R³¹substituent, is below the ring plane as shown on the page in a twodimensional representation;

Following the standard chemical literature description practice and asused in this specification, a wavy bond, as illustrated below instructure (C), indicates that the substituent, in this case the R³⁰substituent, is either below the plane of the ring or above the plane ofthe ring:

In the formulae depicted herein, a bond to a substituent and/or a bondthat links a molecular fragment to the remainder of a compound may beshown as intersecting one or more bonds in a ring structure. Thisindicates that the bond may be attached to any one of the atoms thatconstitutes the ring structure, so long as a hydrogen atom couldotherwise be present at that atom. Where no particular substituent(s) isidentified for a particular position in a structure, then hydrogen(s) ispresent at that position. For example, in the following structure (D),the bond attaching the R³⁰ substituent can be on any of the carbons,including the carbon to which the R³¹ is attached, provided that thevalency allows for such an attachment:

“Resolution” or “resolving” when used in reference to a racemic compoundor a racemic mixture of a compound of the invention refers to theseparation of the racemic compound or a racemic mixture into its twoenantiomeric forms (i.e., (+) and (−); (R) and (S) forms).

“Enantiomeric excess” or “ee” as used herein refers to a product whereinone enantiomer is present in excess of the other, and is defined as theabsolute difference in the mole fraction of each enantiomer.Enantiomeric excess is typically expressed as a percentage of anenantiomer present in a mixture relative to the other enantiomer. Forpurposes of this invention, the (S)-enantiomer of a compound prepared bythe methods disclosed herein is considered to be “substantially free” ofthe corresponding (R)-enantiomer when the (S)-enantiomer is present inenantiomeric excess of greater than 80%, preferably greater than 90%,more preferably greater than 95% and most preferably greater than 99%.

The chemical naming protocol and structure diagrams used herein are amodified form of the I.U.P.A.C. nomenclature system, using ChemBioDrawUltra Version 14.0 software program, wherein the compounds of theinvention are named herein as derivatives of a central core structure,e.g., the benzenesulfonamide structure. For complex chemical namesemployed herein, a substituent group is named before the group to whichit attaches. For example, cyclopropylethyl comprises an ethyl backbonewith cyclopropyl substituent. In chemical structure diagrams, all bondsare identified, except for some carbon atoms, which are assumed to bebonded to sufficient hydrogen atoms to complete the valency.

Accordingly, the (R) enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) asdescribed above in the Summary of the Invention wherein n is 1, m is 1,X is a direct bond, Y is —C(R¹¹)R¹²—, R¹ is phenyl, R² is thiazol-2-yl,R³ is —N(R¹³)—, R⁴ and R⁵ are each hydrogen, R⁶ is hydrogen, R⁷ ischloro, R¹¹ is hydrogen, R¹² is hydrogen and R¹³ is hydrogen, i.e., thecompound of the following formula:

is named herein as(R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION

One aspect of the invention are compounds of formula (I) as set forthabove in the Summary of the Invention, as an individual stereoisomer,enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a mixture thereof; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In one embodiment, a compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula(I) wherein R³ is —O—, wherein the compound has the following formula(Ia):

-   wherein m, n, X, Y, R¹, R², R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are each as    defined above in the Summary of the Invention for compounds of    formula (I);-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In another embodiment, a compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ia) as defined above wherein:

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   X is a direct bond or —C(R⁹)R¹⁰—;-   Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹¹)R¹²—;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen, alkyl,    haloalkyl, alkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain and R¹⁰    and R¹² are as defined above; and-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In another embodiment, a compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ia) wherein X and Y are both a direct bond, i.e., a compound offormula (Ia1):

-   wherein:-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

One embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia1) are compounds offormula (Ia1) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-memberedN-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia1) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred compound is4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzene-sulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia1) arecompounds of formula (Ia1) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia1) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ia) wherein X is —C(R⁹)R¹⁰— and Y is a direct bond, i.e., acompound of formula (Ia2):

-   wherein:-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹ and R¹⁰ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkyl    or —OR¹⁴;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

One embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia2) are compounds offormula (Ia2) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-memberedN-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia2) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of the compounds of formula (Ia2), preferred compounds are selectedfrom:

-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-ethyl-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-vinylbenzenesulfonamide;-   rac-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia2) arecompounds of formula (Ia2) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia2) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ia) wherein X is —C(R⁹)R¹⁰— and Y is —C(R¹¹)R¹²—, i.e., acompound of formula (Ia3):

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   X is a direct bond or —C(R⁹)R₁₀—;-   Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹¹)R¹²—;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen, alkyl,    haloalkyl, alkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain and R¹⁰    and R¹² are as defined above; and-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia3) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a more preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia3) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this preferred embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds offormula (Ia3) wherein R¹ is optionally substituted aryl or optionallysubstituted aralkyl; and R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independentlyhydrogen or alkyl.

Of the compounds of formula (Ia3), preferred compounds are selectedfrom:

-   5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-chlorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(3-methyl-1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(3-methyl-1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(naphthalen-2-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(2-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(2-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(4-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(3,5-dimethylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(4-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-4-(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(1-(4-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-cyclohexylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-4-((1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-((4-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzyl-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-2,3-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-4-(((3R,4S)-1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-phenethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((cis-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   4-((trans-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide.-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-cyclopropyl-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia3) are thecompounds of formula (Ia3) wherein:

-   R¹ is optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl;-   R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain; and-   R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen or alkyl.

Of this embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ia3) are selectedfrom:

-   4-((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1R,3r,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-chlorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   3-chloro-4-(((1R,3S,5S)-8-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia3) arecompounds of formula (Ia3) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia3) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl or optionallysubstituted pyrimidinyl.

Of this embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ia3) are selectedfrom:

-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

In another embodiment, a compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (I) wherein R³ is —N(R¹³)—, wherein the compound has thefollowing formula (Ib):

-   wherein m, n, X, Y, R¹, R², R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸ and R¹³ are each as    defined above in the Summary of the Invention for compounds of    formula (I);-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ib) as defined above wherein:

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   X is a direct bond or —C(R⁹)R¹⁰—;-   Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹¹)R¹²—;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen, alkyl,    haloalkyl, alkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain and R¹⁹    and R¹² are as defined above; and-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ib) wherein X and Y are both a direct bond, i.e., a compound offormula (Ib1):

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

One embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ib1) are compounds offormula (Ib1) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-memberedN-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib1) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib1) are selectedfrom:

-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide    2,2,2-trifluoroacetate;-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ib1) arecompounds of formula (Ib1) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib1) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ib) wherein X is —C(R⁹)R¹⁰— and Y is a direct bond, i.e., acompound of formula (Ib2):

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹ and R¹⁰ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkyl    or —OR¹⁴;-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

One embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia2) are compounds offormula (Ib2) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-memberedN-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia2) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ia2) wherein R² is optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib2) are selectedfrom:

-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2,6-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-(ethyl(1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Of the preferred embodiment of compounds of formula (Ib2) wherein R² isoptionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl oroptionally substituted thiadiazolyl, a preferred embodiment arecompounds of formula (Ib2) wherein R¹ is optionally substituted aryl oroptionally substituted aralkyl; and

-   R² is optionally substituted thiazolyl or isoxazolyl.

Of this preferred embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib2) areselected from:

-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-4-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(3-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-hydroxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-hydroxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,5-dichlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(4-propylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl    pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-phenethylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   methyl    (S)-3-((3-((2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)benzoate;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(4-(dimethylamino)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-ethyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-isopropoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(4-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,6-dimethylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-fluoro-2-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-phenethylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(4-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(((2R,3R)-1-benzyl-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,3-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,3-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,5-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(((3S,5S)-1-benzyl-5-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(4-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(2-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-hydroxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(2-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(4-bromobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2-chloro-6-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide    bis(trifluoroacetic acid) salt;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((trans-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((cis-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide.

Of the preferred embodiment of compounds of formula (Ib2) wherein R² isoptionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl oroptionally substituted thiadiazolyl, another preferred embodiment arecompounds of formula (Ib2) wherein:

-   R¹ is an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an optionally    substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted O-heteroaryl or    an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl; and-   R² is optionally substituted thiazolyl.

Of this preferred embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib2) areselected from:

-   (S)-4-((1-((1,4-dimethyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4-methylthiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1-benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2-methyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((5-methylfuran-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((2-isopropyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-((6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(quinolin-8-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((6-(azetidin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(thiazol-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4-methyloxazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-isopropoxypyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((6-bromopyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((5-methylfuran-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(thiazol-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1H-indol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((5-(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(oxazol-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-methoxypyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-3-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(isoquinolin-8-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((2-isopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((5-methylisothiazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1H-indol-5-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((4-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((4-isopropylthiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((5-methylthiophen-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl    (1-((2-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)oxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-((2,5-dimethyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   (S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Of the preferred embodiment of compounds of formula (Ib2) wherein R² isoptionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl oroptionally substituted thiadiazolyl, another preferred embodiment arecompounds of formula (Ib2) wherein:

-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴ or an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl; and-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl.

Of this preferred embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib2) areselected from:

-   2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl((S)-1-((1s,3R)-3-phenylcyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(2-(benzyloxy)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl((S)-1-((1r,3S)-3-phenylcyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-(cyclohexylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   3-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-neopentylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   (S)-4-((1-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ib2) arecompounds of formula (Ib2) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib2) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl.

Of this preferred embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib2) areselected from:

-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide;-   (S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide    bis(trifluoroacetic acid) salt;-   3-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound offormula (Ib) wherein X is —C(R⁹)R¹⁰— and Y is —C(R¹¹)R¹²—, i.e., acompound of formula (Ib3):

-   n is 1 or 2;-   m is 1 or 2;-   X is a direct bond or —C(R⁹)R¹⁰—;-   Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹¹)R¹²—;-   R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl, —R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted    cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally    substituted aralkyl, an optionally substituted N-heterocyclyl, an    optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, an optionally substituted    O-heteroaryl or an optionally substituted S-heteroaryl;-   R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl or an    optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl;-   R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   or R⁴ and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached,    form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl or an optionally    substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, if present, is hydrogen,    alkyl, haloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;-   each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,    cyano, —OR¹⁴ or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁷ is alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano or —OR¹⁴;-   each R⁸ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or two R⁸'s, together with the carbon to which they are both    attached, may form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;-   R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are each independently hydrogen, alkyl,    haloalkyl, alkyl or —OR¹⁴;-   or R⁹ and R¹¹ form an optionally substituted alkylene chain and R¹⁹    and R¹² are as defined above; and-   R¹³ is hydrogen, alkyl or haloalkyl;-   each R¹⁴ are each independently hydrogen, alky, haloalkyl,    optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted aralkyl; and-   R¹⁷ is a direct bond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain;-   as an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a    mixture thereof;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib3) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a more preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib3) wherein R² is optionally substituted isoxazolyl, optionallysubstituted thiazolyl or optionally substituted thiadiazolyl.

Of this preferred embodiment, preferred compounds of formula (Ib3) areselected from:

-   (R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   (R)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide;-   4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide;    and-   4-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-ylamino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide.

Another preferred embodiment of the compounds of formula (Ia3) arecompounds of formula (Ib3) wherein R² is an optionally substituted6-membered N-heteroaryl.

Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment are compounds of formula(Ib3) wherein R² is optionally substituted pyridinyl.

Another embodiment of the invention are compounds of formula (I) whereinR⁷ is in the ortho position relative to R³.

Another embodiment of the invention are compounds of formula (I) whereinR⁷ is in the ortho position relative to R³ and is halo.

Another embodiment of the invention is where R⁷ is chloro or fluoro.

Another embodiment of the invention are compounds of formula (I) whereinR² is an optionally substituted monocyclic N-heteroaryl. Anotherembodiment of the invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein R² isan optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl. Another embodiment ofthe invention are compounds of formula (I) wherein R² is an optionallysubstituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl selected from isoxazolyl, thiazolylor thiadiazolyl. Another embodiment of the invention are compounds offormula (I) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 6-memberedN-heteroaryl. Another embodiment of the invention are compounds offormula (I) wherein R² is an optionally substituted 6-memberedN-heteroaryl selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl orpyrazinyl. Another embodiment of the invention are compounds of formula(I) wherein R² is an optionally substituted pyridinyl.

Another embodiment of the invention is a method of using the compoundsof formula (I) as standards or controls in in vitro or in vivo assays indetermining the efficacy of test compounds in modulatingvoltage-dependent sodium channels.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of the invention,as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forth herein for aparticular n, m, X, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹²,R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁷ group in the compounds of the invention, as set forthabove, may be independently combined with other embodiments and/orsubstituents of compounds of the invention to form embodiments of theinventions not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the eventthat a list of substituents is disclosed for any particular n, m, X, R¹,R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁷ group ina particular embodiment and/or claim, it is understood that one or moresubstituents may be deleted from the list and that the remaining list ofsubstituents will be considered to be an embodiment of the invention.

It is also understood that the proviso set forth above in the Summary ofthe Invention for the compounds of formula (I) applies to all of therelevant embodiments of the compounds of formula (I) as described above.

Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a compound of theinvention, as described above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomerthereof or a mixture thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate or prodrug thereof.

Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a disease or acondition associated with Na_(v)1.6 activity in a mammal wherein thedisease or condition is epilepsy and/or epileptic seizure disorder andwherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need thereofa therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, asdescribed above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or amixture thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate orprodrug thereof.

In one embodiment of this aspect, the epilepsy or epileptic seizuredisorder is selected from photosensitive epilepsy, self-induced syncope,intractable epilepsy, Angelman syndrome, benign rolandic epilepsy, CDKL5disorder, childhood and juvenile absence epilepsy, Dravet syndrome,frontal lobe epilepsy, Glut1 deficiency syndrome, hypothalamichamartoma, infantile spasms/West's syndrome, juvenile myoclonicepilepsy, Landau-Kleffner syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (LGS),epilepsy with myoclonic-absences, Ohtahara syndrome, Panayiotopoulossyndrome, PCDH19 epilepsy, progressive myoclonic epilepsies, Rasmussen'ssyndrome, ring chromosome 20 syndrome, reflex epilepsies, temporal lobeepilepsy, Lafora progressive myoclonus epilepsy, neurocutaneoussyndromes, tuberous sclerosis complex, early infantile epilepticencephalopathy, early onset epileptic encephalopathy, generalizedepilepsy with febrile seizures +, Rett syndrome, multiple sclerosis,Alzheimer's disease, autism, ataxia, hypotonia and paroxysmaldyskinesia.

In one embodiment of this embodiment, the epilepsy or epileptic seizuredisorder is selected from Dravet syndrome, infantile spasms/West'ssyndrome, temporal lobe epilepsy, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (LGS),generalized epilepsy with febrile seizures + and early infantileepileptic encephalopathy.

Another aspect of the invention is a method of decreasing ion fluxthrough Na_(v)1.6 in a mammalian cell, wherein the method comprisescontacting the cell with a compound of the invention, as describedabove, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a mixturethereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrugthereof.

Another aspect of the invention is a method of selectively inhibiting afirst voltage-gated sodium channel over a second voltage-gated sodiumchannel in a mammal, wherein the method comprises administering to themammal a modulating amount of a compound of the invention, as describedabove, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a mixturethereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrugthereof.

In one embodiment of this aspect, the first voltage-gated sodium channelis Na_(v)1.6.

In another embodiment of this aspect, the first voltage-gated sodiumchannel is Na_(v)1.6 and the second voltage-gated sodium channel isNa_(v)1.5.

In another embodiment of this aspect, the first voltage-gated sodiumchannel is Na_(v)1.6 and the second voltage-gated sodium channel isNa_(v)1.1.

Specific embodiments of the compounds of the invention are described inmore detail below in the Preparation of the Compounds of the Invention.

UTILITY AND TESTING OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION

The compounds of the invention modulate, preferably inhibit, ion fluxthrough a voltage-dependent sodium channel, preferably Na_(v)1.6, in amammal, especially in a human. Any such modulation, whether it bepartial or complete inhibition or prevention of ion flux, is sometimesreferred to herein as “blocking” and corresponding compounds as“blockers” or “inhibitors”. In general, the compounds of the inventionmodulate the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel downwards byinhibiting the voltage-dependent activity of the sodium channel, and/orreduce or prevent sodium ion flux across a cell membrane by preventingsodium channel activity such as ion flux.

The compounds of the invention inhibit the ion flux through avoltage-dependent sodium channel, preferably Na_(v)1.6. The compounds ofthe invention are state or frequency dependent modifiers of the sodiumchannel, having a low affinity for the rested/closed state and a highaffinity for the inactivated state. These compounds are likely tointeract with overlapping sites located in the inner cavity of thesodium conducting pore of the channel similar to that described forother state-dependent sodium channel blockers (Cestèle, S., et al., op.cit.). These compounds may also be likely to interact with sites outsideof the inner cavity and have allosteric effects on sodium ion conductionthrough the channel pore.

Any of these consequences may ultimately be responsible for the overalltherapeutic benefit provided by these compounds.

Accordingly, the compounds of the invention are voltage-gated sodiumchannel inhibitors, preferably Na_(v)1.6 inhibitors, and are thereforeuseful for treating diseases and conditions, preferably epilepsy and/orepileptic seizure disorder, in mammals, preferably humans, and otherorganisms, including all those human diseases and conditions which arethe result of aberrant voltage-dependent sodium channel biologicalactivity, preferably aberrant Na_(v)1.6 activity, or which may beameliorated by modulation of voltage-dependent sodium channel biologicalactivity. In particular, the compounds of the invention, i.e., thecompounds of formula (I), as set forth above in the Summary of theInvention, as individual stereoisomers, enantiomers or tautomers thereofor mixtures thereof; or as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvatesor prodrugs thereof, are useful for treating diseases and conditions inmammals, preferably humans, which are the result of aberrantvoltage-dependent Na_(v)1.6 biological activity or which may beameliorated by the modulation, preferably the inhibition, of Na_(v)1.6biological activity. Preferably the compounds of the inventionselectively inhibit Na_(v)1.6 over Na_(v)1.5 and/or Na_(v)1.1.

As defined herein, a disease, disorder or condition associated withNa_(v)1.6 activity includes, but is not limited to, epilepsy and/orepileptic seizure disorder. Such epilepsy and/or epileptic seizuredisorders include, but are not limited to, photosensitive epilepsy,self-induced syncope, intractable epilepsy, Angelman syndrome, benignrolandic epilepsy, CDKL5 disorder, childhood and juvenile absenceepilepsy, Dravet syndrome, frontal lobe epilepsy, Glut1 deficiencysyndrome, hypothalamic hamartoma, infantile spasms/West's syndrome,juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, Landau-Kleffner syndrome, Lennox-Gastautsyndrome (LGS), epilepsy with myoclonic-absences, Ohtahara syndrome,Panayiotopoulos syndrome, PCDH19 epilepsy, progressive myoclonicepilepsies, Rasmussen's syndrome, ring chromosome 20 syndrome, reflexepilepsies, temporal lobe epilepsy, Lafora progressive myoclonusepilepsy, neurocutaneous syndromes, tuberous sclerosis complex, earlyinfantile epileptic encephalopathy, early onset epilepticencephalopathy, generalized epilepsy with febrile seizures +, Rettsyndrome, multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, autism, ataxia,hypotonia and paroxysmal dyskinesia.

The present invention therefore relates to compounds, pharmaceuticalcompositions and methods of using the compounds and pharmaceuticalcompositions for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated bythe activity of Na_(v)1.6 in a mammal, preferably a human, byadministering to the mammal, preferably the human, in need of suchtreatment an effective amount of a compound of the invention or anpharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention.

The general value of the compounds of the invention in inhibiting theNa_(v)1.6 ion flux can be determined using the assays described below inthe Biological Assays section. Alternatively, the general value of thecompounds in treating conditions and diseases in humans may beestablished in industry standard animal models for demonstrating theefficacy of compounds in treating epilepsy and/or epileptic seizuredisorder. Animal models of human epileptic conditions have beendeveloped that result in reproducible sensory deficits over a sustainedperiod of time that can be evaluated by sensory testing.

For example, many rodent models have been developed to assess thepropensity for seizures or epileptiform activity (Klein, B. R. et al.,(2016), “Models Currently in Active Use. In: Epilepsy Therapy ScreeningProgram”, Vol. 2016, National Institute of Neurological Disorders andStroke). These include acute chemical or electrical insults that induceseizures, as well as chronic chemical or genetic insults that createseizure prone animals. These models can be used to determine therelative ability of a compound to promote or prevent seizure activity.The maximal electroshock seizure (MES) assay and the 6 hertz psychomotorseizure test (6 Hz) are two examples of acute insult seizure assays usedto evaluate anticonvulsive interventions (Suzuki, F. et al.,Neuroscience (1995), Vo. 64, pp. 665-674; Barton, M. E. et al., EpilepsyResearch (2001), Vol. 47, pp. 217-227). Both assays involve anelectrical insult applied with electrodes placed on the corneas or earsin order to provoke an acute seizure. Acute seizures may also be inducedchemically, for instance by administration of the proconvulsant ethercompound flurothyl (Makinson, C. D. et al., Exp. Neurol. (2016), Vol.275, Pt 1, pp. 46-58).

Genetic epilepsies have been linked to many distinct genes, includingmultiple voltage gated sodium channel genes. Genetically modified micecan be created that harbor mutations identified in human patients. Insome cases these genetic modifications result in animals that behavemuch like the human patients in whom the genetic variations wereinitially identified. Mutant mice can be used to test anticonvulsantinterventions. Such experiments can involve prevention of spontaneousseizures, or may make use of similar seizure provoking stimuli as thoseemployed in wild type mice. Animal models of early infantile epilepticencephalopathy 6 (EIEE6), also known as severe myoclonic epilepsy ofinfancy or Dravet syndrome, have been created by mutating the SCN1A genethat encodes the Na_(v)1.1 voltage gated sodium channel (Yu, F. H. etal., Nat. Neurosci. (2006), Vol. 9, pp. 1142-1149). Models of EIEE13have likewise been created by mutating the SCN6A gene that encodes theNa_(v)1.6 voltage gated sodium channel (Wagnon, J. L. et al., HumanMolecular Genetics (2014)). Both of these mouse strains provide theopportunity to evaluate potential therapeutic interventions that mightprove useful in clinical patient populations (Martin, M. S. et al., J.Biol. Chem. (2010), Vol. 285, pp. 9823-9834; and Martin, M. S. et al.,Human Molecular Genetics (2007), Vol. 16, pp. 2892-2899).

The present invention readily affords many different means foridentification of Na_(v)1.6 inhibitory agents that are useful astherapeutic agents. Identification of Na_(v)1.6 inhibitors can beassessed using a variety of in vitro and in vivo assays, e.g., measuringcurrent, measuring membrane potential, measuring ion flux, (e.g., sodiumor guanidinium), measuring sodium concentration, measuring secondmessengers and transcription levels, and using e.g., voltage-sensitivedyes, radioactive tracers, and patch-clamp electrophysiology.

One such protocol involves the screening of chemical agents for abilityto modulate the activity of a sodium channel thereby identifying it as amodulating agent.

A typical assay described in Bean et al., J. General Physiology (1983),83:613-642, and Leuwer, M., et al., Br. J. Pharmacol (2004),141(1):47-54, uses patch-clamp techniques to study the behaviour ofchannels. Such techniques are known to those skilled in the art, and maybe developed, using current technologies, into low or medium throughputassays for evaluating compounds for their ability to modulate sodiumchannel behaviour.

Throughput of test compounds is an important consideration in the choiceof screening assay to be used. In some strategies, where hundreds ofthousands of compounds are to be tested, it is not desirable to use lowthroughput means. In other cases, however, low throughput issatisfactory to identify important differences between a limited numberof compounds. Often it will be necessary to combine assay types toidentify specific sodium channel modulating compounds.

Electrophysiological assays using patch clamp techniques is accepted asa gold standard for detailed characterization of sodium channel compoundinteractions, and as described in Bean et al., op. cit. and Leuwer, M.,et al., op. cit. There is a manual low-throughput screening (LTS) methodwhich can compare 2-10 compounds per day; a recently developed systemfor automated medium-throughput screening (MTS) at 20-50 patches (i.e.compounds) per day; and a technology from Molecular Devices Corporation(Sunnyvale, Calif.) which permits automated high-throughput screening(HTS) at 1000-3000 patches (i.e. compounds) per day.

One automated patch-clamp system utilizes planar electrode technology toaccelerate the rate of drug discovery. Planar electrodes are capable ofachieving high-resistance, cells-attached seals followed by stable,low-noise whole-cell recordings that are comparable to conventionalrecordings. A suitable instrument is the PatchXpress 7000A (AxonInstruments Inc, Union City, Calif.). A variety of cell lines andculture techniques, which include adherent cells as well as cellsgrowing spontaneously in suspension are ranked for seal success rate andstability. Immortalized cells (e.g. HEK and CHO) stably expressing highlevels of the relevant sodium ion channel can be adapted intohigh-density suspension cultures.

Other assays can be selected which allow the investigator to identifycompounds which block specific states of the channel, such as the openstate, closed state or the resting state, or which block transition fromopen to closed, closed to resting or resting to open. Those skilled inthe art are generally familiar with such assays.

Binding assays are also available. Designs include traditionalradioactive filter based binding assays or the confocal basedfluorescent system available from Evotec OAI group of companies(Hamburg, Germany), both of which are HTS.

Radioactive flux assays can also be used. In this assay, channels arestimulated to open with veratridine or aconitine and held in astabilized open state with a toxin, and channel blockers are identifiedby their ability to prevent ion influx. The assay can use radioactive²²[Na] and ¹⁴[C] guanidinium ions as tracers. FlashPlate & Cytostar-Tplates in living cells avoids separation steps and are suitable for HTS.Scintillation plate technology has also advanced this method to HTSsuitability. Because of the functional aspects of the assay, theinformation content is reasonably good.

Yet another format measures the redistribution of membrane potentialusing the FLIPR system membrane potential kit (HTS) available fromMolecular Dynamics (a division of Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway,N.J.). This method is limited to slow membrane potential changes. Someproblems may result from the fluorescent background of compounds. Testcompounds may also directly influence the fluidity of the cell membraneand lead to an increase in intracellular dye concentrations. Still,because of the functional aspects of the assay, the information contentis reasonably good.

Sodium dyes can be used to measure the rate or amount of sodium ioninflux through a channel. This type of assay provides a very highinformation content regarding potential channel blockers. The assay isfunctional and would measure Na+ influx directly. CoroNa Red, SBFIand/or sodium green (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene Oreg.) can be used tomeasure Na influx; all are Na responsive dyes. They can be used incombination with the FLIPR instrument. The use of these dyes in a screenhas not been previously described in the literature. Calcium dyes mayalso have potential in this format.

In another assay, FRET based voltage sensors are used to measure theability of a test compound to directly block Na influx. Commerciallyavailable HTS systems include the VIPR™ II FRET system (AuroraBiosciences Corporation, San Diego, Calif., a division of VertexPharmaceuticals, Inc.) which may be used in conjunction with FRET dyes,also available from Aurora Biosciences. This assay measures sub-secondresponses to voltage changes. There is no requirement for a modifier ofchannel function. The assay measures depolarization andhyperpolarizations, and provides ratiometric outputs for quantification.A somewhat less expensive MTS version of this assay employs theFLEXstation™ (Molecular Devices Corporation) in conjunction with FRETdyes from Aurora Biosciences. Other methods of testing the compoundsdisclosed herein are also readily known and available to those skilledin the art.

These results provide the basis for analysis of the structure-activityrelationship (SAR) between test compounds and the sodium channel.Certain substituents on the core structure of the test compound tend toprovide more potent inhibitory compounds. SAR analysis is one of thetools those skilled in the art may now employ to identify preferredembodiments of the compounds of the invention for use as therapeuticagents.

Modulating agents so identified are then tested in a variety of in vivomodels so as to determine if they are useful in treating the disease orcondition associated with the activity of the sodium channel ofinterest, preferably Na_(v)1.6, with minimal adverse events. The assaysdescribed below in the Biological Assays Section are useful in assessingthe biological activity of the instant compounds.

Typically, the efficacy of a compound of the invention is expressed byits IC₅₀ value (“Inhibitory Concentration—50%”), which is the measure ofthe amount of compound required to achieve 50% inhibition of theactivity of the target sodium channel over a specific time period. Forexample, representative compounds of the present invention havedemonstrated IC₅₀'s ranging from less than 100 nanomolar to less than 10micromolar in the patch voltage clamp Na_(v)1.6 electrophysiology assaydescribed herein.

In an alternative use of the invention, the compounds of the inventioncan be used in in vitro or in vivo studies as exemplary agents forcomparative purposes to find other compounds also useful in treatmentof, or protection from, the various diseases disclosed herein.

Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Na_(v)1.6 activityin a biological sample or a mammal, preferably a human, which methodcomprises administering to the mammal, preferably a human, or contactingsaid biological sample with a compound of formula (I) or apharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I). Theterm “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, without limitation,cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from amammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen,tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.

Inhibition of Na_(v)1.6 activity in a biological sample is useful for avariety of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examplesof such purposes include, but are not limited to, the study of sodiumion channels in biological and pathological phenomena; and thecomparative evaluation of new sodium ion channel inhibitors.

The compounds of the invention, as set forth above in the Summary of theInvention, as stereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers thereof or mixturesthereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugsthereof, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions described herein whichcomprise a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and one or morecompounds of the invention, as set forth above in the Summary of theInvention, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixturesthereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrugthereof, can be used in the preparation of a medicament for thetreatment of diseases or conditions associated with voltage-gated sodiumchannel activity, preferably Na_(v)1.6 activity, in a mammal.

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF THE INVENTION AND ADMINISTRATION

The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositioncontaining the compounds of the invention disclosed herein. In oneembodiment, the present invention relates to a composition comprisingcompounds of the invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,excipient or diluent and in an amount effective to modulate, preferablyinhibit, ion flux through a voltage-dependent sodium channel to treatsodium channel mediated diseases, such as epilepsy and/or epilepticseizure disorder, when administered to an animal, preferably a mammal,most preferably a human patient.

Administration of the compounds of the invention, or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts, in pure form or in an appropriatepharmaceutical composition, can be carried out via any of the acceptedmodes of administration of agents for serving similar utilities. Thepharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared bycombining a compound of the invention with an appropriatepharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, and may beformulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseousforms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments,solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, andaerosols. Typical routes of administering such pharmaceuticalcompositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal,inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal. Theterm “parenteral” as used herein includes subcutaneous injections,intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusiontechniques. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are formulatedso as to allow the active ingredients contained therein to bebioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient.Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take theform of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be asingle dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the invention inaerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units. Actual methods ofpreparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to thoseskilled in this art; for example, see The Science and Practice ofPharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science,2000). The composition to be administered will, in any event, contain atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a disease orcondition of interest in accordance with the teachings of thisinvention.

The pharmaceutical compositions useful herein also contain apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, including any suitable diluent orexcipient, which includes any pharmaceutical agent that does not itselfinduce the production of antibodies harmful to the individual receivingthe composition, and which may be administered without undue toxicity.Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to,liquids, such as water, saline, glycerol and ethanol, and the like. Athorough discussion of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents,and other excipients is presented in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences(Mack Pub. Co., N.J. current edition).

A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of asolid or liquid. In one aspect, the carrier(s) are particulate, so thatthe compositions are, for example, in tablet or powder form. Thecarrier(s) may be liquid, with the compositions being, for example, anoral syrup, injectable liquid or an aerosol, which is useful in, forexample, inhalatory administration.

When intended for oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition ispreferably in either solid or liquid form, where semi-solid,semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included within the formsconsidered herein as either solid or liquid.

As a solid composition for oral administration, the pharmaceuticalcomposition may be formulated into a powder, granule, compressed tablet,pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or the like form. Such a solidcomposition will typically contain one or more inert diluents or ediblecarriers. In addition, one or more of the following may be present:binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose,microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients suchas starch, lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginicacid, sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricantssuch as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidalsilicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin; aflavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orangeflavoring; and a coloring agent.

When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, forexample, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials ofthe above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or oil.

The pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a liquid, forexample, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension. The liquidmay be for oral administration or for delivery by injection, as twoexamples. When intended for oral administration, preferred compositioncontain, in addition to the present compounds, one or more of asweetening agent, preservatives, dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In acomposition intended to be administered by injection, one or more of asurfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspendingagent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent may be included.

The liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, whether they besolutions, suspensions or other like form, may include one or more ofthe following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection,saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution,isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono ordiglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium,polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents;antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben;antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agentssuch as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates,citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such assodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be enclosedin ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass orplastic. Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectablepharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.

A liquid pharmaceutical composition of the invention intended for eitherparenteral or oral administration should contain an amount of a compoundof the invention such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.Typically, this amount is at least 0.01% of a compound of the inventionin the composition. When intended for oral administration, this amountmay be varied to be between 0.1 and about 70% of the weight of thecomposition. Preferred oral pharmaceutical compositions contain betweenabout 4% and about 50% of the compound of the invention. Preferredpharmaceutical compositions and preparations according to the presentinvention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains between0.01 to 10% by weight of the compound prior to dilution of theinvention.

The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be intended fortopical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprisea solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, maycomprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethyleneglycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, andemulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in apharmaceutical composition for topical administration. If intended fortransdermal administration, the composition may include a transdermalpatch or iontophoresis device. Topical formulations may contain aconcentration of the compound of the invention from about 0.1 to about10% w/v (weight per unit volume).

The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be intended forrectal administration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, whichwill melt in the rectum and release the drug. The composition for rectaladministration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitablenonirritating excipient. Such bases include, without limitation,lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycol.

The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may include variousmaterials, which modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosageunit. For example, the composition may include materials that form acoating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form thecoating shell are typically inert, and may be selected from, forexample, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents.Alternatively, the active ingredients may be encased in a gelatincapsule.

The pharmaceutical composition of the invention in solid or liquid formmay include an agent that binds to the compound of the invention andthereby assists in the delivery of the compound. Suitable agents thatmay act in this capacity include a monoclonal or polyclonal antibody, aprotein or a liposome.

The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may consist of dosageunits that can be administered as an aerosol. The term aerosol is usedto denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature tosystems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by aliquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispensesthe active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the invention may bedelivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order todeliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes thenecessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like,which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undueexperimentation may determine preferred aerosols.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared bymethodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, apharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection canbe prepared by combining a compound of the invention with sterile,distilled water so as to form a solution. A surfactant may be added tofacilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension.Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compoundof the invention so as to facilitate dissolution or homogeneoussuspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.

The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts, are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, whichwill vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity ofthe specific compound employed; the metabolic stability and length ofaction of the compound; the age, body weight, general health, sex, anddiet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate ofexcretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorderor condition; and the subject undergoing therapy. Generally, atherapeutically effective daily dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal) from about0.001 mg/Kg (i.e., 0.07 mg) to about 100 mg/Kg (i.e., 7.0 g); preferablya therapeutically effective dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal) from about 0.01mg/Kg (i.e., 0.7 mg) to about 50 mg/Kg (i.e., 3.5 g); more preferably atherapeutically effective dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal) from about 1mg/kg (i.e., 70 mg) to about 25 mg/Kg (i.e., 1.75 g).

The ranges of effective doses provided herein are not intended to belimiting and represent preferred dose ranges. However, the mostpreferred dosage will be tailored to the individual subject, as isunderstood and determinable by one skilled in the relevant arts (see,e.g., Berkow et al., eds., The Merck Manual, 19^(th) edition, Merck andCo., Rahway, N.J., 2011; Brunton et al. eds., Goodman and Cilman's ThePharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 12^(th) edition, McGraw-Hill2011; Avery's Drug Treatment: Principles and Practice of ClinicalPharmacology and Therapeutics, 3rd edition, ADIS Press, LTD., Williamsand Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (1987), Ebadi, Pharmacology, Little, Brownand Co., Boston, (1985); Osolci al., eds., Remington's PharmaceuticalSciences, current edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.; Katzung,Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Appleton and Lange, Norwalk, Conn.(1992)).

The total dose required for each treatment can be administered bymultiple doses or in a single dose over the course of the day, ifdesired. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, whichare less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosageis increased by small increments until the optimum effect under thecircumstances is reached. The diagnostic pharmaceutical compound orcomposition can be administered alone or in conjunction with otherdiagnostics and/or pharmaceuticals directed to the pathology, ordirected to other symptoms of the pathology. The recipients ofadministration of compounds and/or compositions of the invention can beany vertebrate animal, such as mammals. Among mammals, the preferredrecipients are mammals of the Orders Primate (including humans, apes andmonkeys), Arteriodactyla (including horses, goats, cows, sheep, pigs),Rodenta (including mice, rats and hamsters), Lagamorpha (includingrabbits) and Carnivora (including cats and dogs). Among birds, thepreferred recipients are turkeys, chickens and other members of the sameorder. The most preferred recipients are humans.

For topical applications, it is preferred to administer an effectiveamount of a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention totarget area, e.g., skin surfaces, mucous membranes, and the like, whichare adjacent to peripheral neurons which are to be treated. This amountwill generally range from about 0.0001 mg to about 1 g of a compound ofthe invention per application, depending upon the area to be treated,whether the use is diagnostic, prophylactic or therapeutic, the severityof the symptoms, and the nature of the topical vehicle employed. Apreferred topical preparation is an ointment, wherein about 0.001 toabout 50 mg of active ingredient is used per cc of ointment base. Thepharmaceutical composition can be formulated as transdermal compositionsor transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such compositions include,for example, a backing, active compound reservoir, a control membrane,liner and contact adhesive. Such transdermal patches may be used toprovide continuous pulsatile, or on demand delivery of the compounds ofthe present invention as desired.

The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to providequick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient afteradministration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art.Controlled release drug delivery systems include osmotic pump systemsand dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs ordrug-polymer matrix formulations. Examples of controlled release systemsare given in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770 and 4,326,525 and in P. J. Kuzmaet al., Regional Anesthesia 22 (6): 543-551 (1997), all of which areincorporated herein by reference.

The compositions of the invention can also be delivered throughintra-nasal drug delivery systems for local, systemic, and nose-to-brainmedical therapies. Controlled Particle Dispersion (CPD)™ technology,traditional nasal spray bottles, inhalers or nebulizers are known bythose skilled in the art to provide effective local and systemicdelivery of drugs by targeting the olfactory region and paranasalsinuses.

The invention also relates to an intravaginal shell or core drugdelivery device suitable for administration to the human or animalfemale. The device may be comprised of the active pharmaceuticalingredient in a polymer matrix, surrounded by a sheath, and capable ofreleasing the compound in a substantially zero order pattern on a dailybasis similar to devises used to apply testosterone as described in PCTPublished Patent Application No. WO 98/50016.

Current methods for ocular delivery include topical administration (eyedrops), subconjunctival injections, periocular injections, intravitrealinjections, surgical implants and iontophoresis (uses a small electricalcurrent to transport ionized drugs into and through body tissues). Thoseskilled in the art would combine the best suited excipients with thecompound for safe and effective intra-ocular administration.

The most suitable route will depend on the nature and severity of thecondition being treated. Those skilled in the art are also familiar withdetermining administration methods (e.g., oral, intravenous, inhalation,sub-cutaneous, rectal etc.), dosage forms, suitable pharmaceuticalexcipients and other matters relevant to the delivery of the compoundsto a subject in need thereof.

Combination Therapy

The compounds of the invention may be usefully combined with one or moreother compounds of the invention or one or more other therapeutic agentor as any combination thereof, in the treatment of diseases andconditions associated with voltage-gated sodium channel activity. Forexample, a compound of the invention may be administered simultaneously,sequentially or separately in combination with other therapeutic agents,including, but not limited to:

-   -   opiates analgesics, e.g., morphine, heroin, cocaine,        oxymorphine, levorphanol, levallorphan, oxycodone, codeine,        dihydrocodeine, propoxyphene, nalmefene, fentanyl, hydrocodone,        hydromorphone, meripidine, methadone, nalorphine, naloxone,        naltrexone, buprenorphine, butorphanol, nalbuphine and        pentazocine;    -   non-opiate analgesics, e.g., acetaminophen, salicylates (e.g.,        aspirin);    -   nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), e.g., ibuprofen,        naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, celecoxib, diclofenac,        diflusinal, etodolac, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flufenisal,        flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac,        meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone,        naproxen, nimesulide, nitroflurbiprofen, olsalazine, oxaprozin,        phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulfasalazine, sulindac, tolmetin and        zomepirac;    -   anticonvulsants, e.g., carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine,        lamotrigine, valproate, topiramate, gabapentin and pregabalin;    -   antidepressants such as tricyclic antidepressants, e.g.,        amitriptyline, clomipramine, despramine, imipramine and        nortriptyline;    -   COX-2 selective inhibitors, e.g., celecoxib, rofecoxib,        parecoxib, valdecoxib, deracoxib, etoricoxib, and lumiracoxib;    -   alpha-adrenergics, e.g., doxazosin, tamsulosin, clonidine,        guanfacine, dexmetatomidine, modafinil, and        4-amino-6,7-dimethoxy-2-(5-methane        sulfonamido-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinol-2-yl)-5-(2-pyridyl)        quinazoline;    -   barbiturate sedatives, e.g., amobarbital, aprobarbital,        butabarbital, butabital, mephobarbital, metharbital,        methohexital, pentobarbital, phenobartital, secobarbital,        talbutal, theamylal and thiopental;    -   tachykinin (NK) antagonist, particularly an NK-3, NK-2 or NK-1        antagonist, e.g.,        (αR,9R)-7-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)]-8,9,10,11-tetrahydro-9-methyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-7H-[1,4]diazocino[2,1-g][1,7]-naphthyridine-6-13-dione        (TAK-637),        5-[[2R,3S)-2-[(1R)-1-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethylphenyl]ethoxy-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-morpholinyl]-methyl]-1,2-dihydro-3H-1,2,4-triazol-3-one        (MK-869), aprepitant, lanepitant, dapitant or        3-[[2-methoxy5-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-methylamino]-2-phenylpiperidine        (2S,3S);    -   coal-tar analgesics, in particular paracetamol;    -   serotonin reuptake inhibitors, e.g., paroxetine, sertraline,        norfluoxetine (fluoxetine desmethyl metabolite), metabolite        demethylsertraline, '3 fluvoxamine, paroxetine, citalopram,        citalopram metabolite desmethylcitalopram, escitalopram,        d,l-fenfluramine, femoxetine, ifoxetine, cyanodothiepin,        litoxetine, dapoxetine, nefazodone, cericlamine, trazodone and        fluoxetine;    -   noradrenaline (norepinephrine) reuptake inhibitors, e.g.,        maprotiline, lofepramine, mirtazepine, oxaprotiline, fezolamine,        tomoxetine, mianserin, buproprion, buproprion metabolite        hydroxybuproprion, nomifensine and viloxazine (Vivalan®)),        especially a selective noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor such as        reboxetine, in particular (S,S)-reboxetine, and venlafaxine        duloxetine neuroleptics sedative/anxiolytics;    -   dual serotonin-noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors, such as        venlafaxine, venlafaxine metabolite O-desmethylvenlafaxine,        clomipramine, clomipramine metabolite desmethylclomipramine,        duloxetine, milnacipran and imipramine;    -   acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donepezil;    -   5-HT₃ antagonists such as ondansetron;    -   metabotropic glutamate receptor (mGluR) antagonists;    -   local anaesthetic such as mexiletine and lidocaine;    -   corticosteroid such as dexamethasone;    -   antiarrhythimics, e.g., mexiletine and phenytoin;    -   muscarinic antagonists, e.g., tolterodine, propiverine, tropsium        chloride, darifenacin, solifenacin, temiverine and ipratropium;    -   cannabinoids;    -   vanilloid receptor agonists (e.g., resinferatoxin) or        antagonists (e.g., capsazepine);    -   sedatives, e.g., glutethimide, meprobamate, methaqualone, and        dichloralphenazone;    -   anxiolytics such as benzodiazepines,    -   antidepressants such as mirtazapine,    -   topical agents (e.g., lidocaine, capsacin and resiniferotoxin);    -   muscle relaxants such as benzodiazepines, baclofen,        carisoprodol, chlorzoxazone, cyclobenzaprine, methocarbamol and        orphrenadine;    -   anti-histamines or H1 antagonists;    -   NMDA receptor antagonists;    -   5-HT receptor agonists/antagonists;    -   PDEV inhibitors;    -   Tramadol®;    -   cholinergic (nicotinic) analgesics;    -   alpha-2-delta ligands;    -   prostaglandin E2 subtype antagonists;    -   leukotriene B4 antagonists;    -   5-lipoxygenase inhibitors; and    -   5-HT₃ antagonists.

As used herein “combination” refers to any mixture or permutation of oneor more compounds of the invention and one or more other compounds ofthe invention or one or more additional therapeutic agent. Unless thecontext makes clear otherwise, “combination” may include simultaneous orsequentially delivery of a compound of the invention with one or moretherapeutic agents. Unless the context makes clear otherwise,“combination” may include dosage forms of a compound of the inventionwith another therapeutic agent. Unless the context makes clearotherwise, “combination” may include routes of administration of acompound of the invention with another therapeutic agent. Unless thecontext makes clear otherwise, “combination” may include formulations ofa compound of the invention with another therapeutic agent. Dosageforms, routes of administration and pharmaceutical compositions include,but are not limited to, those described herein.

Kits-of-Parts

The present invention also provides kits that contain a pharmaceuticalcomposition which includes one or more compounds of the invention. Thekit also includes instructions for the use of the pharmaceuticalcomposition for inhibiting the activity of voltage-gated sodiumchannels, preferably Na_(v)1.6, for the treatment of epilepsy, as wellas other utilities as disclosed herein. Preferably, a commercial packagewill contain one or more unit doses of the pharmaceutical composition.For example, such a unit dose may be an amount sufficient for thepreparation of an intravenous injection. It will be evident to those ofordinary skill in the art that compounds which are light and/or airsensitive may require special packaging and/or formulation. For example,packaging may be used which is opaque to light, and/or sealed fromcontact with ambient air, and/or formulated with suitable coatings orexcipients.

PREPARATION OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION

The following Reaction Schemes illustrate methods to make compounds ofthis invention, i.e., compounds of formula (I), as individualstereoisomers, enantiomers or tautomers thereof or mixtures thereof; oras pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof

It is also understood that one skilled in the art would be able to makethe compounds of the invention by similar methods or by methods known toone skilled in the art. It is also understood that one skilled in theart would be able to make in a similar manner as described below othercompounds of the invention not specifically illustrated below by usingthe appropriate starting components and modifying the parameters of thesynthesis as needed. It is also understood that simple functional grouptransformations (see, e.g., Larock, R. C. Comprehensive OrganicTransformations, 2^(nd) edition (Wiley, 1999) can be effected by methodsknown to one skilled in the art. In general, starting components may beobtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Combi-Blocks, OakwoodChemicals, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA,etc. or synthesized according to sources known to those skilled in theart (see, e.g., Smith, M. B. and J. March, March's Advanced OrganicChemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 6th edition (Wiley,2007)) or prepared as described herein.

It is also understood that in the following description, combinations ofsubstituents and/or variables of the depicted formulae are permissibleonly if such contributions result in stable compounds.

It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in theprocess described below the functional groups of intermediate compoundsmay need to be protected by suitable protecting groups. Such functionalgroups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto and carboxylic acid. Suitableprotecting groups for hydroxy (i.e., “oxygen-protecting groups”) includetrialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (e.g., t-butyldimethylsilyl,t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl), tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, andthe like. Suitable protecting groups for amino, amidino and guanidino(i.e., “nitrogen-protecting groups”) include t-butoxycarbonyl,benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercapto(i.e., “sulfur-protecting groups”) include —C(O)—R″ (where R″ is alkyl,aryl or aralkyl), p-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitableprotecting groups for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkylesters.

Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with standardtechniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and as describedherein.

The use of protecting groups is described in detail in Greene, T. W. andP. G. M. Wuts, Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (2006),4^(th) Ed., Wiley. The protecting group may also be a polymer resin suchas a Wang resin or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.

It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art, although suchprotected derivatives of compounds of this invention may not possesspharmacological activity as such, they may be administered to a mammaland thereafter metabolized in the body to form compounds of theinvention which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives maytherefore be described as “prodrugs”. All prodrugs of compounds of thisinvention are included within the scope of the invention.

The compounds of formula (I) may contain at least one asymmetric carbonatom and thus can exist as racemates, enantiomers and/ordiastereoisomers. Specific enantiomers or diastereoisomers may beprepared by utilizing the appropriate chiral starting material.Alternatively, diastereoisomeric mixtures or racemic mixtures ofcompounds of formula (I) may be resolved into their respectiveenantiomers or diastereoisomers. Methods for resolution ofdiastereoisomeric mixtures or racemic mixtures of the compounds offormula (I), as described herein, or intermediates prepared herein, arewell known in the art (e.g., E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wlen, inStereochemistry of Organic Compounds; John Wiley & Sons: New York, 1994;Chapter 7, and references cited therein). Suitable processes such ascrystallization (e.g., preferential crystallization, preferentialcrystallization in the presence of additives), asymmetric transformationof racemates, chemical separation (e.g., formation and separation ofdiastereomers such as diastereomeric salt mixtures or the use of otherresolving agents; separation via complexes and inclusion compounds),kinetic resolution (e.g., with titanium tartrate catalyst), enzymaticresolution (e.g., lipase mediated) and chromatographic separation (e.g.,HPLC with chiral stationary phase and/or with simulated moving bedtechnology, or supercritical fluid chromatography and relatedtechniques) are some of the examples that may be applied (see e.g., T.J. Ward, Analytical Chemistry, 2002, 2863-2872).

Preparation of Compounds of Formula (I)

In general, compounds of formula (I), as described above in the Summaryof the Invention, can be synthesized following the general proceduredescribed below in Reaction Scheme 1 where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁴,R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described above in the Summary of the Inventionfor compounds of formula (I):

Compounds of formulae (101), (102) and (103) are commercially availableor can be prepared according to methods known to one skilled in the artor by methods disclosed herein. In general, the compounds of formula (I)are prepared as described above in Reaction Scheme 1 as follows:

The compound of formula (101) is reacted with sulfonamide (102) (whereinZ¹ is optionally a hydrogen or a nitrogen-protecting group, for example,but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl,2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standardreaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide orN,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours to afford acompound of formula (103). The compound of formula (103) is then treatedwith an acid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in apolar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, ata temperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generatea compound of formula (I), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques. One skilled in the art would alsoreadily recognize that, under certain conditions, the preparation of acompound of formula (103) may result in a compound of formula (I), whichcan be isolated from the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R⁴ is hydrogen, asdescribed above in the Summary of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 2where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described abovein the Summary of the Invention for compounds of formula (I):

Compounds of formulae (201), (202), (203), and (204) are commerciallyavailable or can be prepared according to methods known to one skilledin the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general, the compounds offormula (I) are prepared as described above in Reaction Scheme 2 asfollows:

The compound of formula (201) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl)is reacted with sulfonamide (202) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogenor a nitrogen protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standard reaction conditions, suchas, but not limited to, the use of a polar aprotic solvent, such as, butnot limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide or N,N-dimethylformamide, in thepresence of a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium carbonate orsodium hydride, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and 80° C., forabout 1 to 48 hours to afford a compound of formula (203). The compoundof formula (203) is then treated with an acid, such as, but not limitedto, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aprotic solvent, such as, but notlimited to, dichloromethane, at a temperature of between about 0° C. andambient temperature to generate a compound of formula (204). Thecompound of formula (204) is then reacted with, for example, but notlimited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (205) in presence of areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (I), which can be isolated from the reaction mixtureby standard techniques.

Compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)— and R⁴ is hydrogen, i.e.,compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴ is hydrogen, as described above inthe Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following thegeneral procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 3 where X, Y, n, m,R¹, R², R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸ and R¹³ are as described above in the Embodimentsof the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (301), (302), (303), (304), (305), (306) and (307)are commercially available or can be prepared according to methods knownto one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general,the compounds of formula (Ib) are prepared as described above inReaction Scheme 3 as follows:

The compound of formula (301) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl)is reacted with sulfonamide (302) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogenor a nitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl,2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standard reaction conditions, suchas, but not limited to, the use of a polar aprotic solvent, such as, butnot limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide or N,N-dimethylformamide, in thepresence of a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium carbonate orsodium hydride, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and 80° C., forabout 1 to 48 hours to afford a compound of formula (303). The compoundof formula (303) can then be alkylated with alkylating agents R¹³—Z³(304) (wherein Z³ is a leaving group such as, but not limited to,bromide, iodide, sulfate), such as, but not limited to, methyl iodide,in presence of a base, such as, but not limited to, lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in a polar aprotic solvent such as, but notlimited to, tetrahydrofuran, at temperature of between about −78° C. andambient temperature, to provide a compound of formula (305). Thecompound of formula (305) is then treated with an acid, such as, but notlimited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aprotic solvent, such as,but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperature of between about0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound of formula (306).The compound of formula (306) is then reacted with, for example, but notlimited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (307) in presence of areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (I), which can be isolated from the reaction mixtureby standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)— and R⁴ ishydrogen, i.e., compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴ is hydrogen, asdescribed above in the Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 4where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸ and R¹³ are as described abovein the Embodiments of the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (401), (402), (403), and (404) are commerciallyavailable or can be prepared according to methods known to one skilledin the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general, the compounds offormula (Ib) are prepared as described above in Reaction Scheme 4 asfollows:

The compound of formula (401) (wherein Z² is a protecting group, forexample, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl) is reactedwith sulfonamide (402) (wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, for examplebromo, iodo or trifluorosulfonate and Z¹ is hydrogen or a protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl,2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl)under standard Buchwald-Hartwig cross coupling conditions, such as, butnot limited to, the use of a solvent, such as, but not limited to,toluene, in the presence of a base, such as, but not limited to, cesiumcarbonate, and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of forexample, but not limited to,4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene andbis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), at a temperature of between aboutambient temperature and 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to afford acompound of formula (403). The compound of formula (403) is then treatedwith an acid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in apolar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, ata temperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generatea compound of formula (404). The compound of formula (404) is thenreacted with, for example, but not limited to, an aldehyde or ketone offormula (405) in presence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limitedto, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture,such as, but not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and1,2-dichloroethane, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and ambienttemperature to generate a compound of formula (I), which can be isolatedfrom the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)— and R⁴ ishydrogen, i.e., compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴ is hydrogen, asdescribed above in the Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 5where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸ and R¹³ are as describedabove in the Embodiments of the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (501), (502), (503), (504), (505), (506) and (507)are commercially available or can be prepared according to methods knownto one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general,the compounds of formula (Ib) are prepared as described above inReaction Scheme 5 as follows:

The compound of formula (501) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl)is reacted with sulfonamide (502) (wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample bromo, iodo or trifluorosulfonate and Z¹ is hydrogen or aprotecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standard Buchwald-Hartwig crosscoupling conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a solvent,such as, but not limited to, toluene, in the presence of a base, suchas, but not limited to, cesium carbonate, and in the presence of apalladium catalyst composed of for example, but not limited to,4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene andbis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), at a temperature of between aboutambient temperature and 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to afford acompound of formula (503). The compound of formula (503) can then bealkylated with alkylating agents R¹³—Z³ (504) (wherein Z³ is a leavinggroup such as, but not limited to, bromide, iodide, sulfate), such as,but not limited to, methyl iodide, in presence of a base, such as, butnot limited to, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in a polar aproticsolvent such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, at temperature ofbetween about −78° C. and ambient temperature, to provide a compound offormula (505). The compound of formula (505) is then treated with anacid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (506). The compound of formula (506) is then reactedwith, for example, but not limited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula(507) in presence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to,sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, suchas, but not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, ata temperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generatea compound of formula (I), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)—, i.e.,compounds of formula (Ib), as described above in the Embodiments of theInvention, can be synthesized following the general procedure describedbelow in Reaction Scheme 6 where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷,R⁸ and R¹³ are as described above in the Embodiments of the Inventionfor compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (601), (602) and (603) are commercially availableor can be prepared according to methods known to one skilled in the artor by methods disclosed herein. In general, the compounds of formula(Ib) are prepared as described above in Reaction Scheme 5 as follows:

The compound of formula (601) is reacted with sulfonamide (602) (whereinLg¹ is a leaving group, for example, but not limited to, bromo, iodo ortrifluorosulfonate and Z¹ is hydrogen or a protecting group, forexample, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standardBuchwald reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of asolvent, such as, but not limited to, toluene, in the presence of abase, such as, but not limited to, cesium carbonate, and in the presenceof a palladium catalyst composed of for example, but not limited to,4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene andbis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), at a temperature of between aboutambient temperature and 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate acompound of formula (Ib), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques.

Under certain conditions, the above transformations will afford acompound of formula (603) instead of a compound of formula (Ib). Inthose instances, Z¹ can be removed from the compound of formula (603) bymethods known in the art, such as, but not limited to, the use of anacid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (Ib).

A compound of formula (Ib) wherein R¹³ is hydrogen can be converted intoa compound of formula (Ib) wherein R¹³ is alkyl, such as, but notlimited to, methyl, by reaction with an aldehyde, such as, but notlimited to, paraformaldehyde, in an acidic solvent, such as, but notlimited to, formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, in the presence of areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride or formic acid. The compound of formula (Ib) canthen be isolated from the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)—, R⁴ ishydrogen and R⁷ is alkyl or cycloalkyl, i.e., compounds of formula (Ib)where R⁴ is hydrogen and R⁷ is alkyl or cycloalkyl, as described abovein the Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following thegeneral procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 7 where X, Y, n, m,R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁸ and R¹³ are as described above in the Embodimentsof the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib) and where R⁷ is alkyl orcycloalkyl:

Compounds of formulae (701), (702), (703), (704), (705), (706), (707)and (708) are commercially available or can be prepared according tomethods known to one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein.In general, the compounds of formula (Ib) are prepared as describedabove in Reaction Scheme 7 as follows:

The compound of formula (701) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl)is reacted with sulfonamide (702) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogenor a nitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo) under standardreaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide orN,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours to afford acompound of formula (703). The compound of formula (703) can then bereacted with boronic acid derivatives of formula (704) (wherein Z⁴ isfor example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is, for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(705). The compound of formula (705) can then be alkylated withalkylating agents R¹³—Z³ (wherein Z³ is a leaving group such as, but notlimited to, bromide, iodide, sulfate) such as, but not limited to,methyl iodide, in presence of a base, such as, but not limited to,lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or sodium hydride, in a polar aproticsolvent such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran orN,N-dimethylformamide, at temperature of between about −78° C. andambient temperature, to provide a compound of formula (706). Thecompound of formula (706) is then treated with an acid, such as, but notlimited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aprotic solvent, such as,but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperature of between about0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound of formula (707).The compound of formula (707) is then reacted with, for example, but notlimited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (708) in presence of areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (Ib), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R³ is —N(R¹³)—, R⁴ ishydrogen and R⁷ is alkyl or cycloalkyl, i.e., compounds of formula (Ib)where R⁴ is hydrogen and R⁷ is alkyl or cycloalkyl, as described abovein the Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following thegeneral procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 8 where X, Y, n, m,R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁸ and R¹³ are as described above in the Embodimentsof the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib) and where R⁷ is alkyl orcycloalkyl:

Compounds of formulae (801), (802), (803), (804), (805), (806), (807),(808) and (809) are commercially available or can be prepared accordingto methods known to one skilled in the art or by methods disclosedherein. In general, the compounds of formula (Ib) are prepared asdescribed above in Reaction Scheme 8 as follows:

The compound of formula (801) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, isreacted with sulfonamide (802) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogen or anitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo) under standardreaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide orN,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours to afford acompound of formula (803). The compound of formula (803) can then bereacted with boronic acid derivatives of formula (804) (wherein Z⁴ isfor example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(805). The compound of formula (805) is then treated with an acid, suchas, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aproticsolvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperatureof between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound offormula (806). The compound of formula (806) is then reacted with, forexample, but not limited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (807) inpresence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to provide acompound of formula (808). The compound of formula (808) can then bealkylated at the aniline nitrogen by reaction with an aldehyde offormula (809) (wherein R¹⁶ is for example, but not limited to, hydrogenor methyl) in presence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to,sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a polar solvent or solvent mixture,such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound offormula (Ib), which can be isolated from the reaction mixture bystandard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) where R⁷ is alkyl or cycloalkyl,as described above in the Summary of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 9where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶ and R⁸ are as described abovein the Summary of the Invention for compounds of formula (I) and R⁷ isalkyl or cycloalkyl:

Compounds of formulae (901), (902), (903), (904) and (905) arecommercially available or can be prepared according to methods known toone skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general, thecompounds of formula (I) are prepared as described above in ReactionScheme 9 as follows:

The compound of formula (901) is reacted with sulfonamide (902) (whereinZ¹ is optionally a hydrogen or a nitrogen-protecting group, for example,but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is aleaving group, for example, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo)under standard reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a polar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethylsulfoxide or N,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as,but not limited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hoursto afford a compound of formula (903). The compound of formula (903) canthen be reacted with boronic acid derivatives of formula (904) (whereinZ⁴ is for example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(I), which can be isolated from the reaction mixture by standardtechniques.

Alternatively, the compound of formula (903) can be reacted withorganotin reagents of formula (904) (wherein Z⁴ is, for example, but notlimited to, trimethylstannyl and R¹⁵ is for example, but not limited to,methyl, under standard Stille-coupling conditions, such as, but notlimited to, the use of a solvent, such as, but not limited to,N,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of an additive, such as, but notlimited to, lithium chloride, and in the presence of a palladiumcatalyst, such as, but not limited to, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladiumdichloride, at a temperature of between ambient temperature and 120° C.,for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula (I), which canbe isolated from the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Under certain conditions, the above transformations will afford acompound of formula (905) instead of a compound of formula (I). In theseinstances, Z¹ can be removed from the compound of formula (905) bymethods known in the art, such as, but not limited to, the use of anacid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (I).

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, asdescribed above in the Summary of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 10where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described abovein the Summary of the Invention for compounds of formula (I):

Compounds of formulae (1001), (1002), (1003), (1004), (1005), (1006),and (1007) are commercially available or can be prepared according tomethods known to one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein.In general, the compounds of formula (I) are prepared as described abovein Reaction Scheme 10 as follows:

The compound of formula (1001) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, isreacted with sulfonamide (1002) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogen ora nitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo) under standardreaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide orN,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours to afford acompound of formula (1003). The compound of formula (1003) can then bereacted with boronic acid derivatives of formula (1004) (wherein Z⁴ isfor example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is, for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(1005). The compound of formula (1005) is then treated with an acid,such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aproticsolvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperatureof between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound offormula (1006). The compound of formula (1006) is then reacted with, forexample, but not limited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (1007) inpresence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (Ib), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴ is hydrogen, asdescribed above in the Embodiments of the Invention, can be synthesizedfollowing the general procedure described below in Reaction Scheme 11where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described abovein the Embodiments of the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (1101), (1102), (1103), (1104), (1105), (1106),(1107), (1108), and (1109) are commercially available or can be preparedaccording to methods known to one skilled in the art or by methodsdisclosed herein. In general, the compounds of formula (Ib) are preparedas described above in Reaction Scheme 11 as follows:

The compound of formula (1101) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, isreacted with sulfonamide (1102) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogen ora nitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo) under standardreaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide orN,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours to afford acompound of formula (1103). The compound of formula (1103) is thentreated with an acid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid,in a polar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to,dichloromethane, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and ambienttemperature to generate a compound of formula (1104). The compound offormula (1104) is then reacted with, for example, but not limited to, analdehyde or ketone of formula (1105) in presence of a reducing agent,such as, but not limited to, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a polaraprotic solvent mixture, such as, but not limited to,N,N-dimethylformamide and 1,2-dichloroethane, at a temperature ofbetween about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound offormula (1106). The compound of formula (1106) can then be reacted withboronic acid derivatives of formula (1107) (wherein Z⁴ is for example,but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolaneand R¹⁵ is for example, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl orcyclopropyl) under standard Suzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as,but not limited to, the use of a solvent, such as, but not limited to,1,4-dioxane, in the presence of a base, such as, but not limited to,potassium phosphate tribasic, and in the presence of a palladiumcatalyst composed of for example, but not limited to, palladium acetateand tricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate, at a temperature ofbetween about ambient temperature and 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hoursto generate a compound of formula (1108). The compound of formula (1108)is then reacted with, for example, but not limited to, an aldehyde orketone of formula (1109) (wherein R¹⁶ is for example, but not limitedto, hydrogen or methyl) in presence of a reducing agent, such as, butnot limited to, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solventmixture, such as, but not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and1,2-dichloroethane, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and ambienttemperature to generate a compound of formula (Ib), which can beisolated from the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴ is hydrogen and R¹³ ishydrogen or alkyl, as described above in the Embodiments of theInvention, can be synthesized following the general procedure describedbelow in Reaction Scheme 12 where X, Y, n, m, R¹, R², R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ andR⁸ are as described above in the Embodiments of the Invention forcompounds of formula (Ib) and where R¹³ is hydrogen or alkyl:

Compounds of formulae (1201), (1202), (1203), (1204), (1205), and (1206)are commercially available or can be prepared according to methods knownto one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general,the compounds of formula (Ib) are prepared as described above inReaction Scheme 12 as follows:

The compound of formula (1201) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogen or anitrogen-protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, forexample, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo) is reacted with anitrogen nucleophile, such as, but not limited to, sodium azide, understandard reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of apolar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxideor N,N-dimethylformamide, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and80° C., for about 1 to 48 hours. The compound which can isolated fromthe reaction mixture by standard techniques is then treated with areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, zinc dust, in a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, in thepresence of a weak acid, such as, but not limited to, aqueous ammoniumchloride, to afford a compound of formula (1202).

Alternatively, Lg¹ in compound of formula (1202) can be converted intoR⁷ by reaction with boronic acid derivatives of formula (1203) (whereinZ⁴ is for example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(1204).

Compounds of formula (1202) or compounds of formula (1204) are thenreacted with, for example, but not limited to, a ketone of formula(1205) in the presence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to,sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in an acidic solvent, such as, but notlimited to, trifluoroacetic acid, at a temperature of between about 0°C. and ambient temperature, followed by reaction with an aldehyde offormula (1206) (wherein R¹⁶ is for example, but not limited to, hydrogenor methyl) in the presence of a reducing agent, such as, but not limitedto, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, in an acidic solvent, such as, but notlimited to, trifluoroacetic acid, at a temperature of between about 0°C. and ambient temperature, to generate a compound of formula (Ib),which can be isolated from the reaction mixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (Ib), as described above in theEmbodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following the generalprocedure described below in Reaction Scheme 13 where X, Y, n, m, R¹,R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described above in the Embodimentsof the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib) and R¹³ is hydrogen oralkyl:

Compounds of formulae (1301), (1302), (1303), (1304), (1305), and (1306)are commercially available or can be prepared according to methods knownto one skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general,the compounds of formula (I) are prepared as described above in ReactionScheme 13 as follows:

The compound of formula (1301) is reacted with sulfonamide (1302)(wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogen or a nitrogen-protecting group, forexample, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl and wherein Lg¹ is aleaving group, for example, but not limited to, chloro, bromo or iodo)under standard reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a polar aprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dimethylsulfoxide or N,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a base, such as,but not limited to, potassium carbonate or sodium hydride, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and 80° C., for about 1 to 48 hoursto afford a compound of formula (1303). The compound of formula (1303)can then be reacted with boronic acid derivatives of formula (1304)(wherein Z⁴ is for example, but not limited to, B(OH)₂ or4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2λ₂-dioxaborolane and R¹⁵ is for example, butnot limited to, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl) under standardSuzuki-Miyaura reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the useof a solvent, such as, but not limited to, 1,4-dioxane, in the presenceof a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium phosphate tribasic,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, palladium acetate and tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate, at a temperature of between about ambient temperatureand 120° C., for about 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula(1305). The compound of formula (1305) can then be alkylated at theaniline nitrogen by reaction with an aldehyde of formula (1306) (whereinR¹⁶ is for example, but not limited to, hydrogen or methyl) in presenceof a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar solvent or solvent mixture, such as,but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, at a temperature of betweenabout 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound of formula(Ib), which can be isolated from the reaction mixture by standardtechniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (1305) can be alkylated at theaniline nitrogen by reaction with alkylating agents such as, but notlimited to, methyl iodide, in presence of a base, such as, but notlimited to, sodium hydride, in a polar aprotic solvent such as, but notlimited to, N,N-dimethylformamide, at temperature of between about −5°C. and ambient temperature. The alkylated compound is then treated withan acid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polaraprotic solvent, such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature, to generatea compound of formula (Ib), which can be isolated from the reactionmixture by standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (Ib), as described above in theEmbodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following the generalprocedure described below in Reaction Scheme 14 where X, Y, n, m, R¹,R², R⁴, R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸ and R¹³ are as described above in theEmbodiments of the Invention for compounds of formula (Ib):

Compounds of formulae (1401), (1402), (1403), (1404) and (1405) arecommercially available or can be prepared according to methods known toone skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general, thecompounds of formula (Ib) are prepared as described above in ReactionScheme 14 as follows:

The compound of formula (1401) is reacted with sulfonamide (1402)(wherein Lg¹ is a leaving group, for example, but not limited to, bromo,iodo or trifluorosulfonate and Z¹ is hydrogen or a protecting group, forexample, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl,2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,4-methoxybenzyl, or 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standardBuchwald reaction conditions, such as, but not limited to, the use of asolvent, such as, but not limited to, toluene or 2-methyl-2-butanol, inthe presence of a base, such as, but not limited to, cesium carbonate,and in the presence of a palladium catalyst composed of for example, butnot limited to, 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene andbis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) orchloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1-biphenyl)[2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II),at a temperature of between about ambient temperature and 120° C., forabout 1 to 20 hours to generate a compound of formula (1403). Thecompound of formula (1403) can then be alkylated with alkylating agentsR¹³—Z³ (1404) (wherein Z³ is a leaving group such as, but not limitedto, bromide, iodide, sulfate), such as, but not limited to, methyliodide, in presence of a base, such as, but not limited to, sodiumhydride, in a polar aprotic solvent such as, but not limited to,N,N-dimethyl formamide, at a temperature of between about 0° C. andambient temperature, to provide a compound of formula (1405). Thecompound of formula (1405) is then treated with an acid, such as, butnot limited to, trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aprotic solvent, suchas, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperature of betweenabout 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound of formula(Ib), which can be isolated from the reaction mixture by standardtechniques.

Compounds of formula (Ib1), which are compounds of formula (Ib) where R⁴is hydrogen and at least one R⁶ is haloalkyl, as described above in theEmbodiments of the Invention, can be synthesized following the generalprocedure described below in Reaction Scheme 15 where X, Y, m, R¹, R²,R³, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described above in the Summary of theInvention for compounds of formula (Ib), n is 1 or 2 and R^(6a) ishaloalkyl:

Compounds of formulae (1501), (1502), (1503), (1504), and (1505) arecommercially available or can be prepared according to methods known toone skilled in the art or by methods disclosed herein. In general, thecompounds of formula (I) are prepared as described above in ReactionScheme 15 as follows:

The compound of formula (1501) (wherein Z² is a nitrogen-protectinggroup, for example, but not limited to, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl)is reacted with sulfonamide (1502) (wherein Z¹ is optionally a hydrogenor a nitrogen protecting group, for example, but not limited to,tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl) under standard reaction conditions, suchas, but not limited to, the use of a polar aprotic solvent, such as, butnot limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide or N,N-dimethylformamide, in thepresence of a base, such as, but not limited to, potassium carbonate orsodium hydride, at a temperature of between about 0° C. and 80° C., forabout 1 to 48 hours to afford a compound of formula (1503). The compoundof formula (1503) is then treated with a halogenating reagent, such as,but not limited to, diethylaminosulfur trifluoride, in a polar aproticsolvent such as, but not limited to, dichloromethane, at a temperatureof between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate a compound offormula (1504) wherein R^(6a) is haloalkyl. The compound of formula(1504) is then treated with an acid, such as, but not limited to,trifluoroacetic acid, in a polar aprotic solvent, such as, but notlimited to, dichloromethane, at a temperature of between ambienttemperature and 120° C., followed by reaction with, for example, but notlimited to, an aldehyde or ketone of formula (1505) in presence of areducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride, in a polar aprotic solvent mixture, such as, butnot limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide and dichloromethane, at atemperature of between about 0° C. and ambient temperature to generate acompound of formula (I), which can be isolated from the reaction mixtureby standard techniques.

Alternatively, compounds of formula (I), as described above in theSummary of the Invention, can be synthesized by one skilled in the artby simple functional group transformations. As such, but not limited to,a compound of formula (I) where R⁶ is alkenyl can be converted into acompound of formula (I) where R⁶ is alkyl by treatment with hydrogen inthe presence of, but not limited to, palladium on carbon, in solventssuch as, but not limited to, methanol and ethyl acetate. Alternatively,but not limited to, a compound of formula (I) where R¹ is(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl can be converted into a compound of formula (I),whereas R¹ is (2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl by reaction with anorganometallic reagent, such as, but not limited to, methylmagnesiumbromide, in a polar aprotic solvent such as, but not limited to,tetrahydrofuran.

All of the compounds described below as being prepared which may existin free base or acid form may be converted to their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts by treatment with the appropriate inorganic or organicbase or acid. Salts of the compounds prepared below may be converted totheir free base or acid form by standard techniques. Furthermore, allcompounds of the invention which contain an acid or an ester group canbe converted to the corresponding ester or acid, respectively, bymethods known to one skilled in the art or by methods described herein.

The following Examples, which are directed to the synthesis of thecompounds of the invention; and the following Biological Examples areprovided as a guide to assist in the practice of the invention, and arenot intended as a limitation on the scope of the invention.

In the Examples below, unless otherwise indicated all temperatures areset forth in degrees Celsius. Commercially available reagents werepurchased from suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Combi-Blocks,TCI or Oakwood Chemicals and were used without further purificationunless otherwise indicated. The reactions set forth below were donegenerally under a positive pressure of nitrogen or argon or with adrying tube (unless otherwise stated) in anhydrous solvents, and thereaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for theintroduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware was ovendried and/or heat dried. Yields were not optimized. Melting points weredetermined on a Büchi hot-stage apparatus and are uncorrected. ¹H NMR,¹⁹F and ¹³C NMR data were obtained in deuterated CDCl₃, DMSO-d₆, CD₃OD,CD₃CN, or acetone-d₆ solvent solutions with chemical shifts (δ) reportedin parts-per-million (ppm) relative to trimethylsilane (TMS) or theresidual non-deuterated solvent peaks as the reference standard. Dataare reported as follows, if applicable: chemical shift, multiplicity,coupling constant in Hz, and number of protons, fluorine or carbonatoms. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviatesare used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m(multiplet, br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet oftriplets). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hz (Hertz).

Example 1 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-amine(prepared according to PCT Published Patent Application No. WO2010/079443, 15.1 g, 60.2 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL)was added a 1 M solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide intetrahydrofuran (72.1 mL, 72.1 mmol) at 0° C. and the reaction mixturewas stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture wascooled to −78° C. and a solution of 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonylchloride (13.8 g, 60.2 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL)) wasadded to it. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature, stirred for 2 h, and diluted with ethyl acetate (280 mL).The mixture was washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution (2×150mL), brine (150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue inmethanol (110 mL) provided the title compound as a colorless solid (14.8g, 55% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.22 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.65 (m, 2H),7.20-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H),6.30 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H); MS(ES+) m/z 444.0 (M+1)., 446.0 (M+1).

Step 2: Preparation of tert-butyl4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate(4.61 g, 20.3 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (75 mL) was added sodiumborohydride (0.77 g, 20.3 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 48 hours. Themixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (300 mL), washed with 0.5 Mhydrochloric acid (4×80 mL), brine (3×60 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuoprovided the title compound as a colorless solid (4.59 g, 99% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ3.90-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.41 (dd,J=9.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.73 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H),1.85-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 0.95 (s, 3H), 0.88(s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 230.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.37 g, 5.97 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (180 mL) was added a 1.0 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (6.0 mL, 6.0 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature,stirred for 1 h, and cooled to −78° C. To it was then added a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(2.65 g, 5.97 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 4 h, anddiluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). The mixture was washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided aresidue which was purified by column chromatography eluting with 30% ofethyl acetate in hexanes. The title compound was obtained as a clear oil(2.36 g, 61% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.18 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.83 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.37-6.28 (m, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 4.12 (dd,J=7.1, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.15(d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 1.94-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.03(s, 3H).

Step 4. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylate(2.36 g, 3.61 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (5 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated in vacuo, triturated in methanol (60 mL), andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the titlecompound as a colorless foam (1.87 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.79 (br s, 1H), 8.64 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),4.53 (dd, J=7.7, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.12-2.98 (m, 3H), 2.96-2.85 (m, 1H),2.09-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 403.0 (M+1), 405.0 (M+1).

Example 2 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of3-chloro-4-((3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) and benzaldehyde (0.08 g,0.78 mmol) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (8 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.17 g, 0.78 mmol) and the resulting mixture wasstirred for 18 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL),washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×30 mL), and the organic phasewas concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid to provide the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.075 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ9.71 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.68 (dd,J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.32 (m, 6H), 4.55-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.23 (m,2H), 3.52-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s,3H), 0.92 (s, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 493.0 (M+1), 495.0(M+1).

Example 3 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.17 g, 67% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.51 (br s, 1H),8.43 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H),7.42-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.03 (m, 3H), 4.58-4.40 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.13 (m,2H), 3.45-3.02 (m, 3H), 2.99-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.19-2.05 (m,1H), 2.01-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H) (Note: NHnot observed); MS (ES+) m/z 521.0 (M+1), 523.0 (M+1).

Example 4 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3,5-dichlorobenzyl)-3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3,5-chlorobenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.135 g, 51% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.92 (br s, 1H),8.44 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.62 (m, 5H), 7.37 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (br s,1H), 4.54-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.46-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.06 (m,1H), 1.99-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.04 (br s, 6H); MS (ES+) m/z 561.0 (M+1),563.0, 564.9 (M+1).

Example 5 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-amine (preparedaccording to WO 2013063459, 35.0 g, 140 mmol) in anhydroustetrahydrofuran (350 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (182 mL, 182 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 30 minutes.The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and a solution of3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (41.6 g, 182 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL)) was added to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 2 h,quenched by addition of water (200 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×200 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (50 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography eluting with a gradient of 2 to 20% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether followed trituration in methanol (2×150 mL) provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (32.0 g, 50% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.86 (dd, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d,J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d,J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s,3H); MS (ES+) m/z 464.9 (M+23)., 467.0 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (4.43 g,22.0 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) was added a 1.0 Msolution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (25.0mL, 25.0 mmol) at −78° C. The resulting mixture was warmed to ambienttemperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to−78° C. and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(8.86 g, 20.0 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was warmed toambient temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to 0° C. and a dispersion of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil(0.80 g, 20.0 mmol) was added to it. The resulting mixture was heated at45° C. for 2 hours and then cooled to ambient temperature. The reactionmixture was quenched with the slow addition of water (100 mL) anddiluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL). The mixture was washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×150 mL), brine (100 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided thetitle compound was obtained as foam (10.68 g, 86% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43(d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.39-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.69-4.63 (m, 1H), 3.77(s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.49 (m, 4H), 1.95-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.49 (s,9H); MS (ES+) m/z 624.3 (M+1), 626.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate(10.68 g, 17.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (80 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (25 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 1.5 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo,and the residue was triturated in methanol (60 mL). Filtration of themixture and concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the titlecompound as a brown foam (8.35 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.79 (br s, 1H), 8.71 (br s, 2H), 7.74 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.68 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.88-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.00 (m, 4H),2.13-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.75 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 374.1 (M+1), 376.1(M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of 3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde (0.18 g, 1.04 mmol) and3-chloro-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.25 g, 0.52 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.42 g, 1.04 mmol) and the resultingmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (40 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo gave a residue which was purified by flashchromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane to providethe title compound as a colorless solid (0.20 g, 73% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.71 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H),7.37-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J=74.2 Hz, 1H), 7.15(d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.05-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.66-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.25(m, 2H), 1.96-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.60 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 530.1 (M+1), 532.1 (M+1).

Example 6 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(cyclohexylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with cyclohexanecarbaldehyde, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.16 g, 27% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.77 (br s, 1H), 9.16 (br s, 1H), 7.76-7.72 (m,1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.97-4.88 (m, 0.5H), 4.77-4.64 (m, 0.5H),3.58-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.11-2.87 (m, 4H), 2.30-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.53 (m,7H), 1.30-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.00-0.82 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 470.1 (M+1),472.1 (M+1).

Example 7 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-cyclohexylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with cyclohexanone, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless solid (0.20 g, 35% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.81 (br s, 1H), 9.76 (br s, 0.5H), 9.54 (br s, 0.5H),7.77-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.25(d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.93 (m, 0.5H),4.77-4.65 (m, 0.5H), 3.45 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H),3.24-2.99 (m, 3H), 2.33-1.69 (m, 8H), 1.63-0.97 (m, 6H); MS (ES+) m/z456.1 (M+1), 458.1 (M+1).

Example 8A AND 8B Synthesis of4-((cis-1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamideand4-((trans-1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl4-hydroxy-3-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 1, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl3,3-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyl3-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound was obtainedas colorless oil as a 2:1 mixture of diastereomers (2.83 g, 95% yield).Data reported for major isomer: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ4.09-3.86 (m,2H), 3.28 (td, J=9.7, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.39 (m, 1H),2.00-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 0.99 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), OH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 216.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyl4-hydroxy-3-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless foam as a 2:1 mixture of diastereomers (3.29 g,80% yield). Data reported for major isomer: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ7.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=3.6Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H),6.39-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.54 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.72 (m, 8H),3.26-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H),1.03 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 638.2 (M+1), 640.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 1, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (1.58 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 388.1 (M+1), 390.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of4-((cis-1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamideand4-((trans-1-benzyl-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.28 g, 2.60 mmol) and3-chloro-4-((3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.65 g, 1.30 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.55 g, 2.60 mmol) and the resultingmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (40 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatographyeluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methano (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane to provide the title compounds asdiastereomerically pure, colorless solids. First eluting isomer (0.20 g,32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd,J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.24 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=2.0Hz, 2H), 3.03-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.18-1.99 (m, 3H),1.73-1.58 (m, 1H), 0.98 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z478.1 (M+1), 480.1 (M+1). Second eluting isomer (0.20 g, 32% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.83 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz,1H), 7.47-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H),6.69 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.06-2.94 (m,2H), 2.87-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.87(m, 1H), 1.01 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 478.1(M+1), 480.1 (M+1).

Example 9A AND 9B Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((cis-3-methyl-1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamideand3-chloro-4-((trans-3-methyl-1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 8, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatographyeluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methano (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compounds wereobtained as diastereomerically pure, colorless solids. First elutingisomer (0.10 g, 16% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.81 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.03 (m, 6H), 6.67 (d, J=4.5 Hz,1H), 4.11-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.57 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.00-2.89 (m, 2H),2.36-2.25 (m, 4H), 2.17-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.57 (m, 1H), 0.97 (d, J=6.0Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 492.1 (M+1), 494.1 (M+1). Secondeluting isomer (0.24 g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.84 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.08 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.77-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.19 (d, J=1.3Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.25(m, 1H), 2.22-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.04 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H),NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 492.1 (M+1), 494.1 (M+1).

Example 10A AND 10B Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((cis-1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamideand3-chloro-4-((trans-1-(2-fluorobenzyl)-3-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 8, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with2-fluorobenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 20% of methano (containing 0.2% of ammoniumhydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compounds were obtained asdiastereomerically pure, colorless solids. First eluting isomer (0.16 g,25% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.80 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd,J=8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.02 (m,4H), 6.68 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.96-2.88(m, 2H), 2.35-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.56 (m, 1H), 0.97(d, J=5.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 496.1 (M+1), 498.1(M+1). Second eluting isomer (0.16, 25% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, 1:1CDCl₃:CD₃OD) δ7.84 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.23 (m, 2H),7.16-6.91 (m, 4H), 6.54 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.54-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s,2H), 2.78-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.79(m, 2H), 0.97 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 496.1(M+1), 498.1 (M+1).

Example 11 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with 3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.20 g, 75% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.70 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz,1H), 7.50-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.29 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22(d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J=56.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H),4.65-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.66-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 2H),1.97-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.60 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z514.1 (M+1), 516.1 (M+1).

Example 12 Synthesis of3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-4-((1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.21 g, 64%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.65 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.31(d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H),4.68-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.66-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.24 (m, 2H),1.97-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.59 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 532.1 (M+1), 534.1(M+1).

Example 13 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with 2-chlorobenzaldehyde, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.14 g, 45% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.71 (br s, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd,J=8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J=7.4, 1.7Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.80 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.67-4.56 (m, 1H),3.56 (s, 2H), 2.69-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 2H),1.73-1.60 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 498.1 (M+1), 500.1 (M+1).

Example 14 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-((4-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with 4-methylpicolinaldehyde, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.09 g, 30% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.31 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64(dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.21(d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.66-4.55(m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.74-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s,3H), 1.98-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.62 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z479.1 (M+1), 481.1 (M+1).

Example 15 Synthesis of4-(((1R,3r,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(1R,3r,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyl(1R,3r,5S)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless foam (0.30 g, 23% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.82 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H),7.43 (d, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H),6.78 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.50-6.46 (m, 1H), 6.39-6.34 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s,2H), 4.76-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H),2.23-2.13 (m, 3H), 2.01-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H);MS (ES+) m/z 650.1 (M+1), 652.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-(((1R,3r,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a a solution of of tert-butyl(1R,3r,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate(0.30 g, 0.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated inmethanol (10 mL), filtered, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Toit was then added 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL), N,N-dimethylformamide (4mL), benzaldehyde (0.15 g, 1.38 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.29 g, 1.38 mmol), and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred for18 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×30 mL), and the combined organic phasewas concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue was purified bycolumn chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.03 g, 13% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.65 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd,J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.83-4.77 (m,1H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 2.33-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 4H),1.91 (s, 1H), 1.87 (s, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 490.1 (M+1), 492.1 (M+1).

Example 16 Synthesis of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless foam (0.32 g, 25% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.78 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d,J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.49-6.46 (m, 1H), 6.38-6.34 (m, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H),4.82-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.28 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 2H),2.17-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H);MS (ES+) m/z 650.2 (M+1), 652.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 15, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(1R,3r,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.11 g, 49%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.68 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 2H),6.75 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.69 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.23 (m,2H), 2.04-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 4H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z490.1 (M+1), 492.1 (M+1).

Example 17 Synthesis of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

A solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-amine (20.86 g, 83.3mmol, prepared according to WO2013063459) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran(350 mL) was treated with a 1 M solution of bis(trimethylsilyl)amide intetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL, 100.0 mmol) at −78° C. The resulting mixturewas warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 h. The reactionmixture was cooled to −78° C., and a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (20.58 g, 83.3 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) was added to it. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 2 h, and dilutedwith ethyl acetate (700 mL). The organic phase was washed with saturatedsodium bicarbonate (200 mL), saturated ammonium chloride (2×150 mL),brine (2×150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure gave a residuewhich was triturated with methanol (80 mL) to provide the title compoundas a colorless solid (12.7 g, 33% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.94(t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H) 7.21 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),7.06-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.41-6.36 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.74(s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 461.0 (M+1), 463.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate (1.18 g,5.21 mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(2.40 g, 5.21 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (35 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (2.55 g, 7.82 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL), washed with water (100 mL),saturated ammonium chloride (80 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrateunder reduced pressure gave a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with 10 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, toprovide the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (1.39 g, 40%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.86 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m,1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H),6.37-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 4.76-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.29 (m, 2H),3.82-3.71 (m, 7H), 2.15-2.06 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.66 (m,2H), 1.50 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 668.1 (M+1), 670.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate(1.39 g, 2.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (10 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was suspended in methanol (25 mL) and the mixture wasfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide the titlecompound as a tan foam (0.81 g, 73% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 418.0 (M+1),420.0 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.16 g, 1.53 mmol) and4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.27 g, 0.51 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.22 g, 1.02 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (40 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (40 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatographyeluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, and then by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, to provide the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.025 g, 10% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD) δ7.84 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.25 (d, J=11.5 Hz,1H), 7.11 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.06-4.94 (m, 1H),4.22 (s, 2H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 2H),2.10-1.94 (m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 508.1 (M+1),510.2 (M+1).

Example 18 Synthesis of5-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-chlorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 17, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-chlorobenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.08 g, 28% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.83 (d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 7.63-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.24 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 7.11(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.06-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.23 (s,2H), 4.05-3.99 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.38 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.98(m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 542.1 (M+1), 544.1(M+1).

Example 19 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate(0.75 g, 3.49 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (12 mL) was addeda dispersion of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.14 g, 3.49 mmol)and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 45minutes. To it was then added3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.77 g, 1.75 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by carefuladdition of water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL).The organic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL),brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo gave a residue which was purifiedby column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethylacetate in hexanes to provide the title compound as a colorless foam(0.98 g, 44% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.82-7.79 (m, 1H),7.66-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m,2H), 6.40-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 6H), 3.31-3.20 (m,8H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.27 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 638.2 (M+1), 640.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 1, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-4-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained an off-white foam (0.77 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 388.1 (M+1), 390.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to3-chloro-4-((3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with3-chloro-4-((4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, and purification by column chromatographyeluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.065 g, 26% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ7.72 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.19 (m, 6H), 6.78 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s, 2H),2.60-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.65 (m,2H), 1.35 (s, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 478.1 (M+1), 480.1(M+H).

Example 20 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (0.15 g, 1.04 mmol) and3-chloro-4-((4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.20 g, 0.52 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.22 g, 1.04 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (40 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% ofmethanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane toprovide the title compound as a colorless solid (0.065 g, 24% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.72 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz,1H), 7.37-7.20 (m, 6H), 6.79 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.53-2.31(m, 4H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.35 (s, 3H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 512.0 (M+1), 514.0 (M+1).

Example 21 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-4-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 21 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 3-chlorobenzaldehyde with3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.095 g, 35% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.72(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.35(d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (t, J=56.3 Hz, 1H), 6.79(d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.55-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 2H),1.77-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 528.1(M+1), 530.1 (M+1).

Example 22 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(4-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of3-chloro-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.30 g, 0.62 mmol) and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde(0.13 mL, 1.2 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1.5 mL) and1,2-dichloroethane (1.5 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.26g, 1.23 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 17 h. The reaction mixturewas diluted with dichloromethane (4 mL) and water (4 mL) and the layerswere separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane(2×5 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2×5mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentrationof the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue byreverse-phase preparative HPLC using acetonitrile in water containing0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as eluent afforded the title compound as acolorless solid (0.10 g, 34% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.90-7.85(m, 1H), 7.82-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.12(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (br s, 1H), 4.39 (s,2H), 3.66-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.34 (m, 3H), 2.49-1.88 (m, 4H); NH andCOOH not observed ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, CD₃OD) δ−78.5, −114.1; MS (ES+) m/z482.0 (M+1), 484.0 (M+1).

Example 23 Synthesis of3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-4-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde with4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.078 g, 15% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.85 (d,J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.78 (m, 3H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 7.09 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (br s, 1H),4.47 (s, 2H), 3.68-3.34 (m, 3H), 2.49-1.91 (m, 5H); NH and COOH notobserved; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, CD₃OD) δ−61.4, −77.1; MS (ES+) m/z 531.9(M+1), 533.9 (M+1).

Example 24 Synthesis of3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-4-((1-(4-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde with4-methylbenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.29 g, 60% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.84 (d, J=2.1 Hz,1H), 7.77 (dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d,J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.27-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.34 (m,2H), 3.21-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.24-1.79 (m, 4H); NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 478.1 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 25 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 3-amino-3-methyl-N-benzylazetidine (0.25 g, 1.42 mmol)and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.63 g, 1.42 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (3 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (0.39 g, 2.84 mmol) and the reaction mixture washeated to 70-75° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to coolto ambient temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and water(15 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate inhexanes provided the title compound as a colorless, amorphous solid(0.26 g, 31% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 599.1 (M+1), 601.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.26 g, 0.44 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentratedin vacuo and methanol (10 mL) was added to it. The mixture was filteredand the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Trituration of the residue indiethyl ether (15 mL) provided the title compound as an off-white solid(0.26 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.64 (d, J=2.1Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.42 (m, 6H), 7.26 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.75-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.27 (d,J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 2H), 1.56 (s, 3H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 449.0 (M+1), 451.0 (M+1).

Example 26 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidetrifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.25 g, 0.56 mmol) and 1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.096 mL, 0.56 mmol)in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate(0.19 g, 1.35 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (5 mL) and water (5 mL) and the aqueous phase was extractedethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(1×5 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue bycolumn chromatography eluting with 6 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanesafforded the title compound as a yellow oil (0.33 g, 97% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.11 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.21 (m, 6H),7.01 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.34-6.26 (m, 2H), 5.16(s, 2H), 4.05-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H),2.89-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.56 (m,2H).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.33 g, 0.55 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and theresidue triturated in methanol (10 mL). The mixture was filtered and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as acolorless solid (0.27 g, 85% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.04 (s,1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53(d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 3H), 6.84 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 6.47-6.21 (m, 1H), 6.17-5.89 (m, 1H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.10(m, 4H), 2.51 (s, 1H), 2.10-1.83 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 449.9 (M+1),451.9 (M+1).

Example 27 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(3.39 g, 7.65 mmol) and tert-butyl (S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.71 g, 9.18 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (40 mL) was addedand potassium carbonate (2.11 g, 15.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 3 days. The mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water (200 mL), saturated ammoniumchloride (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo gave a residuewhich was purified by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of10 to 80% of ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the title compound as acolorless foam (3.95 g, 85% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.67 (s,1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=3.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d,J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.53(m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.86 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H),3.79-3.69 (m, 7H), 3.56-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.21 (m,1H), 2.00-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 609.2 (M+1), 611.2(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(2.44 g, 4.00 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) was added a 1.0M solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (4.8mL, 4.8 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at 0°C., cooled to −78° C., and a 1.0 M solution of methyl iodide intetrahydrofuran (4.4 mL, 4.4 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 18 h. Themixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (2×80 mL), brine (2×50 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuogave a residue which was purified by column chromatography eluting witha gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate in hexanes to provide the titlecompound as a colorless foam (1.75 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.75 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17(dd, J=9.0, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.40-6.33 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s,2H), 4.12-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.52 (m, 2H),3.37-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H); MS(ES+) m/z 623.2 (M+1), 625.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 1, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a beige foam (1.37 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 373.1 (M+1), 375.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (0.15 g, 1.08 mmol) and(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.20 g, 0.54 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.23 g, 1.08 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride (40 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. Purification ofthe residue by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20%of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethaneprovided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.11 g, 41% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.64 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz,1H), 7.34-7.15 (m, 6H), 6.77 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.09-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.61(d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H), 3.5 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.66-2.53 (m,3H), 2.42-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.67 (m, 1H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 497.0 (M+1), 499.0 (M+1).

Example 28 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 27, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 3-chlorobenzaldehyde with3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.195 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.64(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.21(d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J=56.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77(d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.69 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (d,J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.67-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 1H),2.07-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.68 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z513.1 (M+1), 515.1 (M+1).

Example 29 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride salt

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(12.46 g, 28.07 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (100 mL) was addedtert-butyl (S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (15.69 g, 84.21 mmol)and the reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. for 6 h. The reactionmixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and stirred for 18 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (550 mL), washedwith saturated ammonium chloride (2×200 mL), brine (100 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate in hexanes provided thetitle compound as a colorless foam (17.13 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=9.0 Hz,1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.37-6.33 (m, 2H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 4.93 (d,J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 7H), 3.56-3.47 (m, 2H),3.37-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H);MS (ES+) m/z 610.1 (M+1), 612.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(10.26 g, 16.82 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added a1 M solution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran(20.2 mL, 20.2 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 40 minutes, cooled to −78° C., and methyl iodide (1.15 mL, 18.50mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for30 minutes, allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 4 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL), washedwith saturated ammonium chloride (2×150 mL), brine (100 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate in hexanes provided thetitle compound as a colorless foam (6.50 g, 62% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.19 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.35-6.32 (m, 1H), 6.30 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s,2H), 4.09-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.55 (m, 2H),3.36-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H); MS(ES+) m/z 624.1 (M+1), 626.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(3.0 g, 4.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was added2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 40 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was triturated with methanol (40 mL) containing activatedcharcoal (1.0 g), and the resulting mixture was filtered. The filtratewas concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a brownish oil(2.1 g, 91% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.03-8.83 (m, 2H), 8.46(s, 1H), 7.75-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),4.26-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H),2.11-1.88 (m, 2H), one NH not observed.

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.80 g, 1.6 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (8 mL) wasadded benzaldehyde (0.2 mL, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 10 minutes and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.68 g, 3.2 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted withwater (30 mL), saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 mL), and ethylacetate (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate(2×30 mL), and dichloromethane (10×15 mL). The combined organic phaseswere washed with brine (30 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20%of methanol (containing 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethaneprovided a residue which was triturated in methanol (10 mL) to affordthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.355 g, 77% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.07 (br s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=2.1 Hz,1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.40 (m, J=2.7 Hz, 5H), 7.27 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.15 (m, 4H), 2.69(s, 3H), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 464.0 (M+1), 466.0 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

To(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.334 g, 0.720 mmol) was added a 5-10% solution of hydrogen chloride inmethanol (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 30 minutes. Concentration in vacuo provided the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.339 g, 94% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.33-10.82 (m, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.68 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.41 (m, J=3.2 Hz,3H), 7.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.16 (m, 3H), 3.54-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.76(s, 3H), 2.20-2.00 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 464.0 (M+1), 466.0 (M+1).

Example 30 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-chlorobenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography elutingwith 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) indichloromethane, the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid(0.12 g, 47% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.22 (br s, 1H), 7.85(s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s,1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.89 (m,2H), 3.04-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.81 (m,1H); MS (ES+) m/z 498.0 (M+1), 500.0 (M+1).

Example 31 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, and purification by columnchromatography eluting with 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.085 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ10.22 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.54 (m, 6H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.05(t, J=51.4 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.09 (m, 3H), 3.46-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.22-2.93 (m,3H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.86 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z514.0 (M+1), 516.0 (M+1).

Example 32 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatographyeluting with 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammoniumhydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.145 g, 55% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.89(s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H),7.26 (dd, J=7.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.07 (m, 1H),3.98 (s, 2H), 3.05-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 1H),1.91-1.79 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 516.0 (M+1), 518.0(M+1).

Example 33 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde, and purification by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.085 g, 26% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD) δ8.08 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz,1H), 7.55 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (ddd, J=8.9, 4.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H),7.26-7.16 (m, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.61 (m, 1H),3.51-3.36 (m, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 2H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 516.0 (M+1), 518.0 (M+1).

Example 34 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with2-fluoro-3-methylbenzaldehyde, and purification by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.085 g, 22% yield, check): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.19 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H),4.42-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.41 (m, 3H), 2.79 (s, 3H),2.31-2.22 (m, 5H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 496.0 (M+1),498.0 (M+1).

Example 35 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with2-fluoro-5-methylbenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatographyeluting with 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammoniumhydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.085 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.89(s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd,J=7.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J=9.1, 9.1 Hz, 1H),4.18-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H),2.28 (s, 3H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.91 (m, 1H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 496.1 (M+1), 498.1 (M+1).

Example 36 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(ethyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.94 g, 1.54 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (21 mL) was addedanhydrous cesium carbonate (1.0 g, 3.08 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, and then iodoethane (0.19 mL,2.31 mmol) was added dropwise to it. The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(50 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (3×50 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate in hexanes yielded thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.77 mg, 78% yield). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.16 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),6.31-6.28 (m, 2H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.66-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 1H),1.90-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 0.92-0.88 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 638.2(M+1), 640.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(ethyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a brown foam (0.61 g, quantitativeyield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.20 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.77 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.20 (m, 1H),3.45-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.90 (m,1H), 0.92 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z388.0 (M+1), 390.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.15 g, 1.08 mmol) and(S)-3-chloro-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.30 g, 0.60 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.32 g, 1.50 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (40 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residueby column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.11 g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.11 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.60 (dd, J=8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.31 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),4.24 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.00 (m, 4H),2.14-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.79 (m, 1H), 0.77 (t, J=7.01 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 478.1 (M+1), 480.1 (M+1).

Example 37 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-(ethyl(1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 36, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-methylbenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.11 g, 37% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.02 (br s, 1H),7.85 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H),7.34-7.16 (m, 5H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.31 (m, 1H),3.27-2.97 (m, 5H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 1H),0.77 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 492.1 (M+1), 494.1 (M+1).

Example 38 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (160.0 g, 799.0 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1500 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M solution in tetrahydron, 1120 mL) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 5° C., stirred for 30 minutes, andcooled to −78° C. To it was then added dropwise a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (355.3 g, 1440 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h. To it wasthen added saturated ammonium chloride (200 mL), and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×1000 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (3×1000 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of theresidue with methanol (500 mL) provided the title compound as acolorless solid (220.0 g, 67% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.14(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06-7.94 (m, 2H), 1.28 (s,9H); MS (ES+) m/z 310.8 (M−99), 312.8 (M−99).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (preparedaccording to WO2010079443, 0.28 g, 0.67 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylsulfoxide (3 mL) was added (S)-1-benzyl-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.26g, 1.34 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. in a sealedtube for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(50 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. The obtained residue was dissolved indichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added to it.The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 minutesand concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, provided the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.125 g, 39% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.36 (br s, 1H), 10.61 (br s, 0.5H), 10.35 (br s, 0.5H), 8.87(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.13(m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61-4.20 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.01 (m, 4H),2.73 (d, J=20.0 Hz, 3H), 2.17-1.89 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 481.1 (M+1),483.1 (M+1).

Example 39 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidebis(trifluoroacetic acid) salt

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 38, STEP 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by column chromatography eluting with 0 to 20% ofmethanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.40 g, 56% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.93 (br s, 1H), 10.98 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (d,J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.32 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d,J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.33 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.69 (m,2H), 3.57-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.07 (m,2H), one exchangeable proton not observed; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−73.65 (s, 6F), −109.18 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 481.1 (M+1), 483.0 (M+1).

Example 40 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidebis(trifluoroacetic acid) salt

Step 1. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-fluoropyridin-2-amine(prepared according to WO2014066490, 20.00 g, 76.25 mmol) in anhydroustetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added a 1.6 M solution of methyl lithium indiethyl ether (66.7 mL, 106.7 mmol) dropwise at −78° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and stirred for 30 minutes. Thereaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (33.9 g, 137.3 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added dropwise to it. Thereaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirredfor 12 h. The mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (3×200 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue ina mixture of methanol and dichloromethane (20:1, 2×150 mL) provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (12.1 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.02 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.15 (m,2H), 7.01 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J=8.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43-6.35 (m,2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidebis(trifluoroacetic acid) salt

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 38, STEP 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by flash chromatography (0 to 20% methanol (+0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane), the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.40 g, 56% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ11.75 (br s, 1H), 10.63 (br s, 1H), 7.92-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.44 (m,5H), 7.19 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J=7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dd,J=8.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.32 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.27 (m,2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.07 (m, 2H), one exchangeable proton notobserved; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−69.00 (s, 1F), −73.61 (s, 6F),−110.18 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 493.1 (M+1), 495.1 (M+1).

Example 41 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-5-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (8.87 g, 44.3 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (220 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (48.7 mL, 48.7 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C., and asolution of 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (6.93 mL, 48.7mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (17 mL) was added to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 h.The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (350 mL), washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×200 mL), brine (2×150 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate in hexanes provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (13.9 g, 80% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.83-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.25 (m, 1H), 8.14-8.07 (m, 1H),7.58-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 393.0(M+1), 395.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 38, STEP 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl ((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-5-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.40 g, 56%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.71 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=0.6Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.07 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.28 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.38 (m, 4H),2.79-2.77 (m, 3H), 2.35-2.10 (m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 463.1 (M+1), 465.1 (M+1).

Example 42 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of (S)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butane-1,4-diyldimethanesulfonate

To a solution of tert-butyl (S)-(1,4-dihydroxybutan-2-yl)carbamate (5.0g, 24.36 mmol) and triethylamine (17.0 mL, 121.8 mmol) in anhydrousdichloromethane (120 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (4.15 mL,53.59 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at for 1 h at 0°C. and then quenched by addition of water (50 mL) and saturated ammoniumchloride (120 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane(100 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (50mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo provided the title compound as a colorless solid(8.70 g, 99% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.08 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),4.26-4.06 (m, 4H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 1.97-1.86 (m, 1H),1.83-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 362.1(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of (S)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butane-1,4-diyldimethanesulfonate (2.63 g, 7.28 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine(6.34 mL, 36.4 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (12 mL) was added(S)-1-phenylethan-1-amine (0.93 mL, 7.28 mmol) and the reaction mixturewas heated to 40° C. in a sealed tube for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (130 mL), washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (3×100 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with 5% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.76 g, 36% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.36-7.25 (m, 5H), 4.86-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.07 (m, 1H),3.22 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.57 (dd, J=9.9, 6.6 Hz, 1H),2.36-2.20 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.39 (d, J=6.6 Hz,3H); MS (ES+) m/z 291.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

To a solution of tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate (0.76 g, 2.62 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added a 1.0 M solution oflithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (5.24 mL, 5.24 mmol) and thereaction mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture wascooled to 0° C. and quenched by slow addition of 2.0 M sodium hydroxide(50 mL). The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (2×60 mL). Thecombined organic phase was washed with 2.0 M sodium hydroxide (20 mL),brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the title compound as acolorless oil (0.46 g, 85% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.36-7.20(m, 5H), 3.24-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.32 (m, 4H), 2.27(dt, J=9.6, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.14-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.38 (d,J=6.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 205.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.22 g, 0.50 mmol) and(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (0.10 g, 0.5 mmol)in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate(0.14 g, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was at 80° C. for 18 h. Thereaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and dilutedwith ethyl acetate (50 mL). The mixture washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (50 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue,which was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). To it was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (8 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and methanol(20 mL) was added to it. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate invacuo provided a residue, which was purified by column chromatography,eluting with 5% of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) indichloromethane to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.07g, 29% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.13 (br s, 1H), 7.68 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.27 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.10(m, 1H), 3.81-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 4H),2.06-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 477.1 (M+1), 479.1 (M+1).

Example 43 Synthesis of3-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.11 g, 43% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.01-7.98 (m, 1H),7.76 (dd, J=8.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.46 (m, 5H), 7.09-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.92(dd, J=7.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J=8.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.47-4.40 (m,2H), 4.07-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.34-2.10(m, 2H), 1.72 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z507.1 (M+1), 509.1 (M+1).

Example 44 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (R)-1-phenylethan-1-amine, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (1.39 g, 66% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.35-7.23(m, 5H), 4.96-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.06 (m, 1H),3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m,1H), 1.59-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 291.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless oil (0.63 g, 64% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.35-7.24 (m, 5H), 3.23-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.35(s, 3H), 2.16-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H);MS (ES+) m/z 205.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)—N-methyl-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless solid (0.11 g, 46% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.03 (br s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=8.5, 2.2Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H),4.39-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.02 (m,1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.59 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 477.1 (M+1), 479.1 (M+1).

Example 45 Synthesis of5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.22 g, 0.5 mmol) and(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (0.10 g, 0.5 mmol)in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate(0.14 g, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was headed at 80° C. for 18h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature anddiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The mixture was washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrile in water (containing 0.1%of trifluoroacetic acid) provided the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.10 g, 39% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.02 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.78 (dd, J=8.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.13-7.05 (m, 1H),6.94 (dd, J=7.9, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J=8.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.28(m, 2H), 3.89-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.74 (m, 3H),2.31-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.74 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 507.1 (M+1), 509.1 (M+1).

Example 46 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.20 g, 0.45 mmol) and 1-benzylpiperidin-4-amine (0.09 mL, 0.45 mmol)in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (1.8 mL) was added potassium carbonate(0.149 g, 1.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 17 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL)and water (5 mL) and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate(2×5 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2×5 mL),dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and the filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography eluting with a gradient of 30 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes followed by 5% of methanol in dichloromethane afforded the titlecompound as a colorless oil (0.158 g, 57% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.13 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.03 (d,J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.36-6.29 (m, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H),4.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 2H),3.45-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.94 (m,2H), 1.65-1.50 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 614.2 (M+1), 616.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.158 g, 0.26 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (0.5 mL, 7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated invacuo and methanol (4 mL) was added to the residue. The resultingmixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to providethe title compound as a colorless solid (0.100 g, 68% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.68 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.43 (m, 7H),6.93 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.63 (brs, 1H), 3.44 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 3.13-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.01 (m, 2H),1.87-1.67 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 464.0 (M+1), 466.0(M+1).

Example 47 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of 1-benzylpiperidin-4-ol (0.21 g, 1.09 mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.50 g, 1.09 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (4.4 mL) was added cesiumcarbonate (0.86 g, 2.64 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 17 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(10 mL) and water (10 mL), and the aqueous phase was extracted withethyl acetate (2×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed withbrine (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, andthe filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved indichloromethane (12 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL, 26 mmol) wasadded to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for10 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated inmethanol (7 mL), and the obtained suspension filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography eluting with 0 to 10% of methanol in dichloromethaneafforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.27 g, 41% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.86 (br s, 1H), 10.13 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (d,J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.38 (m, 6H), 7.32 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=3.7Hz, 1H), 4.86 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.19 (br s, 4H), 2.09 (br s,4H); MS (ES+) m/z 482.0 (M+1), 484.0 (M+1).

Example 48 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(4-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde with4-methoxybenzaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography elutingwith 0 to 20% of methanol, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.122 g, 40% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.01(br s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.24 (m,4H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.74-4.64 (m,1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 2.87-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.52 (m, 2H),2.07-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.69 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 494.0 (M+1), 496.0(M+1).

Example 49 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)piperidin-4-ol

To a mixture of piperidin-4-ol (1.00 g, 9.90 mmol) and2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-one (0.65 g, 4.9 mmol) in anhydroustetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added titanium(IV) isopropoxide (4.35 mL,14.85 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h. Thereaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (4.20 g, 19.80 mmol) was added to it, and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. Thereaction mixture was quenched by addition of 2.0 M sodium hydroxide (20mL), and filtered. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL),washed with brine (3×60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% ofmethanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethaneprovided the title compound as a clear oil (0.99 g, 93% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 3H), 4.44-4.38 (m,1H), 3.74-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.72-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.33(m, 2H), 2.16-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.55 (m, 3H); MS(ES+) m/z 218.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of 1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)piperidin-4-ol (0.33 g,1.50 mmol) and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.44 g, 1.00 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (6 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (0.49 g, 1.50 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL), washed with brine (2×60 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo gave a residue which was dissolved in dichloromethane(20 mL). To this mixture was added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 40 minutes. Themixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue suspended in methanol(10 mL). Filtration and concentration of the filtrate gave a residue.The residue was purified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC eluting witha gradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid to provide the title compound as a colorless solid(0.04 g, 14% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.82 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.78-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.23 (d, J=8.9Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.03-4.93 (m,2H), 3.62-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.94(m, 2H), 2.68-2.32 (m, 3H), 2.29-2.03 (m, 3H), NH and COOH not observed;MS (ES+) m/z 490.0 (M+1), 492.0 (M+1).

Example 50 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)azetidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in Example 25, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-amino-3-methyl-N-benzylazetidine with tert-butyl3-aminoazetidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound was obtained as acolorless foam (1.3 g, 75% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.70 (d,J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H),7.19-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.39-6.36 (m, 3H), 5.12-5.10(m, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.79(m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)azetidine-1-carboxylate(0.30 g, 0.504 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (3 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, the residuetriturated in methanol (5 mL), and the obtained suspension filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide an oil which was dissolvedin tetrahydrofuran (2 mL). To this solution was added benzaldehyde(0.040 mL, 0.39 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.105 g, 0.498mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 17 hand was then quenched by addition of water (5 mL). The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (5 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 20to 80% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acidprovided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.014 g, 5% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.68 (br s, 1H), 10.28 (br s, 1H), 7.65 (d,J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.26 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.85-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.61 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.30 (m, 5H), 4.29-4.11(m, 2H), 3.70-3.35 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 435.1 (M+1), 437.1 (M+1).

Example 51 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(naphthalen-2-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde with2-naphthaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid(0.177 g, 46% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.73 (br s, 1H), 7.88 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.68 (m, 5H), 7.55-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 1H), 3.83(s, 2H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.63 (br s, 2H), 2.18-2.02 (m, 2H),2.01-1.87 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 514.0 (M+1)., 516.0(M+1).

Example 52 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of 1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of piperidin-4-ol (1.0 g, 10 mmol) and acetophenone (0.78mL, 6.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added titanium(IV)isopropoxide (2.8 mL, 9.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 45°C. for 17 h and then a 1 M solution sodium cyanoborohydride intetrahydrofuran (14.7 mL, 14.7 mmol) was added to it. The reactionmixture was stirred at 45° C. for an additional 3 h, allowed to cooledto ambient temperature, and quenched with water (250 mL). The resultingmixture was filtered and the filtrate extracted with dichloromethane(3×50 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (50 mL),dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with 0 to 15% of methanol (containing 2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane afforded the title compound as ayellow oil (0.710 g, 35% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.31 (s, 5H),3.72-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.41 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.65 (m,1H), 2.27-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.05 (br s, 1H), 2.00-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.47(m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 206.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.133 g, 0.650 mmol)and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.288 g, 0.650 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (2.6 mL) was added cesiumcarbonate (0.509 g, 1.56 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 17 h. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (5 mL) and water (5 mL) and the aqueous phase wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (2×5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue wasdissolved in dichloromethane (7 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.18 mL,2.3 mmol) was added to it at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for20 minutes at 0° C. and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue wastriturated in methanol (7 mL), and the resulting mixture was filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 20 to 80% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.011 g, 4% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ8.18 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=2.2, 8.6 Hz,1H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H),6.65 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.51 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H),2.75-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.56 (m,2H), 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 478.1 (M+1),480.1 (M+1).

Example 53 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 47, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 1-benzylpiperidin-4-olwith 1-benzyl-N-methylpiperidin-4-amine, the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.077 g, 24% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.69 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.29 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.11(d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.32 (m,1H), 3.00 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.28 (t, J=11.1 Hz, 2H),1.95-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.60 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z495.1 (M+1)., 497.1 (M+1).

Example 54 Synthesis of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 52, Step 2, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.017 g, 5%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.14 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.35-7.19 (m, 6H), 6.77 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.55 (q,J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.75-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.84 (m, 2H),1.73-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.31 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z496.1 (M+1), 498.1 (M+1).

Example 55 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 1-ethyl-1-methyl-4-oxopiperidin-1-ium iodide

To a solution of 1-methylpiperidin-4-one (13.8 mL, 120 mmol) inbutan-2-one (70 mL) was added iodoethane (10.6 mL, 132 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 d. The mixturewas filtered and the resulting solid was dried in vacuo to afford thetitle compound as an orange solid (27.8 g, 86% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,D₂O) δ3.52-3.38 (m, 6H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.17-1.99 (m, 4H), 1.34 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 142.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one

To a hot mixture of (R)-1-phenylethan-1-amine (0.7 mL, 6 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (0.05 g, 0.37 mmol) in ethanol (6 mL) was added asolution of 1-ethyl-1-methyl-4-oxopiperidin-1-ium iodide (1.0 g, 3.7mmol) in water (2.6 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to refluxfor 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambienttemperature and was then diluted with water (6 mL) and ethyl acetate (15mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL). Thecombined organic phase was washed with water (2×10 mL), brine (10 mL),dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 80% of ethyl acetate (containing 10% ofisopropanol and 10% of triethylamine) in hexanes, to afford the titlecompound as an oil (0.583 g, 77% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ7.41-7.18 (m, 5H), 3.62 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 1.42 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 204.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one (0.55 g, 2.71mmol) in ethanol (27 mL) was added sodium borohydride (0.21 g, 5.42mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 17h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, saturated ammoniumchloride (5 mL) was slowly added to the residue, and the obtainedmixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organicphase was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo providedthe title compound as a yellow oil (0.51 g, 91% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.37-7.20 (m, 5H), 3.73-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.47 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H),2.94-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.82 (m,2H), 1.70-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), OH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 206.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 52, Step 2, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol with(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol, the title compound was obtained asa colorless solid (0.046 g, 12% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.86(br s, 1H), 7.74-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.30 (m, 6H), 7.27 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 6.84 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.77-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.17-3.97 (m, 1H),2.98-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.11-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.49 (d, J=6.7Hz, 3H), one exchangeable proton not observed; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ−77.4; MS (ES+) m/z 478.0 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 56 Synthesis of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(R)-5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.13 g, 0.65 mmol)and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.30 g, 0.65 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (3 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (0.51 g, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirredat ambient temperature for 17 h. The mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (5 mL) and water (5 mL), and the aqueous phase was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by by columnchromatography eluting with 0 to 95% of ethyl acetate in hexanes toprovide the title compound as a yellow oil (0.065 g, 15% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 646.1 (M+1), 648.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of(R)-5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidein dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.02 mL, 0.30mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutesand then concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added methanol (5 mL)and the mixture was filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuoafforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.043 g, 88% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.97 (brs, 1H), 9.79 (brs, 1H), 7.81-7.66(m, 1H), 7.62-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.31 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 5.04-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.74-4.59 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.39(m, 2H), 2.99-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.16-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.68 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H);MS (ES+) m/z 496.1 (M+1), 498.1 (M+1).

Example 57 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (30.0 g, 150 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (400 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 210.0 mL,210.0 mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 0° C., stirredfor 1 h, and cooled to −78° C. To it was then added dropwise a solutionof 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (51.5 g, 225.0 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h. The mixturewas then diluted with water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×400 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue with methanol (2×200mL) afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (47.0 g, 80%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.83 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (dd,J=6.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (t,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 415.0 (M+23), 417.0 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.0 g, 2.5mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL,13 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was triturated indiethyl ether (5 mL) to provide a colorless solid (0.55 g, 74% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.22 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.01(dd, J=2.2, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.15(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H); MS (ES−) m/z 291.1 (M−1), 293.0 (M−1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of 3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.06 g, 0.21 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (1.2 mL) and(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.06 g, 0.30 mmol) was added cesiumcarbonate (0.51 g, 1.56 mmol) and a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride inmineral oil (0.025 g, 0.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 2 h and then quenched by addition of water (5mL) and saturated ammonium chloride (5 mL). The mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate (3×5 mL) and the combined organic phase was washedwith brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 12 to 54%of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acidafforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.030 g, 17% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.08 (s, 1H), 9.93-9.64 (m, 1H), 8.88 (s,1H), 7.86-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.44-7.31(m, 1H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.98 (s, 1H), 4.75-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.24(m, 2H), 2.99-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.96 (m, 2H),1.93-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.68 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 478.1 (M+1),480.1 (M+1).

Example 58 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of (S)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 55, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (R)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (S)-1-phenylethan-1-amine, the title compound was obtained as anyellow oil (1.17 g, 78% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.38-7.21 (m,5H), 3.62 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 4H), 2.41 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 4H),1.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 204.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of (S)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 55, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one with(S)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one, the title compound was obtained asa yellow oil (1.15 g, 97% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.38-7.17 (m,5H), 3.69-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.43 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.80 (m, 1H),2.76-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.45 (m,2H), 1.38 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), OH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 206.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.300 g, 0.676 mmol) and (S)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.137 g,0.668 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (6.5 mL) was added 60% sodiumhydride in mineral oil (0.052 g, 1.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture wasquenched by slow addition of saturated ammonium chloride (5 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,filtered, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The obtained residuewas dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.6mL, 6 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 10 minutes, concentrated in vacuo, and methanol wasadded to the residue. The mixture was filtered and the filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 20 to 85% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.05 g, 13% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.81 (br s, 1H), 10.03-9.56 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.64 (m, 2H),7.60-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.42-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.04-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.25 (m, 2H),3.01-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.68 (d, J=6.9Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 478.0 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 59 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-one

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 55, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (R)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith 2-phenylpropan-2-amine, the title compound was obtained as a yellowoil (0.56 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.63-7.54 (m, 2H),7.38-7.20 (m, 3H), 2.77 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 1.40(s, 6H); MS (ES+) m/z 218.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of 1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 55, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one with1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-one, the title compound was obtainedas a yellow oil (0.50 g, 88% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.63-7.46(m, 2H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.16 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.56 (m, 1H),2.87-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.43 (m,2H), 1.35 (s, 6H), OH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 220.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 52, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol with1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol, the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.116 g, 28% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ12.80 (br s, 1H), 9.40 (br s, 1H), 7.74-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.56-7.44 (m,3H), 7.39-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H),5.03-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.17 (m,1H), 2.13-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.82 (s, 6H); MS (ES+) m/z 492.1 (M+1), 494.1(M+1).

Example 60 Synthesis of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-ol (0.14 g, 0.65mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.30 g, 0.65 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (3 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (0.51 g, 1.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirredat ambient temperature for 17 h. The mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (5 mL) and water (5 mL), and the aqueous phase was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic phase washed withbrine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 0 to 90% of ethyl acetate in hexanes toprovide the title compound as yellow oil (0.174 g, 40% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 660.2 (M+1), 662.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidein dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.26 mL, 3.4mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 15minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was addedmethanol (5 mL) and the mixture was filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo provided a residue which was purified by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 20 to 80% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid to afford the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.053 g, 40% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.96 (s, 1H), 9.48-9.31 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.45(m, 3H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 5.02-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.73(m, 2H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.83 (s, 6H); MS (ES+)m/z 510.1 (M+1), 512.1 (M+1).

Example 61 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of4-bromo-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride with4-bromo-3-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, and purification by columnchromatography, eluting with 20% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.50 g, 50% yield): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.84 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56(dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.09(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.39-6.36 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.71(s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of 1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (prepared accordingto WO2007117559, 0.10 g, 0.53 mmol) and4-bromo-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.27 g, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was added4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (0.091 g, 0.158 mmol),bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (0.060 g, 0.105 mmol), and cesiumcarbonate (0.17 g, 0.53 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to100° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL),and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combinedorganic phase was washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by preparative thin layer chromatography,eluting with 20% of ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded the title compoundas a beige solid (0.25 g, 54% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 613.1 (M+1), 615.1(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.20 g, 0.33 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 12 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof acetonitrile in water containing 0.2% of formic acid, provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.12 g, 77% yield): ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.63 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H),7.43-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.26 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 5.63 (s, 1H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.142.89 (m, 4H), 2.40(m, 1H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.50 (s, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z463.1 (M+1), 465.1 (M+1).

Example 62 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith 2-phenylpropan-2-amine, and purification by trituration with ethylacetate (10 mL), the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid(1.95 g, 73% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.52-7.50 (m, 2H),7.38-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.84-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.25 (m,2H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H),2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 305.4(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl(S)-(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless oil (0.55 g, 39% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 219.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (25.0 g, 124.9 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (250 mL) was added a 1 M solution oflithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (174.8 mL, 174.8mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C.,stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C., and cooled to −78° C. To it was added asolution of 4-bromo-3-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (47.1 g, 162.3mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at −78° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h.The mixture was diluted with water (500 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (3×500 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residuewith methanol (3×150 mL) afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (28.0 g, 49% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.73 (d, J=2.1 Hz,1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.48(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (s, 9H).

Step 4. Preparation of4-bromo-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To tert-butyl ((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(20.0 g, 44.1 mmol) was added a 4 M solution of hydrogen chloride inethyl acetate (200 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 72 h. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate invacuo provided a residue, which was triturated with ethyl acetate (2×100mL) to provide the title compound as a colorless solid (15.1 g, 97%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.84 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=12.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 352.9 (M+1), 355.0 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of 4-bromo-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.89 g, 2.52 mmol),(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (0.55 g, 2.52mmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (0.29 g, 0.50mmol), and sodium tert-butoxide (0.73 g, 7.56 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane(32 mL) was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.23 g, 0.25mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed by passing nitrogen through itand then heated to reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in methanol (40 mL). Tothis mixture was added 6.0 M hydrochloric acid (40 mL) and the reactionmixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Filtration and concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo gave a residue which was purified by columnchromatography eluting with 0 to 20% of methanol (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane. The obtained residue was thenpurified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC eluting with a gradient of 10to 45% of acetonitrile in water (containing 0.1% formic acid) to affordthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.020 g, 2% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.31 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dt, J=8.3, 1.7 Hz, 2H),7.33-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.97(m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.35(m, 1H), 2.02-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.34 (s, 6H); MS (ES+)m/z 491.1 (M+1), 493.1 (M+1).

Example 63 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde withisonicotinaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography elutingwith 0 to 20% of methanol, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.17 g, 36% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.67(br s, 1H), 8.48-8.46 (m, 2H), 7.70 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7,2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.78 (m, 1H),4.64-4.60 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.61-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.28 (m, 2H),1.95-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.63 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 465.0 (M+1), 467.0(M+1).

Example 64 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(pyridin-3-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde withnicotinaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography eluting with0 to 20% of methanol, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.18 mg, 39% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.47-8.42 (m,2H), 7.70-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 2H),7.21 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.51(s, 2H), 2.61-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.87 (m, 2H),1.71-1.61 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 465.0 (M+1), 467.0(M+1).

Example 65 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 22, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 4-fluorobenzaldehyde withpicolinaldehyde, and purification by column chromatography eluting with0 to 20% of methanol, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid solid (0.20 mg, 43% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.48 (brs, 1H), 8.47-8.45 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz,1H), 7.42 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.21 (m, 2H),6.78 (s, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.58 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.71-2.64 (m,2H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.63 (m, 2H); MS (ES+)m/z 465.0 (M+1), 467.0 (M+1).

Example 66 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.40 g, 0.90 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (0.31 g, 2.25mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (2 mL) was added(R)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.16 g, 0.90 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with water (20 mL), brine(3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol indichloromethane afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.54g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.16 (s, 1H), 7.43 (dd,J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.22 (m, 6H), 6.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.29-6.25 (m, 2H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 4.13-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.61 (dd,J=10.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.31 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.66 (m,1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 600.1 (M+1), 602.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.14 g, 0.23 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.4 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 30 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. Tothe residue was added methanol (20 mL) and the obtained suspension wasfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the titlecompound as a beige solid (0.11 g, 82% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD)δ8.14 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H),7.51-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.42(m, 2H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.37 (m, 2H),2.67-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 1H), 2 NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 450.0 (M+1) 452.0 (M+1).

Example 67 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl (S)-pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate (0.30 g, 1.60mmol) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) and anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added benzaldehyde (0.26 g, 2.40 mmol).The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutesand then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.68 g, 3.20 mmol) was added toit. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 h.After dilution with ethyl acetate (50 mL), the mixture was washed withbrine (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the title compound ascolorless oil (0.37 g, 84% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.58-7.53(m, 2H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 3H), 4.55-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.67-3.52(m, 1H), 3.40-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.81 (m, 1H),2.52-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H), NH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 277.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine

To a solution of tert-butyl (S)-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate (0.37g, 1.34 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid(4.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for1.5 h and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as beige oil0.39 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 177.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 66 Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine with (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as white solid(0.43 g, 79% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.20 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd,J=8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.1Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.33-6.28 (m, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H),4.17-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.84(m, 2H), 2.65 (dd, J=10.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 1H), sulfonamide NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 600.1 (M+1),602.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 66 Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained a colorless solid 0.10 mg, quantitativeyield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.14 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.64 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H),4.49-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.42 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.52 (m,1H), 3.49-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.06 (m, 1H), 2 NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 450.0 (M+1), 452.0 (M+1).

Example 68 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.37 g, 0.62 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (9.0 mL) was added a60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.027 g, 0.68 mmol) at0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperatureand stirred for 1h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and a0.5 M solution of iodomethane in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL, 0.50mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature, stirred for 16 h, and quenched by addition of water(10 mL). After dilution with ethyl acetate (50 mL), the organic phasewas washed with brine (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparativereverse-phase HPLC eluting with eluting with a gradient of 15 to 92% ofacetonitrile in water (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) to providethe title compound as a colorless solid (0.012 g, 3% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 614.1 (M+1), 616.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 66 Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid 0.02 g,quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.16 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (d,J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 5H), 7.32 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.34-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.52 (m, 1H),3.48-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.12 (m, 2H),NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 464.0 (M+1), 466.0 (M+1).

Example 69 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl (R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a suspension of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.08 g, 2.44 mmol) and tert-butyl (R)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.500 g, 2.68 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (0.843 g, 6.10 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL) and the aqueousphase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organicphases were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography eluting with agradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded the titlecompound as a colorless foam (0.72 g, 48% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 609.1(M+1), 611.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.72 g, 1.17 mmol) in anhydrousdichloromethane (7.5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was suspendedin methanol (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for16 h, filtered, and the residue was washed with methanol (2×15 mL).Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded(R)-3-chloro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate beige foam (0.52 g, 94% yield): MS (ES+) m/z359.0 (M+1), 361.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(R)-3-chloro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.170 g, 0.36 mmol) in anhydrous1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) wasadded 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (0.15 g, 1.08 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred for 15 minutes and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.23 g,1.08 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (50 mL) and washed with brine (2×25 mL). The combined aqueouslayers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combined organicphase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane to afford thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.136 g, 78% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.53 (br s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd,J=2.1, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=4.6Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.77 (m, 2H), 5.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.02 (m, 1H),3.63 (s, 2H), 3.41-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=6.7, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72-2.64(m, 1H), 2.53-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.71 (m, 1H); (ES−)m/z 481.0 (M−1), 483.0 (M−1).

Example 70 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 69 Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 3-chlorobenzaldehyde with3-methylbenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid 0.085 g, 51% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.44 (br s, 1H),7.57 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=2.1, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.04 (m, 4H),6.82-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.70 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s,2H), 3.43-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.41(m, 2H), 2.34-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.81-1.70 (m, 1H); MS (ES+)m/z 463.0 (M+1), 465.0 (M+1).

Example 71 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 69 Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace 3-chlorobenzaldehyde with2-fluorobenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as colorless solid(0.138 g, 82% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.44 (br s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=2.2, 8.6Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.80(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H),4.08-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H),2.73-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.16 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.70 (m,1H); MS (ES+) m/z 467.0 (M+1), 469.0 (M+1).

Example 72 Synthesis of4-((cis-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butylcis-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.5g, 7.03 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (110 mL) was added a 1.0 Msolution of lithium tri-sec-butylborohydride in tetrahydrofuran (8.10mL, 8.1 mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for20 minutes before it was quenched by addition of methanol (15 mL). Thereaction mixture was diluted with water (300 mL) and dichloromethane(300 mL) and allowed to warm to ambient temperature. The aqueous layerwas extracted with dichloromethane (2×150 mL). The combined organicphases were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residuewas purified by column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to40% of ethyl acetate in hexanes to yield the title compound as acolorless solid (1.08 g, 71% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ4.32-4.23(m, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.24 (ddd, J=13.6, 11.1,4.7 Hz, 1H), 1.84 (ddd, J=14.4, 6.6, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 1.77-1.60 (m, 3H),1.58-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.31 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z216.3.

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl cis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.1 g, 2.49 mmol) and tert-butylcis-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (0.535 g, 2.49 mmol) inanhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (15 mL) was added cesium carbonate (2.03 g,6.23 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL)and water (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate(2×50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (3×20 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatographyeluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes toafford the title compound as a yellowish foam (1.14 g, 72% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 638.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of 3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butylcis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate(1.14 g, 1.79 mmol) in dichloromethane (12 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residuewas diluted with methanol (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h and the filtered. The residue was rinsed withmethanol (2×15 mL) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to affordthe title compound as a beige solid (0.90 g, quantitative yield): MS(ES+) m/z 388.2 (M+1), 390.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of4-((cis-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.4 g, 0.825 mmol) in anhydrous1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) wasadded benzaldehyde (0.21 mL, 2.06 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred for 15 minutes and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.525 g,2.49 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (75 mL) and washed with brine (2×50 mL). The combined aqueouslayers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane to afford thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.214 g, 54% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.26 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd,J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.21 (m, 7H), 6.82 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.47(m, 1H), 4.03 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dt,J=12.1, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.38 (m,2H), 1.20 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 478.0 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 73 Synthesis of4-((trans-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyltrans-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.5g, 7.03 mmol) in anhydrous ethanol (30 mL)) was added sodium borohydride(0.4 g, 10.55 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo andthe residue was diluted with water (15 mL) and a mixture of hexanes andethyl acetate (1:1, 30 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with amixture of hexanes and ethyl acetate (1:1, 3×50 mL). The combinedorganic phases were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.Purification of the residue by column chromatography eluting with agradient of 0 to 40% of ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.627 g, 41% yield); ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ4.51-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.87 (m, 2H), 2.85 (dt, J=13.5, 2.8 Hz,1H), 2.14-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s,9H), 1.41-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.12 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 216.3(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyltrans-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyltrans-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound wasobtained as a yellowish foam (1.02 g, 71% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 638.1(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((trans-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyltrans-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as beige solid (0.925 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 388.2 (M+1), 390.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of4-((trans-1-benzyl-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with3-chloro-4-((trans-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.095 g, 24% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.17 (br s, 1H),7.73 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.31 (m, 6H),7.26 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.89 (m, 1H), 4.18(d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.07-3.01 (m, 1H),2.78-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.28 (d, J=6.3Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 478.0 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 74 Synthesis of4-((trans-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyltrans-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyltrans-3-amino-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound wasobtained as a yellowish foam (0.927 g, 66% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 623.1(M+1), 625.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((trans-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyltrans-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a beige solid (0.734 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 373.0 (M+1), 375.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((trans-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with3-chloro-4-((trans-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as colorlesssolid (0.059 g, 20% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.57 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.20 (m,2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 3.85-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.89 (s, 1H), 2.88-2.80(m, 1H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.06(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), sulfonamide NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 463.0(M+1), 465.0 (M+1).

Example 75 Synthesis of4-((cis-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butylcis-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-hydroxy-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butylcis-3-amino-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound wasobtained as a yellowish foam (0.683 g, 48% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 623.1(M+1), 625.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(((3R,4S)-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butylcis-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)-4-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a beige solid (0.561 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 373.0 (M+1), 375.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((cis-1-benzyl-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace of3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with3-chloro-4-(((3R,4S)-4-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.032 g, 11% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.58 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.21 (m,2H), 6.87 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 4.19-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.02 (dd,J=9.3, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.19 (dd,J=8.9, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 0.77 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), sulfonamide NH not observed;MS (ES+) m/z 463.0 (M+1), 465.0 (M+1).

Example 76 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)azetidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.02 g, 2.31 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-hydroxyazetidine-1-carboxylate(0.400 g, 2.31 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) wasadded a dispersion of 60% of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.185 g,4.62 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 30 minutes. The reaction mixture then added slowly to a rapidlystirred saturated ammonium chloride solution (150 mL). The resultingslurry was filtered and the precipitate was dried in vacuo to give thetitle compound as a pale yellow solid (1.43 g, quantitative yield):¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ7.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3Hz, 1H), 7.46 (q, J=4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J=15.3, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (dd, J=8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.97 (s,2H), 4.37-4.31 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H),1.39 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 596.0 (M+1), 597.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-(azetidin-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylcis-4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)azetidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a beige foam (0.729 g, quantitativeyield): MS (ES+) m/z 346.0 (M+1), 348.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((1-benzylazetidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 72, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-((cis-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with4-(azetidin-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.073 g, 31% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ7.76 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.23 (m, 6H), 7.05 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.00-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.77 (m, 2H),3.69 (s, 2H), 3.18-3.13 (m, 2H), sulfonamide NH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 436.0 (M+1), 438.0 (M+1).

Example 77 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Synthesis of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 40, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride with3-chloro-4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride and purification by columnchromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to 20% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, the title compound was obtained as yellowish oil (2.71 g, 75%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.84 (ddd, J=6.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H),7.78-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.77-6.73(m, 1H), 6.41-6.35 (m, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H);¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl₃) δ −67.5 (s, 1F), −107.1 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z477.1 (M+23), 479.0 (M+23).

Step 2. Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of 1-benzylpiperidin-4-ol (0.231 g, 1.21 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added a 60% dispersion of sodiumhydride in mineral oil (0.054 g, 1.32 mmol) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h.After cooling to 0° C.,3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.50 g, 1.1 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was allowed towarm up to ambient temperature, stirred for 3 h, and quenched byaddition of water (10 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate(50 mL) and the organic layer was washed with brine (3×50 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo provided a residue which was dissolved indichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL) was added to it.The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added methanol (10 mL) and themixture was filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 40% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.333 g, 51% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.01 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd,J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.25(m, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (br s,1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.61-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.36 (m,1H), 2.26-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.86 (m, 1H), sulfonamide NH and CF₃COOHnot observed; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, CD₃OD) δ70.5 (s, 1F), 76.8 (s, 3F); MS(ES+) m/z 476.0 (M+1), 478.0 (M+1).

Example 78 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 77, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.015 g, 3%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.15 (s, 1H), 7.78 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.56-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 4.99 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.21 (m,2H), 2.32-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 2H), sulfonamide NH and CF₃COOHnot observed; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, CD₃OD) δ70.4 (s, 1F), 77.0 (s, 3F),105.0 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 494.0 (M+1), 496.0 (M+1).

Examples 79-100

In a similar manner as described in the Examples and in the ReactionSchemes above, utilizing the appropriately substituted startingmaterials and intermediates, the following compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z 79(R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-3-chloro- 449.0 (M + 1),N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 451.0 (M + 1) 80(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 463.0 (M + 1),3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 465.0 (M + 1) 813-chloro-4-(1-(3-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4- 482.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 484.0 (M + 1) 823-chloro-4-(1-((6-methylpyridin-2- 479.0 (M + 1),yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2- 480.9 (M + 1)yl)benzenesulfonamide 83 (S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(1-(3- 478.0 (M + 1),methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4- 480.0 (M + 1)thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 843-chloro-4-(1-(3-methoxybenzyl)piperidin-4- 494.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 496.0 (M + 1) 853-chloro-4-(1-(3-chlorobenzyl)piperidin-4- 498.0(M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 500.0 (M + 1) 86(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(1-(3- 481.0 (M + 1),methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol- 483.0 (M + 1)2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 87(S)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-5-chloro- 467.0 (M + 1),2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 469.0 (M + 1) 88(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(1-(3- 481.0 (M + 1),methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol- 483.0 (M + 1)2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 89(R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-5-chloro- 467.0 (M + 1),2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 469.0 (M + 1) 903-chloro-4-(1-(2-fluorobenzyl)piperidin-4- 482.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 484.0 (M + 1) 913-chloro-4-(1-(2-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4- 478.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 480.0 (M + 1) 923-chloro-4-(1-(3-methylbenzyl)piperidin-4- 478.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 480.0 (M + 1) 933-chloro-4-(1-(3,4-dimethylbenzyl)piperidin-4- 492.1 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 494.0 (M + 1) 943-chloro-4-(1-(3,5-dimethylbenzyl)piperidin-4- 492.0 (M + 1),yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 494.0 (M + 1) 954-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3-chloro-N- 464.0 (M + 1),(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- 466.0 (M + 1) trifluoroacetate96 (R)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N- 451.1 (M + 1),(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 453.1 (M + 1)2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 97 (S)-4-(1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-451.1 (M + 1), (1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 453.1 (M + 1)2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 98 (R)-3-chloro-4-(1-(3,5- 479.1 (M + 1),dimethylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-N-(1,2,4- 481.1 (M + 1)thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- trifluoroacetate 99(S)-3-chloro-4-(1-(3,5- 479.1 (M + 1),dimethylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-N-(1,2,4- 481.1 (M + 1)thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- trifluoroacetate 1004-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3-chloro-N-(1,2,4- 465.0 (M + 1),thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- 467.1 (M + 1) trifluoroacetate

Example 101 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (7.49 g,18.3 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (37 mL) was addedtriethylamine (3.1 mL, 21.9 mmol) followed by tert-butyl(S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (4.08 g, 21.9 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h and then dilutedwith water (150 mL). The resulting solid was filtered off and rinsedwith water (300 mL) to give the title compound as a tan solid, which wasused without further purification (yield not determined). Ananalytically pure sample was obtained through purification by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 20 to 80% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, to give the title compound as a colorless solid: ¹H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 5.05-5.02 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.06 (m,1H), 3.79-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.28 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.27(m, 1H), 2.03-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z577.3 (M+1), 579.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(12.0 g, 13.2 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (132 mL) was added methylboronic acid(7.89 g, 131.6 mmol), palladium acetate (0.44 g, 2.0 mmol), potassiumphosphate (14.00 g, 65.8 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (1.45 g, 4.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassedby passing a stream of dry argon through it for 15 minutes, and thenheated at 90° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool toambient temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filter padwas washed with ethyl acetate (300 mL) and the combined filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 15 to 65% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless sold (5.1 g, 70%yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.3Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.50 (m, 2H),3.41-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.94 (m, 1H),1.49 (s, 9H), 1.37 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 557.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(5.0 g, 9.0 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (18 mL) was addedmethyl iodide (1.1 mL, 18.2 mmol) followed by sodium hydride (0.55 g ofa 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 13.6 mmol), and the reaction mixturewas stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. HPLC analysis showedincomplete conversion, and more methyl iodide (1.0 mL, 16.1 mmol),followed by sodium hydride (0.50 g of a 60% dispersion in mineral oil,12.5 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. After 2 h, the reactionmixture was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride andextracted with dichloromethane (3×75 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with 5% aqueous lithium chloride solution (2×75 mL), driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5 to 45% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as orange oil (4.1 g, 80% yield):MS (ES+) m/z 571.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

A solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(4.12 g, 8.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was treated withtrifluoroacetic acid (6.8 mL, 87.8 mmol), and the resulting mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. Concentration in vacuo provideda brown solid, which was suspended in N,N-dimethylformamide (18 mL). Analiquot of 11 mL of this solution was treated with benzaldehyde (1.1 g,10.4 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.32 g, 15.7 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, thenquenched by addition of 5% aqueous lithium chloride, and extracted withethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentration of the filtratein vacuo and purification of the residue by preparative reverse-phaseHPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5%formic acid, provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.54 g,14% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.87 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s,0.12H), 7.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 5H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 1H),6.95 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.04-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.02-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.86(m, 1H), 2.80-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.07-2.02 (m,1H), 1.91-1.84 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 157.44 (d, J=252.6 Hz), 157.8 (d, J=8.4 Hz), 153.5, 147.9,135.5, 132.5 (d, J=4.6 Hz), 129.8, 129.0, 128.5, 127.5 (d, J=3.0 Hz),120.2 (d, J=14.2 Hz), 108.8 (d, J=22.0 Hz), 103.0, 60.2, 58.9, 55.7,53.0, 36.6, 27.6, 18.6; MS (ES+) m/z 461.2 (M+1).

Example 102 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of 3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

To chlorosulfonic acid (18.0 mL, 270.3 mmol) was added2-chloro-1,3,5-trifluorobenzene (7.20 g, 43.3 mmol) at 0° C. Theresulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at ambient temperature and thenheated to 65° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambienttemperature and then added dropwise to a mixture of ice (400 g) andconcentrated hydrochloric acid (125 mL), maintaining a temperature below5° C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was vigorouslystirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The precipitate was filtered off and rinsedwith water (250 mL) to provide the title compound as a colorlessamorphous solid (8.02 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.07 (ddd,J=9.8, 8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (3.32 g, 16.6 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (210 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (16.6 mL, 16.6 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, cooled to −78° C.,and a solution of 3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (4.00g, 15.09 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was then addeddropwise to it. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedin vacuo to a volume of approximately 50 mL. After dilution with ethylacetate (160 mL), the organic layer was washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (150 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (150 mL), brine (50 mL),and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, to provide the title compound as a colorless solid (3.35 g, 52%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.83 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, J=10.0, 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z329.0 (M−100), 331.0 (M−100).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.53g, 3.57 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (25 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (1.16 g, 3.57 mmol) and tert-butyl(S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.66 g, 3.57 mmol) at −42° C. Thereaction mixture was stirred at −42° C. for 1 h and then at 0° C. for 2h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL), washedwith saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, afforded thetitle compound as a colorless foam (1.54 g, 73% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (dd,J=12.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.13 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.74 (m,1H), 3.58-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.97(m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES−) m/z 593.4 (M−1), 595.4(M−1).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.50 g, 2.52 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.19 mL, 3.02 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added a 60% dispersion of sodiumhydride in mineral oil (0.21 g, 30.2 mmol) at 0° C. The resultingmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then quenched by slow additionof water (5 mL). The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL),washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (30 mL), anddried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo provided a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, to provide the title compound as a colorless foam (1.26 g, 82%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J=12.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.59 (m,2H), 3.38-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 10H),1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 631.4 (M+23), 633.4 (M+23).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.26 g, 2.07 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as a yellowish foam(1.08 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 409.2 (M+1), 411.2 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.40 g, 0.76 mmol) and benzaldehyde (0.16 mL,1.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) and N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL)was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.32 g, 1.52 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, then quenched byaddition of 2 M sodium hydroxide (15 mL), and extracted with ethylacetate (50 mL). The aqueous layer was diluted with saturated ammoniumchloride (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL),brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded a residue which waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 65%of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in hexanes. The purified residue was then dissolved inmethanol (15 mL) and formic acid (0.5 mL). Filtration and concentrationof the filtrate provided the title compound as a colorless foam (0.09 g,22% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆+25% CD₃OD) δ8.81 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),8.12 (s, 0.6H), 7.30 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.94 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.77 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.69 (d, J=12.9 Hz,1H), 3.57 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.58(m, 1H), 2.43-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 1H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 499.1 (M+1), 501.1 (M+1).

Example 103 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((3,5-difluoro-2-methyl-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(2.04 g, 3.43 mmol) and methylboronic acid (4.11 g, 68.6 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (35 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(7.28 g, 34.3 mmol), and the mixture was degassed by passing a stream ofnitrogen through it for 15 minutes. To the mixture was then addedtricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.76 g, 2.05 mmol) andpalladium acetate (0.23 g, 1.03 mmol), and the resulting mixture washeated to reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool toambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturatedammonium chloride (100 mL), and filtered. The filtrate was collected andthe layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with saturatedammonium chloride (80 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10 to 65% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, afforded the titlecompound as a brownish foam (1.25 g, 77% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ11.06 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),6.15-6.03 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.66 (m,1H), 3.54-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.88(m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 9H); MS (ES−) m/z 473.2 (M−1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in Example 102, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((3,5-difluoro-2-methyl-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a yellowish foam (1.28 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 375.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in Example 102, Step 6 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, the title compound was obtained as a colorlessfoam (0.34 g, 89% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 465.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.19 g, 0.40 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (1.8 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.25 g, 1.20 mmol) at 0° C. The resulting mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, and then paraformaldehyde was added(24 mg, 0.80 mmol) to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added 2 Msodium hydroxide (15 mL) and brine (15 mL), and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The aqueous layer was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and then extracted with ethylacetate (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturatedammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, elutingwith a gradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.045 g, 19% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.48 (br s, 1H), 10.59(br s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.99 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.83 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.34 (m, 3H), 4.08-3.89 (m, 4H),2.70-2.63 (m, 3H), 2.16-1.98 (m, 5H); MS (ES+) m/z 479.3 (M+1).

Example 104 Synthesis of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.63 g, 1.30 mmol) and 6-methylpicolinaldehyde(0.17 g, 1.43 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and isopropanol (5 mL)was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.55 g, 2.60 mmol). Theresulting mixture was stirred for 1 h and then concentrated in vacuo.The residue was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL), cooled to 0°C., and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.20 g, 10.4 mmol) was added toit. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 0° C. and thenparaformaldehyde was added (0.16 g, 5.20 mmol) to it. The resultingmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes and then concentrated invacuo. To the residue was added 2 M sodium hydroxide (50 mL) anddichloromethane (15 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate(75 mL). The aqueous layer was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride(50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (75 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Filtration andconcentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which waspurified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 7to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formic acid, toafford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.045 g, 19% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 0.8H), 7.64 (t,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J=13.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.72(d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s,3H), 2.68-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.75(m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 494.3 (M+1).

Example 105 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of 1-benzylpiperidin-4-ol (0.94 g, 4.90 mmol) andtert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (2.10g, 4.90 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added a 60%dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.20 g, 4.90 mmol) at 0° C.The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 1 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL), and then quenchedby slow addition of water (50 mL). The mixture was washed with saturatedammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (2×30 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10 to 65% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, provided the title compound as acolorless foam (0.62 g, 21% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.82 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 4H), 7.33-7.29(m, 1H), 6.62 (dd, J=12.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.58 (s, 2H),2.77-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.91 (m,2H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 600.2 (M+1), 602.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.21 g, 0.35 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue purifiedby preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 7 to 50%of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formic acid, to afford thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.045 g, 19% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 6H),7.00 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.76-4.69 (m, 1H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.70-2.64 (m,2H), 2.46-2.39 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.68 (m, 2H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 500.2 (M+1), 502.2 (M+1).

Example 106 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.62 g, 1.03 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.62 g, 10.3 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (16 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(1.09 g, 5.15 mmol) and the mixture was degassed by passing a stream ofnitrogen through it for 15 minutes. To the mixture was then addedtricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.15 g, 0.41 mmol) andpalladium acetate (0.046 g, 0.21 mmol), and the resulting mixture washeated to reflux for 6 h. The mixture was diluted with saturatedammonium chloride (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). Theorganic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine(50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtratewas concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 65% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes.Additional purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting witha gradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% offormic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.14 g,27% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s,1H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.25 (dddd, J=5.2, 5.0, 2.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00(dd, J=13.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.57 (m, 1H),3.52 (s, 2H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.98 (d, J=1.8 Hz,3H), 1.94-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.64 (m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 480.3 (M+1).

Example 107 Synthesis of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((2-isopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparatation of5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (37.0 g,90.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (400 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid(200 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for1 h. Concentration in vacuo provided a residue which was triturated inethyl acetate (100 mL) to give the title compound as a colorless solid(25.0 g, 89% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.75 (s, 1H), 8.00 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.02 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), NH not observed.

Step 2. Preparation of5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (50.00 g,161.00 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (500 mL), was added4-methoxybenzyl chloride (30.20 g, 193.40 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate(69.08 g, 803.85 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at 50° C. for16 h, and then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with cold water(2000 mL). The supernatant was decanted, and the residue was stirredwith water (1000 mL) for 2 h until a yellow solid formed. The solid wascollected by filtration and dried in vacuo to obtain the title compoundas pale yellow solid (63.80 g, 92% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.57(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=7.7, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=14.5 Hz,2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.76 (m, 2H),5.01 (s, 2H), 3.76 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(15.00 g, 34.95 mmol) and potassium carbonate (15.00 g, 108.62 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) was added a solution of(S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-3-aminopyrrolidine (6.50 g, 34.90 mmol)dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to ambienttemperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was poured ontoice to provide a gum, which was triturated in water (400 mL) and thendissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic phase was washed withwater (3×150 mL), brine (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a paleyellow solid, which was directly used without further purification(18.60 g, 89% yield).

Step 5. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(12.80 g, 21.50 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (425 mL) was addedpalladium(II) acetate (0.48 g, 2.15 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (1.58 g, 4.30 mmol), methylboronic acid (10.15 g,169.44 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (18.20 g, 85.74 mmol). Themixture was degassed by sparging with argon, and then heated to refluxfor 6 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was filteredthrough a pad of Celite. The filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate(500 mL), and the combined filtrate was concentrated to a volume ofabout 150 mL. The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueousammonium chloride (2×250 mL), brine (100 mL), and dried over anhydroussodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuoprovided the title compound as a brown foam, which was used withoutfurther purification (13.0 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES−) m/z 575.2(M−1).

Step 6. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(3.26 g, 5.66 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (28 mL) was addediodomethane (0.70 mL, 11.32 mmol) followed by sodium hydride (0.45 g,11.32 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1 h, then diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 mL),dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of ethyl acetate inheptane, provided the title compound as a light brown solid (2.77 g, 83%yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.56 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.1Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.81-6.75 (m, 3H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.81-3.71(m, 4H), 3.65-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s,3H), 2.04-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 591.2 (M+1).

Step 7. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(2.77 g, 4.70 mmol) in dichloromethane (32 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (3.60 mL, 46.98 mmol) and the solution was stirred for 2 h. Thevolatiles were removed in vacuo and the resulting residue was trituratedin methanol (50 mL). Filtration and concentration of the filtrate invacuo provided a residue, which was triturated in diethyl ether (50 mL)to afford the title compound as a tan solid (2.16 g, 95% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 371.1 (M+1).

Step 8. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((2-isopropylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.081 g, 0.17 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (1.7 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (1.0 mL)was added 2-isopropylthiazole-4-carbaldehyde (0.039 g, 0.25 mmol) andsodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.071 g, 0.33 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was thendiluted with 1 M sodium hydroxide (0.30 mL) and stirred for 1 h. Themixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (6 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic layers wereconcentrated in vacuo and purified by reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroaceticacid, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.052 g, 49%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.25 (s, 1H), 10.47-10.30 (m, 1H),8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.37 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.34 (m,5H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.07-2.00 (m, 2H),1.16-1.12 (m, 2H), 0.94 (dt, J=2.6, 2.1 Hz, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 510.1(M+1).

Examples 108-127

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 107, utilizing theappropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z ¹H NMR 108 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 533.4(M + 1) (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.60 (d, J = (methyl(1-((1-(2,2,2- 2.4 Hz,1H), 8.37 (br s, 1H), trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-5- 7.61 (d, J = 8.4 Hz,1H), 7.52 yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01(d, J = N-(thiazol-4- 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = yl)benzenesulfonamide12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (dq, J = 4.4, 8.6 Hz, 2H),3.94-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.67 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (td, J = 4.2, 8.8 Hz,1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.61 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s,3H), 2.14-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.78 (m, 1H). 1092-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl((S)- 501.2 (M + 1) (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.851-((1s,3R)-3-phenylcyclobutyl)- (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s,pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N- 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.4, 0.3 Hz, (thiazol-4-1H), 7.31-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.90 yl)benzenesulfonamide formate (d, J = 12.6Hz, 1H), 6.87- 6.86 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.59 (d, J = 0.4Hz, 1H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.71(m, 1H). 110 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 482.1 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.72 (d, (methyl(1-((2-methylthiazol-4- J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (br s,yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H),N-(thiazol-4- 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.2 yl)benzenesulfonamideformate Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H),4.04-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.14-2.99 (m, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H),2.67 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.95 (m, 1H), NH andCOOH not observed. 111 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 465.2 (M + 1) (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ 8.72 (d, (methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H- J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (s,1H), pyrazol-3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.67 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- (d, J = 0.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J =yl)benzenesulfonamide formate 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H),6.34 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.08-3.99 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.45 (m,1H), 3.19-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.03- 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H),2.22-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed. 112(S)-4-((1-(2- 511.2 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.70 (d,(difluoromethyl)benzyl)- J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.59 (m,pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 2H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.202-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- (d, J = 55.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J =yl)benzenesulfonamide 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.91(m, 1H), 3.79 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 5H),2.49 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.83 (m,1H), NH not observed. 113 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2- 477.1 (M + 1) (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 10.80 hydroxybenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3- (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 2.2Hz, yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 1H), 7.55 (dd, J = 8.6, 0.4 Hz,(thiazol-4- 1H), 7.12-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.94- yl)benzenesulfonamide 6.90 (m,2H), 6.76-6.72 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.78-2.61 (m,6H), 2.47-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.09-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.83- 1.72 (m,1H), one exchangeable proton not observed. 114 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-477.1 (M + 1) (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.10 hydroxybenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3-(s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- J = 2.2Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.52 (m, (thiazol-4- 1H), 7.09 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),yl)benzenesulfonamide 6.95 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 12.8 Hz,1H), 6.73- 6.70 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.61 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.57 (m, 6H), 2.45-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H),2.04-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.70 (m, 1H) 115 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 475.2(M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.71 (d, (methyl(1-phenethylpyrrolidin- J =2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 8.4 Hz, 1H),7.32-7.22 (m, yl)benzenesulfonamide 5H), 6.97-6.92 (m, 2H), 4.03- 4.00(m, 1H), 3.23-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.04 (m, 4H), 2.98- 2.90 (m, 3H), 2.67(s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 1H), NH notobserved. 116 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3- 520.3 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.71 (d, isopropoxypyridin-2- J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H),yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 8.12-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.67 (d, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.46 (m, (thiazol-4-1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.7 Hz, yl)benzenesulfonamide formate 1H), 6.98(d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.16(s, 2H), 4.02-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.28- 3.22 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.13 (m, 2H),3.02-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.19- 2.15 (m, 1H),2.00-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H), NH and COOH not observed.117 2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl((S)- 501.2 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.72 (d, 1-((1r,3S)-3-phenylcyclobutyl)- J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H),pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N- 7.71 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35- (thiazol-4-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.01 (m, yl)benzenesulfonamide formate 2H), 4.14-4.10(m, 1H), 3.90- 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.32(d, J = 5.7 Hz, 3H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.13- 2.07 (m, 1H), NH and COOHnot observed. 118 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 533.4 (M + 1) (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ 8.70 (d, (methyl(1-((1-(2,2,2- J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J =trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3- 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.4yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 2.2 Hz,N-(thiazol-4- 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), yl)benzenesulfonamide 6.38(d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.94- 4.91 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.61(m, 2H), 2.87 (dd, J = 7.6, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (br t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H),2.64 (s, 3H), 2.58 (dd, J = 6.2, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.07 (qd, J= 6.8, 15.4 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (qd, J = 6.8, 13.4 Hz, 1H), NH not observed.119 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2- 491.2 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.72 (d,methoxybenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3- J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H),yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 7.70 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46-(thiazol-4- 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.6 yl)benzenesulfonamide formateHz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03-6.97 (m, 3H), 4.24 (s, 2H),4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.44-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.24 (m, 2H),3.14- 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.20 (m, 1H),2.10-2.06 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed. 120 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-492.1 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.71 (d, methoxypyridin-2- J = 2.2 Hz,1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 8.18 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.1 Hz,1H), yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 7.70 (dd, J = 8.1, 0.3 Hz, 1H),(thiazol-4- 7.52-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = yl)benzenesulfonamideformate 8.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.13- 4.09(m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.37 (m, 4H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.31 (m,3H), 2.29- 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.09 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed.121 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 482.1 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.71 (d,(methyl(1-((5-methylisothiazol- J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H),3-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.64 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.2 Hz,yl)benzenesulfonamide formate 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.90(m, 3H), 3.06-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.67(s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.89 (m,1H), NH and COOH not observed. 122 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 501.3(M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.70 (d, (methyl(1-(pyrazolo[1,5- J = 2.2 Hz,1H), 8.51 (d, J = a]pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin- 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65(dd, J = 8.6, 3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m,yl)benzenesulfonamide 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.90 (m, 2H),6.64 (s, 1H), 4.30-4.21 (m, 2H), 4.04- 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.28 (m, 1H),3.21-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.10- 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H),2.22-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.97 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 123(S)-4-((1-(cyclohexylmethyl)- 467.3 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.63 (d,J = pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.42-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.2 Hz,yl)benzenesulfonamide 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.02-3.98 (m, 1H),2.68 (s, 4H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.26- 2.20 (m, 4H), 2.20-2.16 (m, 1H),1.82-1.70 (m, 5H), 1.63- 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 4H), 0.99-0.94 (m,3H), NH not observed. 124 (S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4- 441.1 (M + 1) (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.72 (d, (methyl(1-neopentylpyrrolidin- J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),8.51 (s, 1H), 3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 7.66 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99yl)benzenesulfonamide formate (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 12.3 Hz,1H), 4.03-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.07- 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s,3H), 2.70-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.02- 1.95 (m,1H), 1.01 (s, 9H), NH and COOH not observed. 125(S)-4-((1-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)- 455.1 (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.70 (s,pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J =2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (m,yl)benzenesulfonamide formate 2H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.28- 2.95 (m,6H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.96 (m, 1H),1.56- 1.52 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 9H), NH and COOH not observed. 126(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(4- 477.1 (M + 1) (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.10hydroxybenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3- (s, 1H), 9.35 (d, J = 0.5 Hz,yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 1H), 8.86 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), (thiazol-4-7.53 (dd, J = 8.6, 0.5 Hz, 1H), yl)benzenesulfonamide 7.09 (d, J = 8.5Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.67(m, 2H), 3.95-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.59- 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.55 (m, 6H),2.38-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.67 (m, 1H)127 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-3- 493.2 (M + 1) (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.24 methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- (s, 1H), 10.42-10.47 (m, 1H),yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N- 8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (thiazol-4-(dd, J = 8.5, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- (t, J = 7.5Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = trifluoroacetate 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 12.4Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (m,1H), 3.65-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.64 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 3H), 2.26-1.92 (m, 8H).

Examples 128-154

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 107, utilizing theappropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z 128 4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-487.2 (M + 1) yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 129(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4- 482.1 (M + 1)methylthiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 130(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2- 494.2 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 131(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2- 466.1 (M + 1)methyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 132(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((5-methylfuran- 465.1 (M + 1)2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide133 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((2-isopropyloxazol-4- 494.1 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 134(S)-4-((1-((4-cyclopropylthiazol-2- 508.1 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 135(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2- 544.1 (M + 1)phenylthiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 136(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(thiazol-2- 467.9 (M + 1)ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 137(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2- 536.1 (M + 1)(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 138(S)-4-((1-((2-cyclopropylthiazol-4- 508.1 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 139(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4- 466.1 (M + 1)methyloxazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 140(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(thiazol-4- 468.1 (M + 1)ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 141(S)-4-((1-((1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3- 479.1 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 142(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((5- 518.8 (M + 1)(trifluoromethyl)furan-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 143(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(oxazol-4- 452.1 (M + 1)ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 144(S)-4-((1-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3- 518.1 (M + 1)yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide145 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((4-isopropylthiazol-2- 510.2 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 146(S)-4-((1-((5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin- 502.1 (M + 1),3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol- 504.1 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 147 (S)-4-((1-((1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-501.1 (M + 1) yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 148(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(2- 475.3 (M + 1)methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide149 (S)-4-((1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3- 487.0 (M + 1)yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide150 (S)-4-((1-((1,4-dimethyl-1H-imidazol-2- 479.2 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 151(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4,5,6,7- 505.2 (M + 1)tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 152(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((4- 536.1 (M + 1)(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 153(S)-4-((1-((1-(2,2-difluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3- 515.0 (M + 1)yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 154(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((2-methyl-5- 534.2 (M + 1)(trifluoromethyl)oxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Example 155 Synthesis of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(8.58 g, 14.87 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (149 mL) was addedmethylboronic acid (10.15 g, 169.44 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate(18.20 g, 85.74 mmol). The mixture was degassed by sparging with argonbefore palladium(II) acetate (0.48 g, 2.15 mmol) andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (1.58 g, 4.30 mmol) wereadded to it. The resulting suspension was heated to 115° C. for 4 h.After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was filtered through apad of Celite. The filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate (200 mL),and the combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and then washed with water (50 mL)and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purifiedby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-60% of ethylacetate (containing 10% isoproppyl alcohol and 10% triethylamine) inhexanes to afford tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylateas pale brown solid (5.13 g, 62% yield) and the title compound as palebrown solid (1.84 g, 27% yield). Characterization data for tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate:¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.79 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.0, 0.8Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=2.3, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H),4.08-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.27 (m,1H), 2.34 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.92 (dt, J=0.8, 0.4 Hz, 1H),1.48 (s, 9H), 1.35 (s, 9H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 557.2 (M+1),558.3 (M+1). Characterization data for tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate:¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.66 (td, J=1.1, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.0,0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dt, J=1.6, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H),4.05-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m,1H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 9H),NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 457.1 (M+1), 458.1 (M+1); MS (ES−) m/z455.3 (M−1), 456.2 (M−1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-2-methyl-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.900 g, 1.97 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) and the reaction was stirred at ambienttemperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether (10 mL). Theresulting suspension was filtered to yield the title compound as a paleyellow solid (0.805 g, 87% yield) which was used without furtherpurification: MS (ES+) m/z 357.2 (M+1), 358.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.250 g, 0.531 mmol) in anhydrous1,2-dichloroethane (4.5 mL) and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (4.5 mL)was added 2-fluorobenzaldehyde (0.170 mL, 1.59 mmol). After 15 minutes,sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.338 g, 1.59 mmol) was added and thereaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with brine (2×25 mL). Theaqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-5% of methanol(containing 2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, provided thetitle compound as a pale yellow solid (0.209 g, 85% yield): MS (ES+) m/z465.2 (M+1), 466.1 (M+1); (ES−) m/z 463.2 (M−1), 464.2 (M−1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.209 g, 0.450 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (4.5 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.286 g, 1.35 mmol). The resulting mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes before paraformaldehyde (0.020 g, 0.68mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 45minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added 2 Msodium hydroxide (15 mL) and brine (15 mL), and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The aqueous layer was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and then extracted with ethylacetate (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturatedammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0-5% of methanol (containing 2% of ammonium hydroxide indichloromethane, provided the title compound as a pale yellow solid(0.093 g, 43% yield) ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.71 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),7.60 (dd, J=8.4, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.13(td, J=7.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (ddd, J=9.9, 8.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.75 (m,2H), 2.93-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 3H), 2.16-2.04(m, 1H), 1.90-1.83 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 479.2 (M+1);MS (ES−) m/z 477.3 (M−1).

Examples 156-157

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 155, Step 3 to Step 4,utilizing the appropriately substituted starting materials andintermediates, the following compounds were prepared:

Example No Name MS (ES+) m/z ¹H NMR 156 (S)-4-((1-(2,3- 497.2 (M + 1)(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.74 (d, J = difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 2.3 Hz,1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.4, yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5- 0.5 Hz, 1H),7.19-7.15 (m, 1H), methyl-N-(thiazol-4- 7.09-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J =yl)benzenesulfonamide 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.83(m, 1H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.57 (m, 7H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.02(m, 1H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 157 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-479.2 (M + 1) (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.70 (d, J = fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.3 yl)(methyl)amino)-5-methyl- Hz, 1H),7.31-7.24 (m, 1H), N-(thiazol-4- 7.12-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.98-6.90yl)benzenesulfonamide (m, 2H), 6.62 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m,1H), 3.64 (q, J = 18.7 Hz, 2H), 2.78-2.51 (m, 6H), 2.22-2.14 (m, 3H),2.14-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 1H), NH not observed.

Example 158 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of (S)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (3.0 g, 29.7 mmol) and(S)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol (1.0 g, 9.90 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) and anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mL)was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (6.29 g, 29.7 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. Thereaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with methanol (5 mL)and 1 M hydrochloric acid (10 mL). To it was added diethyl ether (30 mL)and water (30 mL). The aqueous layer was adjusted with 1 M solution ofsodium hydroxide to pH 9-10 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL).The combined organic phase was washed with brine (40 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 80% of ethyl acetate(containing 10% of 2-propanol and 10% triethylamine) in heptane,provided the title compound as a pink oil (1.4 g, 76% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.33-7.24 (m, 5H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.03-2.96 (m, 1H),2.75 (dd, J=9.6, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.41-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.25 (m, 1H),1.93-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 3H), OH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 192.3(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in Example 105, Step 1 and makingvariations as required to replace 1-benzylpiperidin-4-ol with(S)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol, the title compound was obtained asan orange oil (0.15 g, 17% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 600.1 (M+1), 602.1(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.15 g, 0.25 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.081 g, 13.6 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(0.16 g, 0.74 mmol) and the mixture was degassed by passing a stream ofargon through it for 15 minutes. To the mixture was then addedtricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.027 g, 0.07 mmol) andpalladium(II) acetate (0.008 g, 0.04 mmol), and the resulting mixturewas heated in a microwaved at 101° C. for 2 h. The mixture was filteredand the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The obtained residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the mixture was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide crude tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamatewhich was used directly without further purification. To a mixture oftert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.064 g, 0.11 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.17 mL, 2.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.5% of formic acid, to afford the title compound as acolorless solid (0.012 g, 5% yield over 2 steps): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ8.82 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 0.5H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 5H),7.08-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.75-6.74 (m, 1H), 3.64 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (d,J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.59 (d,J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.55-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 1H),1.94 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 480.1 (M+1).

Example 159 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (S)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol (0.30 g, 1.57mmol) and tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.58 g,1.42 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (14 mL) was added a 60%dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.11 g, 2.85 mmol) at 0° C.The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 16 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), and then quenchedby slow addition of water (15 mL) and saturated ammonium chloride (20mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL), andthe combined organic phase was washed with brine (2×30 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 80% of ethyl acetate (containing 10%triethylamine and 10% 2-propanol) in heptane, provided the titlecompound as an orange oil (0.45 g, 54% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 482.0 (M+1),484.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.45 g, 0.94 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.31 g, 51.5 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (9 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(0.79 g, 3.74 mmol) and the mixture was degassed by passing a stream ofargon through it for 15 minutes. To the mixture was then addedtricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) andpalladium acetate (0.032 g, 0.14 mmol), and the resulting mixture washeated in a microwave reactor to 101° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixturewas allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and methylboronic acid (0.31g, 51.5 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixed was degassed bypassing a stream of argon through it for 15 minutes, andtricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) andpalladium(II) acetate (0.032 g, 0.14 mmol) were added to it. Thereaction mixture was then heated in a microwave reactor to 101° C. for90 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambienttemperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo toprovide a residue, which was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL). To itwas added saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residuepurified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formic acid, to afford thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.020 g, 4% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.85 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 0.4H), 7.58 (dd,J=8.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.17 (m, 6H), 6.86 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d,J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.69(m, 1H), 2.63-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.07(s, 3H), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.53 (s, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 462.1 (M+1).

Example 160 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 101, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (3.36 g, 85% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H),3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.09 (td, J=7.9, 2.7Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.39 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 613.4 (M+23), 615.4(M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (1.68 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 391.2 (M+1), 393.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of 2-bromo-6-(difluoromethyl)pyridine

To a solution of 6-bromopicolinaldehyde (2.10 g, 11.29 mmol) indichloromethane (20 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (1.94mL, 14.68 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature and stirred for 18 h, and then poured into an icecold solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate (300 mL). The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2×120 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (80 mL), brine (2×50 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo afforded the title compound as a brown oil (2.17 g,89% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.75-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.60 (m,2H), 6.60 (t, J=55.1 Hz, 1H).

Step 4. Preparation of 6-(difluoromethyl)picolinaldehyde

To a solution of 2-bromo-6-(difluoromethyl)pyridine (2.17 g, 10.53 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added a 1.3 M solution ofisopropylmagnesium chloride lithium chloride complex in tetrahydrofuran(54.24 mL, 41.72 mmol) at −42° C. The reaction mixture was allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 h, then cooled to −42° C.,and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) was added to it. Thereaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for18 h, and then diluted with ethyl acetate (140 mL). The mixture waswashed with 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (2×60 mL), saturated ammoniumchloride (60 mL), brine (60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the titlecompound as a brown oil (1.55 g, 95% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ10.08 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.91-7.85 (m, 1H), 6.73 (t, J=55.1Hz, 2H).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.51 g, 1.00 mmol) and6-(difluoromethyl)picolinaldehyde (0.24 g, 1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane(8 mL) and N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.42 g, 2.00 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred for 3 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL). The mixturewas washed with a 1:1 mixture of 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide and brine(60 mL), saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanoland 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, afforded the title compoundas a colorless solid (0.32 g, 60% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.76 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.92(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.44 (m, 2H), 4.32-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H),2.81-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.88 (m,1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 532.4 (M+1), 534.2 (M+1).

Example 161 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of (S)-methyl3-((3-((2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)benzoate

To a mixture of methyl 3-formylbenzoate (0.0900 g, 0.548 mmol),(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride salt (0.195 g, 0.456 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.193 g, 0.913 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. Additionalsodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.097 g, 0.456 mmol) was added and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h.Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue by preparativereverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in water containing 0.225% offormic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.129 g, 52% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 539.0 (M+1), 541.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of methylmagnesium bromide (3 M in tetrahydrofuran, 0.717mL, 2.15 mmol) was added a solution of (S)-methyl3-((3-((2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)benzoate(0.129 g, 0.239 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for2 h, and then quenched with aqueous ammonium chloride (5 mL). Themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organiclayers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue bypreparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in water containing0.225% formic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.089 g, 68% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.73 (d, J=2.0 Hz,1H), 8.45 (br s, 0.75H), 7.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.52 (brd, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),7.08-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.62 (br s, 1H), 4.36-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.08 (q, J=12.8Hz, 2H), 3.30-2.98 (m, 5H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.31-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s,6H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 539.0 (M+1), 541.0 (M+1).

Example 162 Synthesis of5-chloro-4-(((3R,4S)-1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(((3R,4S)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(3R,4S)-3-fluoro-4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (0.267 g. 1.22 mmol)and tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.500 g,1.22 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added sodiumhydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.146 g, 3.65 mmol) and thesuspension was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. Saturatedammonium chloride solution (10 mL) was added follow by water (10 mL) andethyl acetate (20 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous phasewas extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic phasewas washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residuewhich was purified by by column chromatography, eluting with a gradientof 0-60% of ethyl acetate in hexanes. The purified residue was thendissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) wasadded to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for20 h. Concentration in vacuo yielded the title compound as a colorlessoil (0.664 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 408.2 (M+1), 410.2(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((3R,4S)-1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(((3R,4S)-3-fluoropiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.332 g, 0.637 mmol) and3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (0.100 g, 0.637 mmol) in anhydroustetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.268 g,1.27 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h.Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (5 mL) and ethyl acetate (5mL) were added to the mixture and the layers were separated. The aqueousphase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL). The combined organicphase was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-20%methanol in dichloromethane, yielded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.152 g, 43% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.90 (s, 1H),7.95-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.36-6.80 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.06 (m,1H), 5.35-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.97-4.83 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m,1H), 2.72-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.68 (m, 2H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 548.2 (M+1), 550.2 (M+1).

Example 163 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of (6-bromo-5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methanol

To a solution of 6-bromo-5-fluoropicolinic acid (4.50 g, 20.5 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added borane dimethyl sulfidecomplex (10 M, 5.11 mL, 51.1 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was then heatedto 80° C. for 2 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reactionmixture was quenched with methanol (30 mL) and concentrated in vacuo toprovide the title compound as a colorless oil (4.0 g, 95% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 205.9 (M+1), 207.9 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of 6-bromo-5-fluoropicolinaldehyde

To a solution of (6-bromo-5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methanol (4.00 g, 19.4mmol) in chloroform (60 mL) was added manganese dioxide (8.44 g, 97.1mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h. Aftercooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered andthe filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 2-10%of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as ayellow solid (3.00 g, 76% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.00 (s,1H), 8.00 (ddd, J=1.6, 3.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.54 (m, 1H).

Step 3. Preparation of 2-bromo-6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridine

To a solution of 6-bromo-5-fluoropicolinaldehyde (2.90 g, 14.2 mmol) indichloromethane (50 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (4.58g, 28.4 mmol) in portions at 0° C. The reaction mixture was then stirredat ambient temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured slowlyinto ice water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography, elutingwith 2% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, to afford the titlecompound as a light yellow oil (2.00 g, 62% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.73-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.49 (m, 1H), 6.62 (t, J=55.0 Hz, 1H).

Step 4. Preparation of methyl 6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropicolinate

To a solution of 2-bromo-6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridine (1.80 g,7.96 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro-palladium(II) (0.291 g,0.398 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.06 g, 15.9 mmol, 2.78 mL).The resulting mixture was heated to 60° C. under a CO atmosphere (50psi) for 12 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reactionmixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography, elutingwith 17% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, to afford the titlecompound as an yellow oil (1.30 g, 79% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ7.90 (dd, J=3.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.68 (m, 1H), 6.74 (t, J=54.8 Hz,1H), 4.05 (s, 3H).

Step 5. Preparation of (6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methanol

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of methyl6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropicolinate (1.30 g, 6.34 mmol) and calciumchloride (1.76 g, 15.9 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (20 mL) and anhydroustetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added sodium borohydride (4.41 g, 117 mmol)portionwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h, andthen water (10 mL) was added to it. Concentration in vacuo provided aresidue which was dissolved in water (10 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentration of the filtratein vacuo provided the title compound as a colorless oil (1.00 g, 89%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.66 (dd, J=3.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.51(m, 1H), 6.68 (t, J=55.2 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (t, J=5.2Hz, 1H).

Step 6. Preparation of 6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde

To a solution of (6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methanol (1.00g, 5.65 mmol) in chloroform (30 mL) was added manganese dioxide (2.46 g,28.3 mmol) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 12 h. After coolingto ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-9% ofethyl acetate in petroleum ether, to afford the title compound as anyellow oil (0.70 g, 71% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.22 (s, 1H),7.95 (dd, J=3.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (t, J=55.0Hz, 1H).

Step 7. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-((6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.100 g, 0.234 mmol) and 6-(difluoromethyl)-3-fluoropicolinaldehyde(0.102 g, 0.585 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added acetic acid(0.50 mL) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.148 g, 0.702 mmol)portionwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 1 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue bypreparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in water containing0.225% formic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.017 g, 13% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.74 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 8.40 (br s, 0.8H), 7.83-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.04 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00(d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (t, J=55.2 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.26 (m, 1H),4.16-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.96 (m, 3H), 2.92-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H),2.22-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 549.9 (M+1), 551.9 (M+1).

Examples 164-194

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 163, utilizing theappropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z ¹H NMR 164 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 539.2(M + 1) (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.39 (s, (methyl(1-((5- 1H), 8.91 (dd, J =2.1, 0.7 Hz, (trifluoromethyl)furan-2- 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H),yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.33-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J =yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.1 Hz,yl)benzene-sulfonamide 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H),2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.13 (m,4H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.05 (m, 2H), NH not observed. 165(S)-4-((1-((1-benzyl-1H- 561.1 (M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.72 (d, J =pyrazol-4- 563.1 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 0.5 Hz,yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 1H), 7.83-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.60 (s,yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro- 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.232-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- (m, 2H), 7.05-7.01 (m, 2H),yl)benzene-sulfonamide 5.35 (s, 2H), 4.31 (quintet, J = formate 7.5 Hz,1H), 4.06-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.28 (dd, J = 11.4, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.17-3.13 (m,1H), 3.08-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.04 (m,1H), NH and COOH not observed. 166 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,3- 507.0 (M +1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.74 (d, J = dihydro-1H-inden-2- 509.0 (M + 1)2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.6 yl)pyrrolidin-3- Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 7.4Hz, 1H), yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- 7.24-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.10-7.05 (m,(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- 2H), 4.40-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.71 sulfonamideformate (m, 1H), 3.42-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 3H), 3.19-3.14 (m,2H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.11 (m,1H), NH and COOH not observed. 167 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 513.2(M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.22 (br (2-fluoro-4- 515.2 (M + 1). s,1H), 8.90 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.68 (d, J =7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.25 yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- (m, 1H), 7.10-6.98(m, 4H), 4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 4.22-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 2H),2.77-2.63 (m, 5H), 2.46-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.01 (m, 1H),1.85-1.73 (m, 1H). 168 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3- 546.9 (M + 1), (400 MHz;CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d, J = (difluoromethoxy)benzyl)- 548.9 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz,1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.79 pyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 7.7 Hz,(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.1 sulfonamideformate Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.76 (t, J =74.1 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.77 (m, 1H),2.97-2.88 (m, 3H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.13 (m, 1H),2.03-1.97 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed. 169(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2-chloro- 533.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.30(s, 6-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 535.2 (M + 1) 1H), 8.90 (dd, J = 2.2,0.7 Hz, yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H),(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- 7.38-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.21 (td, J = sulfonamide2,2,2- 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.03 (m, trifluoroacetate 2H), 4.21-4.12(m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.70-2.61 (m, 6H), 2.41-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.97(m, 1H), 1.79-1.67 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 170(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 532.0 (M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.96 (dd,(methyl(1-(quinolin-8- 534.0 (M + 1) J = 4.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J =ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-3- 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (dq, J = 1.4,yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 0.5 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (dd, J = 8.3,yl)benzene-sulfonamide 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.00 (m, 1H), formate 7.88-7.86(m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 11.8Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.37-4.34 (m, 1H),3.29-3.14 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.12 (m, 2H), NH and COOH notobserved. 171 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 523.1 (M + 1) (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.72 (d, J = (methyl(1-(4-propylbenzyl)- 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.4Hz, pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N- 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.20(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- (m, 2H), 7.06-7.00 (m, sulfonamide 2H), 4.32 (t,J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.19-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.82 (s, 3H),2.62 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.26-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.66(sxt, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). 172(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 513.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.39(s, (2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)- 515.2 (M + 1) 1H), 10.22-10.61 (m, 1H),8.91 pyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 2H),4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 7.24-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J =2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.27 (m, 3H), 3.41 (m, 4H),2.77 (d, J = 14.9 Hz, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.24-1.98 (m, 2H). 173(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 529.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.26(s, (2-fluoro-5-methoxybenzyl)- 531.2 (M + 1) 1H), 10.24-10.55 (m, 1H),8.91 pyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.03 (m, 5H),4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 4.80-4.54 (m, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H),2,2,2-trifluoroacetate 3.48-3.15 (m, 4H), 2.77 (d, J = 14.9 Hz, 3H),2.16-2.01 (m, 2H). 174 methyl (S)-3-((3-((2-chloro-5- 538.8 (M + 1) (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d, J = fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s,1H), 7.98 yl)sulfamoyl)- (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J =phenyl)(methyl)- 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, amino)pyrrolidin-1-1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, yl)methyl)benzoate J = 2.4 Hz, 1H),6.98 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.91-3.76(m, 2H), 2.93-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.61(m, 1H), 2.23-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.93 (m, 1H). 175(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3,3- 477.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO d₆) δ 11.42-11.38dimethylbutyl)-pyrrolidin-3- 475.2 (M + 1) (br s, 1H), 10.11-9.88 (bryl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- s, 1H), 8.93-8.91 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.74(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- (m, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 1H), sulfonamide 2,2,2-7.10-7.07 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.25 (m, trifluoroacetate 1H), 3.69-3.08 (m,6H), 2.77 (m, 3H), 2.21-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.49 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.72 (m,9H). 176 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 512.1 (M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.74 (d, J = ((3-methoxypyridin-2- 514.0 (M + 1). 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (s,1.3H), 8.21 yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- (dd, J = 1.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d,yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.50 (m,4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 1H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.13 (d, formate J =11.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.44 (t, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.66-3.42 (m, 4H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.20 (m,2H), NH and COOH not observed. 177 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 539.3(M + 1), ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ (3-isopropoxybenzyl)- 541.3 (M + 1)8.91 (dd, J = 0.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), pyrrolidin-3- 7.76-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.34(td, J = yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 7.8, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m,4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 1H), 7.08-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.96 compound withtriethylamine (m, 2H), 4.65-4.56 (m, 1H), (1:0.35) 4.36-4.28 (m, 2H),3.47-3.25 (m, 5H), 3.14-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 3H), 2.17-2.10 (m,2H), 1.26 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.17 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), NH notobserved. 178 (S)-4-((1-((6-bromopyridin-2- 560.1 (M + 1), (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.29 yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 562.1 (M + 1). (s, 1H), 8.90(d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro- 7.74 (t, J = 7.7 Hz,1H), 7.69 (d, 2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 7.9yl)benzene-sulfonamide Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J =12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 2.1, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.74(d, J = 14.3 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.69(m, 2H), 2.65-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 1H),1.88-1.78 (m, 1H). 179 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 495.0 (M + 1) (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ 8.74 (d, J = (methyl(1- 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.83phenethylpyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m,yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 5H), 7.08-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.33 (t, J =yl)benzene-sulfonamide 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.24 (m, 1H), formate 3.20-3.03(m, 5H), 2.97-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.03(m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed. 180 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-499.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.33 (4-fluorobenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3-501.2 (M + 1) (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 7.69 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.324-yl)benzene-sulfonamide (m, 2H), 7.13 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J =12.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.61 (d, J =13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.55 (m,3H), 2.36-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.74 (m, 1H). 181(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 484.0 (M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.69 (d, J =(methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H- 486.0 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.5 Hz,pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1H), 6.95-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.61 (t, J =3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (ddt, J = 4.5,yl)benzene-sulfonamide 2.3, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s,3H), 3.61 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.69 (m, 3H),2.52-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.87 (m, 1H), NH notobserved. 182 (S)-4-((1-((1H-indol-3- 520.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO d₆)δ 11.53-11.49 yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 522.2 (M + 1) (br s, 1H),11.41-11.37 (br yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro- s, 1H), 10.28-9.99 (m, 1H),8.91 2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.73 (m,yl)benzene-sulfonamide 2H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.432,2,2-trifluoroacetate (m, 1H), 7.23-7.07 (m, 4H), 4.61-4.27 (m, 3H),3.66-3.14 (m, 4H), 2.75 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 3H), 2.20-2.02 (m, 2H). 183(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 485.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74-8.72(methyl(1-((1-methyl-1H- 487.3 (M + 1) (m, 1H), 7.86-7.82 (m, 1H),pyrazol-3- 7.42 (dd, J = 0.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.05(d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.80-6.75 yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 6.75 (m, 1H),6.51-6.49 (m, 1H), yl)benzene-sulfonamide 4.39-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.29(m, 2H), 4.16-3.65 (m, 5H), 3.93-3.89 (m, 3H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 3H),2.27-2.13 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 184 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-521.0 (M + 1), (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.70 (d, J = (imidazo[1,5-a]pyridin-3-523.0 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (dt, J = 6.2, ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3- 1.0Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 1H),7.55-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.33 (d, 4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide J = 0.8 Hz, 1H),6.93-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.84 (ddd, J = 9.2, 6.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (ddd, J =7.3, 6.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.02 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s,3H), 2.78-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.11(m, 1H), 1.93-1.88 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 185(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 550.0 (M + 1), (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d, J =(methyl(1-((2- 552.0 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J = 5.0 Hz,(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-4- 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.5yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J = 4.8, 0.3yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),yl)benzene-sulfonamide 6.96 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.26 (m, 1H),3.83 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (s, 3H),2.86-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.71 (dd, J = 10.0, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.48 (m, 1H),2.23-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.92 (m, 1H), NH not observed. 186(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 532.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO d₆) δ11.40-11.39 (isoquinolin-8- 534.2 (M + 1) (br s, 1H), 10.74-10.37 (brylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3- s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 5.9 Hz,4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 1H), 8.25-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.02 (q,2,2,2-trifluoroacetate J = 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.76-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J =12.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.07 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.04 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.30 (m, 1H),3.68-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.43 (m, 3H), 2.89-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.24-2.06 (m,2H). 187 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 550.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.82-8.80 (methyl(1-((6- 552.2 (M + 1) (br s, 1H), 8.21 (br s, 1H),(trifluoromethyl)-pyridin-2- 8.07 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.73yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- (m, 2H), 7.67 (dd, J = 7.5,yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 0.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.00 (m, 1H),yl)benzene-sulfonamide 6.77-6.76 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.84 (d, J= 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.62 (m,2H), 2.48-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 1H). 188(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(4- 515.2 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.33 (s,chlorobenzyl)-pyrrolidin-3- 517.2 (M + 1) 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H),yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- 7.69 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.31(thiazol-4-yl)benzene- (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, J = 12.5 sulfonamide Hz, 1H),7.01 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.62 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1H),3.50 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.36-2.28(m, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.74 (m, 1H). 189(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 501.0 (M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d, J =(methyl(1-((5- 503.0 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.51-8.50 (m, 1H),methylthiophen-2- 7.78 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.03-6.96yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- (m, 2H), 6.79 (d, J = 3.3 Hz,yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 1H), 6.64-6.63 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.23yl)benzene-sulfonamide (m, 1H), 3.94 (d, J = 13.9 formate Hz, 1H),3.85-3.82 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.81 (m, 6H), 2.73-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H),2.18-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not oberved. 190(S)-4-((1-((1H-indol-5- 520.0 (M + 1), (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.68 (d, J =yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 522.0 (M + 1) 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.83yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro- (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H),2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- 7.44 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d,yl)benzene-sulfonamide J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = formate 8.4, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (dd,J = 3.1, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.35(m, 1H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.08(m, 2H), NH(s) and COOH not observed. 191 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-MS (ES+) m/z (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.25 (br (2-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl)-513.2 (M + 1), s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), pyrrolidin-3- 515.2(M + 1). 7.69 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.15yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- (m, 2H), 7.10-7.03 (m, 3H),4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.78-2.62(m, 5H), 2.45-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 1H),1.84-1.75 (m, 1H). 192 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4- 496.3 (M + 1), (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.31 (s, (methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin- 498.2 (M + 1) 1H),8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 7.69 (d, J = 7.6 Hz,1H), 7.64 (t, yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.6yl)benzene-sulfonamide Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J =2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.73 (d, J = 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (d, J =14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.43 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 4H),2.15-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.79 (m, 1H). 193 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3- 531.2(M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.28 (s, (difluoromethyl)benzyl)- 533.2(M + 1) 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), pyrrolidin-3- 7.69 (d, J = 7.6Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44 yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N- (m, 4H), 7.21-6.84 (m,3H), (thiazol-4-yl)benzene- 4.25-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.70 (d, J = sulfonamide13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.76-2.55 (m,3H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.75 (m, 1H). 194(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1- 512.0 ((M + 1), (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d,J = ((6-methoxypyridin-2- 514.0 (M + 1) 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 7.83yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J =yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 8.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.00 (m,4-yl)benzene-sulfonamide 3H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (quin, J =8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.07-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.23-2.99 (m, 4H), 2.85(s, 3H), 2.22-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.06 (m, 1H).

Examples 195-220

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 163, utilizing theappropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z 195 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2- 532.9(M + 1), fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2- 534.9 (M + 1)fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 196(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(3- 509.2 (M + 1),phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 511.2 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 197 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,5- 549.0 (M + 1),dichlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 551.0 (M + 1),2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 553.0 (M + 1) 198(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 515.0 (M + 1),yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- 517.0 (M + 1)yl)benzenesulfonamide 199 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(4- 524.0 (M + 1),(dimethylamino)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 526.0 (M + 1)yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 200(S)-4-((1-(2-(benzyloxy)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3- 525.0 (M + 1),yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol- 527.0 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 201 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(4- 495.1(M + 1), methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol- 497.0 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 202(S)-4-((1-((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 470.0 (M + 1),yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol- 472.0 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 203 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,6- 509.0 (M + 1),dimethylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 511.0 (M + 1)2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 204(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((5- 485.1 (M + 1),methylfuran-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- 487.1 (M + 1)N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 205 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-chloro-2-532.9 (M + 1), fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2- 534.9(M + 1) fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 206(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2- 511.0 (M + 1),methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 513.0 (M + 1)N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 207 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,5- 516.9(M + 1), difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2- 518.9 (M + 1)fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 208(S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(3-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 515.0 (M + 1),yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- 517.0 (M + 1)yl)benzenesulfonamide 209 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2- 497.0 (M + 1),hydroxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 499.0 (M + 1)N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 210 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2- 547.0 (M +1), (difluoromethoxy)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 549.0 (M + 1)yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide 211(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(4-fluoro-3- 513.0 (M + 1),methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N- 515.0 (M + 1)(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 212 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-499.0 (M + 1), fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N- 501.0(M + 1) (thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 213 (S)-5-chloro-4-((1-(2,3-517.0 (M + 1), difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2- 519.0(M + 1) fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 214(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(3- 549.0 (M + 1),(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- 551.0 (M + 1)N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 215(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(thiophen-2- 486.9 (M + 1),ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4- 488.9 (M + 1)yl)benzenesulfonamide 216 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-((4- 495.8(M + 1), methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- 497.8 (M + 1)yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 217(S)-4-((1-(4-bromobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 558.8 (M + 1),yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol- 560.9 (M + 1)4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 218 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2- 499.0 (M +1), fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N- 501.0 (M + 1)(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 219 (S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-510.8 (M + 1), methoxybenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 512.8(M + 1) N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide 220(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(3-fluoro-2- 513.0 (M + 1),methylbenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N- 515.0 (M + 1)(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Example 221 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 58, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.025 g, 6%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.87 (br s, 1H), 7.78-7.66 (m, 2H),7.60-7.44 (m, 6H), 7.44-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.05-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.76-4.58 (m,1H), 3.82-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.40-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.68 (d,J=7.0 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 479.0 (M+1), 481.0 (M+1).

Example 222 Synthesis of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 57, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide with5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.04 g, 9% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.37-11.35 (m, 1H), 9.93-9.68 (m, 1H), 8.89 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.07 (s, 1H),4.98-4.96 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.62 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.28 (m,2H), 2.92-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.13-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.68 (d,J=6.9 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 496.1 (M+1), 498.1 (M+1).

Example 223 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-amine (4.11 g, 16.4mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydofuran (150 mL) was added a 1.0 M solution oflithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (16.40 mL, 16.40mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature, stirred for 1 h, and then cooled to −78° C. To it was addeda solution of 3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (3.96 g,14.90 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) −78° C. The reaction mixture wasstirred at −78° C. for 1 h and then at ambient temperature for 18 h. Themixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic fractionswere washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residuepurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 30%of ethyl acetate in pentane, to afford the title compound as a colorlesssolid (3.48 g, 49% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.44 (d, J=3.6 Hz,1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.82 (m, 1H),6.39-6.36 (m, 2H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (0.42 g,2.10 mmol) and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.00 g, 2.10 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was addeda dispersion of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.17 g, 4.2 mmol) atambient temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h, and thenquenched with saturated ammonium chloride (80 mL). The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×80 mL). The combined organic fractionswere washed with brine (2×80 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo andpurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50%of ethyl acetate in heptane, to afford the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.97 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.42 (m, 1H),7.21 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53-6.47 (m, 1H),6.39-6.36 (m, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.56 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.74(s, 3H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 9H).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate(0.97 g, 1.50 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.88 g, 14.7 mmol), andpotassium phosphate (1.59 g, 7.50 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (30 mL) wasadded palladium acetate (0.10 g, 0.44 mmol) and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (0.32 g, 0.88 mmol). The resulting mixture wasdegassed and sparging with nitrogen and heated to reflux for 4 h. Thereaction mixture was then allowed to cool to ambient temperature andstirred for 18 h. After concentration in vacuo, the residue was dilutedwith water (100 mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate(4×50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (100mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtratewas concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 6% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in heptane,to afford the title compound as a greyish oil (0.93 g, 97% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 640.5 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-(4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate(0.93 g, 1.45 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (4 mL). The mixture was stirred 4 h and then concentrated in vacuo.The residue was triturated with methanol (20 mL). Filtration andconcentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded a pink solid (0.73 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 390.2 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-((3,3-dimethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.05 g, 14% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.97-12.88 (m, 1H),9.81-9.62 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.35-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.06-6.88 (m,2H), 4.38 (t, J=0.4 Hz, 2H), 3.50-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.00 (m, 4H),2.28-1.72 (m, 7H); MS (ES+) m/z 480.3 (M+1).

Example 224 Synthesis of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1-sulfonylchloride

To 2-bromo-1,3,5-trifluorobenzene (50.00 g, 236.00 mmol) was addedchlorosulfonic acid (250 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to 80°C. for 12 h. The mixture was poured onto ice-water and extracted withethyl acetate (2×500 mL). The combined organic phase was dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and the fitrate concentrated invacuo. Purification of the residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with petroleum ether, provided the titlecompound as a yellow oil (51.00 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ7.03 (ddd, J=9.8, 7.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (26.90 g, 134.00 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 168 mL, 168.0 mmol) at−78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes,after which a solution of 3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1-sulfonylchloride (50.00 g, 161.00 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL)was added dropwise at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warmto ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate(3×400 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3×400 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue in methanol (100 mL)afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (40.00 g, 62% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),6.97 (ddd, J=9.8, 8.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.34 (m, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z496.9 (M+23).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (38.1g, 80.6 mmol) and triethylamine (34.0 mL, 241.8 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (250 mL) was added tert-butyl(S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (15.0 g, 80.6 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred for 18 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (1000mL). The mixture was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×250 mL),brine (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 80% of ethylacetate in hexanes, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid(12.6 g, 25% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 639.2 (M+1), 641.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(12.6 g, 19.70 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (25 mL). The mixture was stirred for 4 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with methanol (75 mL)to afford the title compound as an off white solid (8.20 g, 75% yield):MS (ES+) m/z 439.0 (M+1), 441.0 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-4-((1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.80 g, 1.45 mmol) and6-(trifluoromethyl)picolinaldehyde (0.38 g, 2.18 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.46 g, 2.18 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 18 h and then quenched with 2 Maqueous sodium hydroxide (8 mL) and brine (8 mL). The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford the titlecompound as an orange oil (0.87 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.34 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.04 (m, 2H),7.79-7.74 (m, 4H), 6.96 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J=14.0, 1.4 Hz,1H), 6.21-6.18 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H), 2.30-2.19 (m,2H), 1.82-1.72 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 598.2 (M+1), 600.3 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-4-((1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-4-((1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide(0.87 g, 1.45 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.52 g, 8.70 mmol), andpotassium phosphate (0.92 g, 4.35 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (14 mL) wasadded tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.16 g, 0.14 mmol). Thereaction mixture was degassed by sparging with nitrogen and heated toreflux for 6 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, additionalmethylboronic acid (0.52 g, 8.70 mmol), potassium phosphate (0.92 g,4.35 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.16 g, 0.14mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 6 h andthen allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The mixture was filteredthrough a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.Purification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 10% of methanol in dichloromethane, afforded the titlecompound as a greyish oil (0.72 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z534.4 (M+1).

Step 7. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(methyl(1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 155, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-4-((1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.070 g, 6% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.49 (d, J=0.4 Hz,1H), 10.58-10.40 (m, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (td, J=0.4, 7.8Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.85 (m, 1H), 4.73-4.67 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.07 (m, 1H),3.76-3.12 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.28-2.01 (m, 5H); MS (ES+) m/z548.2 (M+1).

Example 225 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (26.5 g, 132.3 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (185.3 mL, 185.3 mmol) at−78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and stirredfor 1 h. After cooling the reaction mixture to −78° C., a solution of4-bromo-3-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (49.88 g, 172.0 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added to it. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 3 h, and thenquenched by addition of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL).The mixture was diluted with water (300 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (3×300 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue inmethanol (200 mL) provided the title compound as a colorless solid (35.0g, 58% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.85-8.78 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),8.28-8.21 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.83 (m, 1H),7.59-7.55 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 352.9 (M−99),354.9 (M−99).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of (R)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (preparedaccording to WO 2013063459, 0.230 g, 1.2 mmol) and tert-butyl(4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.548 g, 1.2mmol) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was added4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (0.21 g, 0.363 mmol),cesium carbonate (1.20 g, 3.6 mmol), andbis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (0.139 g, 0.242 mmol) and thereaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 12 h. After cooling toambient temperature, water (10 mL) was added and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (3×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-50% ofethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as ayellow solid (0.400 g, 54% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 563.2 (M+1), 565.2(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.400 g, 0.71 mmol) was added a 4 M solution of hydrogen chloride indioxane (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 12 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification of theresidue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.225% of formic acid, provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.021 g, 6% yield): ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.87 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H), 7.54 (dd, J=2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.23 (qd,J=4.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.48(s, 1H), 3.65-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.78 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.73-2.65 (m, 1H),2.58-2.52 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.86 (ddd, J=5.2, 7.2, 12.6 Hz,1H), 1.44 (s, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 463.0.

Example 226 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of (S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide(2R,3R)-2,3-bis((4-methoxybenzoyl)oxy)succinate

To a solution of (−)-O,O′-di-p-toluoyl-L-tartaric acid (11.5 g, 27.7mmol) in ehtnaol (200 ml) was addedN-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide (9.0 g, 38.7 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 10° C. for 15 minutes, and then heated to 70° C.for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature and stirred for 48 h. The resultant solid was filtered off,the filter cake washed with ethanol (100 ml) and dried under reducedpressure to provide a colorless solid. The solid was dissolved inethanol (100 mL), heated to reflux for 30 minutes, and allowed to coolto ambient temperature. The obtained precipitate was filtered off and togive a colorless solid. The recrystallization step was repeated twice toprovide the title compound as a colorless solid (20.9 g, 33% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.07 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 7.44-7.38(m, 2H), 7.36-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 4H), 5.69 (s, 2H),4.12-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 3.24 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (d, J=6.4Hz, 2H), 2.97 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (td, J=12.8, 6.4 Hz, 1H),1.88-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), two COOH not observed.

Step 2. Preparation of (S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide

To a mixture of (S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide(2R,3R)-2,3-bis((4-methoxybenzoyl)oxy)succinate (6.0 g, 9.2 mmol) inwater (40 mL) was added and potassium carbonate (3.8 g, 27.6 mmol) andthe mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h. The mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure afforded(S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide as a yellow solid (2.0g, 93% yield, 100% ee). Enantiopurity was determined by supercriticalfluid chromatography, using 5-40% of isopropanol (containing 0.05% ofdiethylamine) in supercritical carbon dioxide as eluent at a flowrate of3 mL/min and a Chiralpak IC-3 column (100×4.6 mm, 3 μm). Data for(S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ7.77 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.46(m, 2H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.43 (m, 1H),2.07-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.33 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of (S)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

To a (S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide (1.5 g, 6.4 mmol)was added 6 M hydrochloric acid (5 mL) and the mixture was heated to100° C. for 36 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture wasadjusted to pH 11-12 with sodium hydroxide, and then extracted withethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (3×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the title compound as adark oil (1.0 g, 83% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.30-7.16 (m, 5H),3.60-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.80 (dt, J=8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),2.37 (dt, J=9.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (ddd, J=13.2,8.4, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.20 (s, 3H), NH not observed.

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 225, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations to replace(R)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine, the title compound was obtainedas a yellow solid (0.015 g, 5% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 563.1 (M+1), 565.1(M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 225, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations to replace tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamatewith tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.027 g, 54%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.87 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H),7.65 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=4.4 Hz,4H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s,1H), 3.68-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.78 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H),2.59-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H),NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 463.2 (M+1), 465.2 (M+1).

Example 227 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl N-thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (110 g, 549 mmol) inanhydroyus tetrahydrofuran (1000 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 659 mL, 659 mmol) at−78° C. The mixture was warmed to 5° C. before a cooled (−78° C.)solution of 3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (163 g, 659mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) was added dropwise to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h.After dilution with with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (200 mL),the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1000 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (3×1000 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andtrituration of the residue with methanol (300 mL) afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (75 g, 33% yield) ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ9.14 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.09 (m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 432.8 (M+23), 434.8 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (2.50 g,6.09 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (7mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h.Concentration in vacuo and trituration of the residue with diethyl ether(25 mL) afforded the title compound as a pale yellow solid (1.74 g, 92%yield) which was used without further purification: MS (ES+) m/z 311.1(M+1), 313.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (0.241 g, 0.774mmol) and (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.159 g, 0.774 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added a dispersion of 60% ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.092 g, 2.32 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reactionmixture was then added slowly to rapidly stirred saturated aqueousammonium chloride solution (100 mL). The resulting slurry was filteredand the obtained solid purified by reverse-phase HPLC, using a gradientof acetonitrile in water (containing 0.5% of formic acid) to yield thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.010 g, 2.6% yield) ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.75 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=8.6 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.08 (m, 1H), 6.62 (t,J=0.3 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.54 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.55 (m, 2H),2.30-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, J=6.8Hz, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 496.2 (M+1), 498.2(M+1).

Example 228 Synthesis ofrac-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of rac-tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl 3-hydroxy-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(prepared according to WO 2015035278, 1.19 g, 5.91 mmol) and3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(2.83 g, 5.91 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was addedsodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.496 g, 12.41 mmol) at0° C. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 h, cooled to0° C., and diluted with saturated ammonium solution (40 mL). The mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL). The combined organic layerswere washed with water (80 mL), brine (80 mL), dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuoand purification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0% to 50% of acetone in heptane, afforded the title compoundas a colorless solid (0.22 g, 6% yield): MS (ES−) m/z 508.2 (M−151),510.2 (M−151).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl3-(4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.22 g, 0.33 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.11 g, 1.83 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(0.21 g, 0.99 mmol) and the mixture was degassed by sparging with withargon for 15 minutes. To it was then added tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate (0.049 g, 0.132 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (0.015g, 0.07 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated in a microwave reactorto 101° C. for 12 minutes. The reaction mixture was then removed fromthe microwave reactor, and then heated to 100° C. for 4 h. The reactionmixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and filtered througha pad of diatomaceous earth. The filter pad was washed with ethylacetate (2×15 mL) and the combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.The residue was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloridesolution (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (25 mL), dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the residuein vacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetone in heptane,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.065 g, 31% yield):MS (ES+) m/z 640.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of rac-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 1, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl4-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-3,3-dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl3-(4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.051 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 390.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of rac4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 36, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, and purification by the title compound waspreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.026 g, 43% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ12.96 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.33 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.86 (m, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.00-3.20 (m, 4H),2.68-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.94 (m, 3H), 1.61 (s, 3H); MS (ES +) m/z 480.3(M+1).

Example 229 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isoxazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl isoxazol-3-ylcarbamate (10.00 g, 54.30 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added a 1 M solution oflithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (81.5 mL, 81.50mmol) at −78° C. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at −78° C. andthen a solution of 5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (13.40g, 54.30 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added to itdropwise. The reaction solution was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (200 mL), and then washed with saturated ammonium chloride(100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydroussodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo andthe resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether (75 mL) toafford the title compound as a pale yellow solid (6.21 g, 29% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.15 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (dd, J=7.5, 7.5 Hz,1H), 8.05 (dd, J=10.0, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 1.31 (s, 9H); MS (ES+)m/z 395.1 (M+1), 396.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isoxazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isoxazol-3-yl)carbamate (6.21 g,15.80 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (200 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (8.20 mL, 47.30 mmol) followed by(S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (2.78 g, 15.80 mmol) at 0° C. over aperiod of 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) andwashed with saturated ammonium chloride (3×100 mL) and brine (200 mL).The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered.The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 20 to 60% of ethylacetate in heptane, to afford the title compound as brown gum (4.82 g,56% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 551.2 (M+1), 553.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isoxazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(4.82 g, 8.76 mmol), methyl boronic acid (4.13 g, 70.10 mmol), potassiumphosphate tribasic (7.43 g, 35.10 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphinetetrafluoroborate (0.64 g, 1.75 mmol) and palladium acetate (0.19 g,0.08 mmol) was added 1,4-dioxane (150 mL). The resulting mixturedegassed by sparging with nitrogen for 15 minutes and then heated toreflux for 8 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reactionmixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was dilutedwith ethyl acetate (150 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride(100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 20 to 60%of ethyl acetate in heptane, afforded the title compound as a brown gum(3.50 g, 75% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 531.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 103, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations to replace(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isoxazol-3-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.039 g, 9%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.80 (br s, 1H), 10.36-10.16 (m,1H), 8.73 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 5H),7.07 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.35 (m, 2H),4.24-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.20 (m, 4H), 2.69-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.35-2.15 (m,3H), 2.15-2.03 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 445.4 (M+1).

Example 230 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((5-bromo-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 102, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride with5-bromo-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride and purification bytrituration with methanol (50 mL), the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (7.75 g, 75% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.82 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=2.2, 0.6 Hz, 1H),7.09 (dd, J=9.3, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of5-bromo-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-bromo-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (7.75 g,17.02 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid(10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved inanyhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL). To this mixture was then addedsodium bicarbonate (7.15 g, 85.11 mmol) and1-(chloromethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (4.62 mL, 34.04 mmol). The reactionmixture was heated to 45° C. for 18 h and then diluted with ethylacetate (180 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (150 mL),saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (100 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and trituration of the residue with methanol (60 mL) afforded thetitle compound as a colorless solid (6.57 g, 81% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.59 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.19(m, 3H), 7.01 (dd, J=9.3, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.77 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H),3.78 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 475.2 (M+1), 477.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of5-bromo-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(10.00 g, 21.01 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (200 mL) wasadded potassium carbonate (7.26 g, 52.50 mmol) and(S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (3.91 g, 21.00 mmol). The solution wasstirred at 40° C. for 16 h, and then diluted with water (800 mL). Theresulting precipitate was collected by filtration, and washed with water(500 mL), and dried under vacuum to provide the title compound as abrown gum (9.80 g, 73% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 681.1 (M+1), 683.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.50 g, 0.78 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was addediodomethane (0.49 mL, 7.80 mmol), followed by sodium hydride (0.094 g,2.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for16 h, and then quenched by addition of water (5 mL). The precipitatedsolid was filtered off, and then suspended in ethyl acetate (50 mL). Theresulting mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the titlecompound as a brown solid (0.51 g, quantitative yield), which was usedwithout further purification: MS (ES+) m/z 655.1 (M+1), 657.1 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.51 g, 0.78 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2.1 mL) and the resulting solution was heated to reflux for 1.5 h.The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and thenconcentrated in vacuo to provide a residue. To the residue was addedN,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL), benzaldehyde (0.16 g, 1.56 mmol) andsodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.50 g, 2.34 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture wasthen quenched by addition of 5% aqueous lithium chloride (10 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic extractswere dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. Concentrationof the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue byreverse-phase HPLC, eluting with gradient of acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, provided the title compound asa colorless solid (0.050 g, 10% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.41(s, 1H), 9.97 (s, 1H), 8.92 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.48-7.46 (m, 5H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.45-4.35 (m,3H), 3.55-3.37 (m, 4H), 2.85-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.21-2.12 (m, 2H); MS (ES+)m/z: 525.0 (M+1), 527.0 (M+1).

Example 231 Synthesis of4-(((3S,5S)-1-benzyl-5-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(2S,4S)-4-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.71 g,4.16 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (8 mL) was added tert-butyl(2S,4S)-4-amino-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.00 g, 4.99 mmol)followed by triethylamine (0.70 mL, 4.99 mmol). The resulting solutionwas stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The crude reaction mixturewas purified by column chromatography, eluting with 0 to 100% of ethylacetate in heptane, to provide the title compound as a colorless solid(1.62 g, 55% yield).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(2S,4S)-4-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 101, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(2S,4S)-4-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a brown solid (1.08 g, 65% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 605.3 (M+1), 607.4 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-(((3S,5S)-1-benzyl-5-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 101, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(2S,4S)-4-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.46 g, 31%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.90 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s,1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H),7.06 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.20 (m, 1H),3.97-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 3H),2.25-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 495.2, 497.2 (M+1). Note: acidic protonsnot observed.

Example 232 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (2.00 g, 10.0mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added a solution of sodium borohydride(0.45 g, 12.1 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 1 h, quenched by addition of water (10 mL), and extractedwith dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts werewashed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate andfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the title compound asa yellow oil (1.70 g, 85% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ3.87-3.79 (m,2H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.03 (br s, 2H), 1.86-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s,9H), 1.44-1.33 (m, 2H), OH not observed.

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl4-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chlorophenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.087g, 2.19 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added asolution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (0.40 g, 1.99mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) at 0° C. The solution was stirredfor 30 minutes at ambient temperature, and then a solution of tert-butyl(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.86 g, 2.19mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added to it dropwise. Themixture was stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature, and then thereaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride (10mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 25% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether,provided the title compound as a yellow solid (0.17 g, 15% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 596.0 (M+23), 598.0 (M+23).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To mixture of tert-butyl4-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chlorophenoxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate (0.17 g, 0.30 mmol) dichloromethane (5 mL) wasadded trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirredat ambient temperature for 1 h. The mixture was then concentrated invacuo to provide the title compound as a yellow solid (0.071 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 374.0 (M+1), 376.0 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of3-chloro-4-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.48 g, 1.00 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (2.50 mL) was added 3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde(0.23 g, 1.50 mmol) followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.64 g,3.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for16 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purifiedby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 100% of ethylacetate in hexanes. Further purification by reverse-phase HPLC, elutingwith a gradient of 20 to 50% of acetonitrile in water (containing 0.1%of formic acid), provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.26g, 51% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s,1H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.39 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.05 (t, J=55.8 Hz, 1H), 4.77-4.75 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 2.94-2.87 (m,2H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.80 (m, 2H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 513.9 (M+1), 515.9 (M+1).

Example 233 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.07g, 2.26 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (11 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (0.47 g, 3.39 mmol) and1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-amine (0.40 g, 2.26 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, after which more1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-amine (0.30 g, 1.70 mmol) was added. Thereaction mixture was then heated to 50° C. for 2 h. After cooling toambient temperature, the mixture was diluted with brine (50 mL) andextracted with diethyl ether (5×50 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 20 to100% of ethyl acetate in heptane, afforded the title compound as acolorless solid (1.02 g, 72% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 629.2 (M+1), 631.3(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 224, Step 6 and makingnon-critical variations to(S)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-4-((1-((6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamidewith tert-butyl((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a brown solid (0.45 g, 50% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 565.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.45 g, 0.80 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (8 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.61 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 16 h, and then concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was triturated with methanol (2 mL) and filtered. Concentrationof the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue byreverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile in water(containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid) provided the title compound asa colorless solid (0.050 g, 11% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.29(d, J=0.5 Hz, 1H), 10.80-10.59 (m, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.48-7.43 (m, 5H), 6.91 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.96-5.91 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.40(m, 2H), 4.26-4.21 (m, 4H), 1.96 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 3H), 1.54 (d, J=4.9 Hz,3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 465.2 (M+1).

Example 234 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-phenethylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 5, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde with 2-phenylacetaldehyde, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.12 g, 41% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.13 (br s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd,J=8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.78 (d,J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.61 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 2H),2.60-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.67 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z:478.0 (M+1), 480.0 (M+1).

Example 235 Synthesis of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.20 g, 0.41 mmol) and 3-fluorobenzaldehyde(0.087 mL, 0.82 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) andN,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.173 g, 0.82 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h. After addition of 2 M sodium hydroxide (3 mL) andbrine (3 mL), the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 mL). Theaqueous layer was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (5 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×5 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with saturated ammonium chloride (2 mL), brine (3 mL), dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtratein vacuo afforded a residue which was purified by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% ofethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, to provide the titlecompound as a colorless foam (0.18 g, 91% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 483.2(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(3-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.152 g, 0.32 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (1.5 mL) and trifluoroaceticacid (3.0 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.208 g, 0.98mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature forthree days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressureand the residue purified by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes. Additional purification bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrilein water containing 0.5% of formic acid, afforded the title compound asa colorless solid (0.034 g, 20% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.89(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 0.9H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.03 (m, 3H),6.93 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=13.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.91 (m,1H), 3.63 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.53 (m,6H), 2.38-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.85-1.72 (m, 1H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 497.3 (M+1).

Example 236 Synthesis of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 235, Step 3 to 4, andmaking non-critical variations as required to replace3-fluorobenzaldehyde with 2-fluorobenzaldehyde, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.043 g, 28% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1.3H), 7.41 (td, J=7.6, 1.8Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),6.71 (dd, J=13.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.66 (d, J=13.7 Hz,1H), 3.61 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.56 (m, 6H), 2.43-2.33 (m, 1H),2.08-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.71 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 497.4 (M+1).

Example 237 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-(2,3-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 235, Step 3 to 4, andmaking non-critical variations as required to replace3-fluorobenzaldehyde with 2,3-difluorobenzaldehyde, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless solid (0.046 g, 29% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 0.6H), 7.35-7.16 (m, 3H),6.92 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=13.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.90 (m,1H), 3.68 (dd, J=13.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (dd, J=13.5, 1.1 Hz, 1H),2.74-2.54 (m, 6H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.82-1.70 (m,1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 515.3 (M+1).

Example 238 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.821 g,2.0 mmol) and 1-benzyl-4-hydroxypiperidine (0.383 g, 2.0 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added a 60% dispersion ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.088 g, 2.2 mmol) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 4 h.After addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (15 mL), themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic phase waswashed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over anhydroussodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuoprovided a residue. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate(containing 10% isopropanol and 10% triethylamine) in hexanes, affordedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.850 g, 73% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 582.5 (M+1), 584.4 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.150 g, 0.26 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 16 h. Concentration in vacuo and trituration of the residue indiethyl ether (15 mL) provided the title compound as a colorless solid(0.115 g, 92% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.10 (br s, 1H),10.00 (br s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),7.57-7.44 (m, 6H), 7.08 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.36 (s,2H), 3.58-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.25-1.79 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 482.3 (M+1),484.3 (M+1).

Example 239 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.70 g, 1.2 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.359 g, 6.0 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added potassium phosphate tribasic(1.27 g, 6.0 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine tetrafluoroborate (0.177 g,0.48 mmol) and palladium acetate (0.054 g, 0.24 mmol), and the mixturewas degassed by passing a stream of nitrogen through it for 15 minutes.The resulting mixture was heated to 90-100° C. for 24 h. After coolingto ambient temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50mL) and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filter pad was washed withethyl acetate (50 mL) and the combined filtrate concentrated in vacuo.The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), andtrifluoroacetic acid (6 mL)) was added to it. The reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 6 h and then concentrated in vacuo.Purification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 100% of ethyl acetate (containing 10% isopropanol and10% triethylamine) in hexanes, afforded the title compound as anoff-white solid (0.248 g, 45% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.82(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=8.6, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.05(d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s,2H), 2.76 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.09(s, 3H), 1.93-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 4.5H),NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 462.3 (M+1).

Example 240 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution(S)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.40 g, 0.82 mmol) and 2,5-difluorobenzaldehyde(0.23 g, 1.64 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) andanhydrous dichloromethane (8 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.34 g, 1.62 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then quenched by additionof 2 M sodium hydroxide (10 mL) and brine (30 mL). The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL). The combined organic fractionswere washed with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% ofethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, to afford the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.27 g, 66% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 501.2(M+H).

Step 2.(S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 103, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.095 g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.48 (s, 1H), 10.90(s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.40 (td, J=6.4, 1.5Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 4.44-4.41 (m,2H), 4.31-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.43 (m, 3H), 2.74-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.00(m, 6H); MS (ES+) m/z 515.3 (M+H).

Example 241 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.180 g, 0.293 mmol) in formic acid (2 mL) was added paraformaldehyde(2.18 g, 26.86 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 90° C. for12 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue byreverse-phase preparative HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 20-80% ofacetonitrile in water (containing 0.05% of ammonium hydroxide), affordedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.015 g, 15% yield): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.90 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=2.0, 8.6 Hz, 1H),7.33-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 5H), 2.68-2.61 (m, 1H),2.59-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H),NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 477.0 (M+1)

Example 242 Synthesis of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (S)-1-phenylpropan-1-amine, the title compound was obtained as ayellow syrup (1.42 g, 58% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 305.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, the title compoundwas obtained as a light yellow syrup (0.76 g, 74% yield): MS (ES+) m/z219.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (29.0 g, 93.3mmol), (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanol (19.6 g, 117 mmol) andtri-n-butylphosphine (28.3 g, 140 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran(300 mL) was added a solution of 1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (35.3g, 140 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and then heated to 60° C. for 10h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with water (500 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×400mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10-20% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (19.0 g, 44% yield): ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.58 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.17(m, 2H), 7.04 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.43-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.79(s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 461.0 (M+1), 463.0 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine(0.20 g, 0.92 mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.41 g, 0.88 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.80 mL, 4.6 mmol). The solution was heatedto 80° C. for 22 h, then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted withethyl acetate (150 mL). The mixture was washed with saturated aqueousammonium chloride (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a 0-30% gradient ofethyl acetate (containing 10% of triethylamine and 10% of isopropanol)in hexanes, to afford the title compound as a light yellow syrup (0.26g, 44% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.54 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d,J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.22 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.34 (m, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H),4.24-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.01-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.85(s, 3H), 3.60-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 2H),1.75-1.65 (m, 1H), 0.70 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 659.3 (M+1),661.3 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.26 g, 0.39 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (3 mL). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 h,then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a 0-10% gradient of methanol indichloromethane, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid(0.052 g, 26% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.26 (br s, 1H), 8.88(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.04-7.00(m, 2H), 4.18-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.77(s, 3H), 2.47-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 1H),1.93-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.55 (m, 1H), 0.61 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 509.1 (M+1), 511.1 (M+1).

Example 243 Synthesis of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (R)-1-phenylpropan-1-amine, the title compound was obtained as ayellow solid (1.65 g, 68% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 305.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, the title compoundwas obtained as a light yellow oil (0.96 g, 81% yield): MS (ES+) m/z219.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)—N-methyl-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine, the titlecompound was obtained as a yellow syrup (0.29 g, 48% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.26(m, 5H), 7.23 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=12.2Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.35 (m, 2H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.26-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.01 (dd, J=3.9, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.84 (dd,J=4.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.66-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.35 (q, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),1.96-1.65 (m, 4H), 0.70 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 659.2 (M+1),661.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.10 g, 47%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.39 (br s, 1H), 8.92-8.89 (m, 1H),7.78-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.06 (m,1H), 4.48-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.83(m, 1H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.22-1.88 (m, 4H), 0.62 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H);MS (ES+) m/z 509.1 (M+1), 511.1 (M+1).

Example 244 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-(1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of (S)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)butane-1,4-diyldimethanesulfonate (2.19 g, 6.05 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide(12 mL) was added 1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutan-1-amine (1.00 g, 6.05mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.30 mL, 24.21 mmol) and theresulting solution was heated to 50° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixturewas then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with saturatedammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound ascolorless oil (2.0 g, 99% yield), which and used without furtherpurification: MS (ES+) m/z 335.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-(1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate (2.00 g,5.98 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added a 1 M solutionof lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (12.10 mL, 12.10 mmol),and the resulting solution was heated to reflux for 3 h and then stirredat ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C., quenched by addition of 1 M sodium hydroxide (50 mL) and extractedwith diethyl ether (3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washedwith water (25 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the titlecompound as a colorless oil (0.72 g, 48% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 249.1(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.72 g,2.91 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.70 mL, 9.72 mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.12 g, 2.43 mmol) and the resulting solution was heated to 70° C. for16 h. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 10 to 100% of ethyl acetate in heptane, toprovide the title compound as a pale yellow oil (0.20 g, 10% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),7.21-7.02 (m, 6H), 6.70 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (td, J=6.7, 2.3 Hz,2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.11-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.67 (m, 6H), 2.89-2.79 (m,4H), 2.45-2.39 (m, 5H), 2.23-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.80(m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 689.3 (M+1), 691.3 (M+1).

Step 4.(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-(2-fluorophenyl)cyclobutyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.20 g, 0.29 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.22 mL, 2.90 mmol). The resulting solution washeated to reflux for 3 h, and then concentrated in vacuo. Purificationof the residue by reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid, provided the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.033 g, 19% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.31-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.02 (m, 5H), 4.05-4.02 (m, 1H), 2.76 (s, 3H),2.70-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.26 (m, 5H), 2.13-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.69 (m,2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 537.2 (M+1), 539.2 (M+1).

Example 245 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-((2,5-dimethyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-(2,5-dimethyloxazole-4-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.25 g, 0.50 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added2,5-dimethyloxazole-4-carboxylic acid (0.105 g, 0.75 mmol),N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.286 g,1.50 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.244 g, 2.0 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. The mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (2×20 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to60% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the title compound as acolorless solid (0.20 g, 65% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 614.4 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-((2,5-dimethyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-(2,5-dimethyloxazole-4-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.15 g, 0.24 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added a 1 Msolution of lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (1.22 mL, 1.22mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. foranother 15 minutes and then quenched by slow addition of sodium sulfatedecahydrate (1.22 g). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for4 h, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0-8% of methanol in dichloromethane, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.055 g, 38% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 600.2(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-((2,5-dimethyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-((2,5-dimethyloxazol-4-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.055 g, 0.091 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 1 h and then concentrated in vacuo. Purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% ofmethanol in dichloromethane, afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.039 g, 89% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 480.2 (M+1).

Example 246 Synthesis of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-amine, the title compound was obtainedas a brown syrup (1.44 g, 58% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 303.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a brown oil (0.86 g, 83% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 217.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine, thetitle compound was obtained as a light brown syrup (0.28 g, 47% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.68 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H),6.40-6.34 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.28-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.10-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.78 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.53 (m, 4H),2.17-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.84 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 657.3 (M+1), 659.3(M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((R)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.21 g, 79%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.39 (br s, 1H), 10.39 (br s, 0.5H),10.20 (br s, 0.5H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),7.65-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.18 (m,1H), 7.08 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.42 (m, 0.5H),4.33-4.22 (m, 0.5H), 3.62-3.46 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.84 (m,1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.21-1.99 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z507.1 (M+1), 509.1 (M+1).

Example 247 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (110.00 g, 549.3 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1000 mL) was added a 1 M solution oflithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (659 mL, 659 mmol)at −78° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 5° C., stirred for 30minutes, and cooled −78° C. To it was then added a solution of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (162.8 g, 659 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 12 h, and thenquenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride (200 mL). Themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1000 mL), washed with brine(3×1000 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residue inmethanol (300 mL) provided the title compound as colorless solid (75.0g, 33% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ9.14 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.09 (m, 1H),8.03 (s, 1H), 7.66 (br t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z432.8 (M+23), 434.8 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 107, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (2.83 g, 87% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 311.0 (M+1), 313.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (2.83 g, 9.11mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL) was added sodiumbicarbonate (3.87 g, 46.1 mmol) and 1-(chloromethyl)-4-methoxybenzene(1.35 mL, 9.96 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 1 h, thencooled and filtered. The filtrate was purified by column chromatography,eluting with a 0-30% gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes, to afford thetitle compound as a colorless solid (3.08 g, 78% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (ddd, J=5.8, 7.4, 9.0 Hz,1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (ddd, J=1.7, 7.6,9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.77 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z431.1 (M+1), 433.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-chloro-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.48 g, 1.12 mmol) and(S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.25g, 1.16 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.80 mL, 4.6 mmol). The solution was heatedto 80° C. for 21 h, then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted withethyl acetate (150 mL). The mixture was washed with saturated aqueousammonium chloride (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a 0-50% gradient ofethyl acetate (containing 10% of triethylamine and 10% of isopropanol)in hexanes to afford the title compound as a light yellow syrup (0.23 g,32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.55 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd,J=7.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 6H), 6.81-6.76 (m,2H), 6.72 (dd, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.26 (m, 1H),4.24-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.09-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 7H),2.71-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.82 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z627.3 (M+1), 629.3 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of3-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.11 g, 0.17 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (10 mL). The solution was heated to reflux for 6 h, then allowed tocool to ambient temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a 0-10% gradient ofmethanol in dichloromethane, to afford the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.091 g, 87% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.42 (br s,1H), 10.55 (br s, 0.5H), 10.20 (br s, 0.5H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.72-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.09 (m,1H), 7.06 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.24 (m, 1H),3.87-3.42 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.93-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.36 (m,2H), 2.21-1.98 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 507.1 (M+1), 509.1 (M+1).

Example 248 Synthesis of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propan-1-amine hydrochloride, the titlecompound was obtained as a yellow syrup (1.12 g, 68% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 339.3 (M+1), 341.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a light yellow oil (0.63 g, 78% yield):MS (ES+) m/z 253.3 (M+1), 255.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-1-((S)-1-(2-chlorophenyl)propyl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.56 g,2.20 mmol) and5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.98 g, 2.12 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.4 mL, 7.7 mmol). The solution was heated to80° C. for 22 h, then cooled to ambient temperature and diluted withethyl acetate (150 mL). The mixture was washed with saturated aqueousammonium chloride (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspartially purified by column chromatography, eluting with a 0-30%gradient of ethyl acetate (containing 10% of triethylamine and 10% ofisopropanol) in hexanes. The partially purified compound was dissolvedin dichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (30 mL) and heatedto reflux. After 5 minutes, the mixture was allowed to cool to ambienttemperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified byreverse-phase preparative HPLC, eluting with a 20-80% gradient ofacetonitrile in water (containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) to affordthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.047 g, 33% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.42-11.36 (m, 1H), 10.79 (br s, 0.5H), 10.53 (brs, 0.5H), 8.92-8.89 (m, 1H), 7.78-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.05 (m, 2H),4.94-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.33 (m,1H), 3.14-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.67 (m, 3H), 2.30-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.63 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 543.1 (M+1), 545.1 (M+1).

Example 249 Synthesis of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith (S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-amine, the title compound was obtainedas a brown syrup (1.39 g, 58% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 303.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a brown oil (0.84 g, 85% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 217.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine, thetitle compound was obtained as a light brown syrup (0.33 g, 55% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 5H), 6.70 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H),6.40-6.34 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.15 (m, 1H),3.77 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.09-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.74 (m, 7H),2.67-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.80 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z657.3 (M+1), 659.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 242, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylpropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-4-(((S)-1-((S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.23 g, 74%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.40 (br s, 1H), 10.43 (br s,0.5H), 10.10 (br s, 0.5H), 8.92 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.65-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d,J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.97-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.43 (m,0.5H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 0.5H), 3.86-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.27-3.04 (m, 2H),2.94-2.72 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.04 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z507.1 (M+1), 509.1 (M+1).

Example 250 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 62, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)—N-methyl-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine and purification bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.045 g, 8% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.17-11.07 (br s, 1H), 10.56-10.24 (br s, 1H),8.94-8.87 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.42 (m,5H), 7.37-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.45(m, 1H), 3.35-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.64 (m, 3H),2.35-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.54 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 477.1 (M+1), 479.1(M+1).

Example 251 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(methyl((S)-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 62, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)—N-methyl-1-((R)-1-phenylethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine and purification bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.018 g, 3% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.15-11.12 (m, 1H), 10.35-10.19 (m, 1H), 8.92-8.89(m, 1H), 7.84-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 5H),7.34-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.08 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.39 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.15 (m,1H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.07-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.08(m, 2H), 1.64-1.57 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 477.1 (M+1), 479.1 (M+1).

Example 252 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-chlorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with2-chlorobenzaldehyde and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC,eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.060 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.51(br s, 2H), 8.53-8.47 (m, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m,2H), 7.61-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.57(s, 2H), 4.37-4.34 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 3H), 2.77(s, 3H), 2.15-2.12 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 498.0 (M+1), 500.0 (M+1).

Example 253 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 62, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with tert-butyl(S)-3-(methylamino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate and purification by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, the title compound was obtained as a beige solid (0.92 g, 49%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 473.0 (M+1), 475.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.92 g, 1.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (15 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes.Concentration in vacuo afforded the title compound as beige foam (0.94g, quantitative yield): 373.0 (M+1), 375.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.36 g, 0.75 mmol) and3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (0.023 g, 1.50 mmol) in1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) and N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was addedsodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.32 g, 1.50 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred for 5 h at ambient temperature and then diluted with ethylacetate (60 mL). The mixture was washed with saturated ammonium chloride(2×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% of methanol(containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane. Additionalpurification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 10 to 55% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of formic acid,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.050 g, 12% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.56 (s, 2H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44(m, 4H), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t, J=55.9Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.70 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (d, J=13.3 Hz,1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.60 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.33(m, 1H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.73 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 513.1 (M+1),515.0 (M+1).

Example 254 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde with 5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.080 g, 19% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.62 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd,J=6.3, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, J=8.7, 4.5, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.55 (m, 2H),2.74 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 3H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 1H),1.83-1.71 (m, 1H), COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 515.0 (M+1), 517.0(M+1).

Example 255 Synthesis of4-((1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.56 g, 1.42mmol) and 1-benzyl-3-methylazetidin-3-amine (0.25 g, 1.42 mmol) inanhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (3 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.39g, 2.84 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. under nitrogenfor 18 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The mixture waswashed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 18 h at ambienttemperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 8 to 60% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, to affordthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.035 g, 4% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.72 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd,J=8.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 5H), 7.04 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.47-6.39 (m,1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.38-4.28 (m, 4H), 1.67 (s, 3H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 449.1 (M+1), 451.0 (M+1).

Example 256 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 57, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol with tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate andpurification by trituration with diethyl ether (25 mL), the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (2.01 g, 83% yield): MS (ES−)m/z 498.4 (M−1), 500.4 (M−1).

Step 2. Preparation of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(1R,3s,5S)-3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (2.06 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 400.2 (M+1), 402.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for 257, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate, and purification by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 15% of methanol (containing 0.1% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, the title compound was obtainedas a colorless solid (0.12 g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.94 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.67(m, 3H), 7.54 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25-6.88 (m,2H), 4.97-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.12(m, 4H), 1.99-1.91 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 540.1 (M+1), 542.1 (M+1).

Example 257 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.38 g, 0.82 mmol) and(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine (0.18 g, 0.82mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (6 mL) was added cesium carbonate(0.53 g, 1.64 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h atambient temperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL). Themixture was washed with water (50 mL), saturated ammonium chloride (50mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which wasdissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) wasadded to it. The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at ambienttemperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was trituratedin methanol (20 mL). Filtration and concentration of the filtrate invacuo provided a residue which was dissolved in ethyl acetate (25 mL).The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (2×25mL), brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residuewas purified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 7 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of formic acid,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.020 g, 4% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.82 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.17 (m, 1H), 7.66(d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.17 (m,1H), 7.03 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 1H),2.77 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.92 (m, 1H),1.79-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.34 (s, 6H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z509.2 (M+1), 511.2 (M+1).

Example 258 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (2.53 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 377.2 (M+1), 379.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate and purification by preparative reverse-phaseHPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.1% of formic acid, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.140 g, 22% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.22 (m,5H), 6.95 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (dd, J=7.1,1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 2.80 (dd, J=9.4, 6.9 Hz,1H), 2.71-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.70(m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 467.2 (M+1), 469.2(M+1).

Example 259 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-(1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-1-phenylethan-1-aminewith 1-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine and purification by trituration withethyl acetate (35 mL), the title compound was obtained as a colorlessoil (2.73 g, 65% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 303.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-methyl-1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl(S)-(1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless oil (1.36 g, 70% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 217.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 257 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)—N-methyl-1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine, and purificationby preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60%of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.045 g, 7% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.73 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H),7.64 (dt, J=5.3, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.02 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.41(m, 2H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 3H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.55 (m, 2H),1.31-1.27 (m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 507.3 (M+1),509.3 (M+1).

Example 260 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-4-(methyl(1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 257 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.34 g, 54% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz,1H), 7.78 (q, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.07(d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (dd, J=7.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (dd, J=7.9, 2.4Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.35 (m, 1H),3.29-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.18-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 6H),NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 521.3 (M+1), 523.3 (M+1).

Example 261 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 101, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate with tert-butyl(R)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate, the title compound was obtained asa colorless foam (2.04 g, 68% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.81 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d,J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 5.05-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.76 (m, 1H),3.57-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.98 (m,1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES−) m/z 575.4 (M−1), 577.4 (M−1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(R)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (0.51 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 377.2 (M+1), 379.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate and purification by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% ofethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless solid (0.35 g, 75% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.11 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.75(d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H), 6.14-6.11 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 2H),2.80 (dd, J=9.4, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.71-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.40 (m, 2H),2.27-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.70 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 467.2 (M+1), 469.2(M+1).

Example 262 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 101, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(R)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (0.47 g, 33% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.82 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 1H),3.63-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.10 (dd, J=7.8, 5.1Hz, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 467.2 (M+23), 469.2(M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(R)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (0.32 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 391.2 (M+1), 393.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 29, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate with(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate and purification by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% ofethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless solid (0.14 g, 29% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.28 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.6 Hz,1H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.64 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (d,J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.38-2.30 (m, 1H),2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.74 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 481.2 (M+1), 483.2(M+1).

Example 263 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(ethyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.67 g, 2.89 mmol) and iodoethane (0.70 mL, 8.67 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (12 mL) was added a 60% dispersion of sodiumhydride in mineral oil (0.35 g, 8.67 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h. Afterquench with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The organic layer was washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 25 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless foam (1.23 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.83 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 2H),3.37-3.18 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H),1.39 (s, 9H), 1.03-0.98 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 627.4 (M+23), 629.4(M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 253, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(ethyl)amino)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless foam (1.05 g,quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 405.2 (M+1), 407.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-5-chloro-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.55 g, 1.06 mmol) and benzaldehyde (0.22 mL,2.12 mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.45 g, 2.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 3 h, and then quenched by addition of 2 M sodiumhydroxide (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL).The organic layer was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL),brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60%of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in hexanes. The purified compound was then dissolved inethanol (10 mL) containing 0.1% formic acid, filtered, and concentratedin vacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.23 g, 40%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s,1H), 7.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 5H), 7.02 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),4.19-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H),3.41-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.65 (dd, J=10.0, 5.6 Hz, 1H),2.57-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 1H), 0.84 (t, J=7.0Hz, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 495.1 (M+1), 497.1(M+1).

Example 264 Synthesis of(S)-4-((5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 257 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-amine hydrochloride, andpurification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 10 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroaceticacid, the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.060 g, 22%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.17 (s, 1H), 10.71 (s, 0.5H), 10.24(s, 0.5H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m,5H), 7.00 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.71 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.46 (m, 0.5H),6.20-6.14 (m, 0.5H), 4.52-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.54 (m,1H), 3.42-3.28 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.69 (m, 4H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z493.2 (M+1), 495.2 (M+1).

Example 265 Synthesis of(S)-4-((5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-(5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of (S)-5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-amine hydrochloride(0.70 g, 2.55 mmol) and 2 M sodium hydroxide (25.5 mmol, 12.75 mL) intetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.11 g,5.10 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambienttemperature, stirred for 18 h, and then diluted with ethyl acetate (85mL). The mixture was washed with water (50 mL), brine (2×50 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes,afforded the title compound as a colorless oil (0.74 g, 96% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.35-7.31 (m, 5H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 1H), 3.83 (ddd,J=9.1, 6.0, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.92 (dd, J=9.6, 5.9 Hz,1H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.35 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 0.82-0.73(m, 2H), 0.60 (ddd, J=9.3, 5.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 0.46 (ddd, J=9.5, 5.7, 3.9Hz, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 303.4 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-benzyl-N-methyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-amine

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 42, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((S)-1-((S)-1-phenylethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl(S)-(5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)carbamate, the title compoundwas obtained as a colorless oil (0.52 g, 98% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 217.3(M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((5-benzyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 257 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)—N-methyl-1-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-5-benzyl-N-methyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-7-amine, and purification bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, the titlecompound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.15 g, 3% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.37 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.21(d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.10(m, 1H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.42 (m, 1H),3.03-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.71 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 507.2(M+1), 509.2 (M+1).

Example 266 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of (S)—N-(3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide

To (S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide (1.0 g, 4.3 mmol)and 10% Pd/C (0.46 mg) was added methanol (10 mL) and the mixture washeated to 40° C. under an atmosphere of hydrogen (50 psi) for 24 h.After cooling the ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was filteredand the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titlecompound as colorless oil (0.600 g, 98% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ5.67 (s, 1H), 3.22 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (ddd, J=11.2, 8.0, 5.9 Hz,1H), 2.94 (ddd, J=11.2, 8.2, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 2.21(br s, 1H), 2.19-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.76 (ddd, J=13.1, 8.2, 5.9Hz, 1H), 1.46 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N-(1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide

To a solution of (S)—N-(3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide (0.240 g, 1.6mmol) and 2-fluoro-5-methyl-benzaldehyde (0.233 g, 1.6 mmol) indichloromethane (2 mL) was added acetic acid (0.101 g, 1.6 mmol),followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxy borohydride (0.358 g, 1.6mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h.Water (10 mL) was added to it, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(3×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby reverse phase column chromatography, eluting with a gradient ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide, affordedthe title compound as a colorless oil (0.200 g, 0.757 mmol): ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.45 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.06 (m,2H), 3.76 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.05 (dt, J=10.2, 4.4Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.70 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.98(td, J=13.6, 8.8 13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 265.1 (M+1)

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 226, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations to replace(S)—N-(1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide with(S)—N-(1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)acetamide,the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil (0.135 g, 80% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.89(m, 1H), 3.72-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dt, J=8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.38 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.86(ddd, J=13.2, 8.4, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 3H), NH notobserved.

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 225, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations to replace(R)-1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine with(S)-1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine, the titlecompound was obtained as a yellow solid (0.150 g, 41% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 595.1 (M+1), 597.1 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 225, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations to replace tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamatewith tert-butyl(S)-((3-chloro-4-((1-(2-fluoro-5-methylbenzyl)-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.052 g, 41%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.87 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s,0.4H), 7.66 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.18(m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.00 (m, 1H),6.96 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 3.67-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.84 (d, J=9.8Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.07(m, 1H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H), NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 495.0 (M+1), 497.0 (M+1).

Example 267 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 102, Step 6 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with6-methylpicolinaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.26 g, 67% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (dd, J=13.3, 1.4 Hz, 1H),4.32-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (d, J=13.9 Hz, 1H),2.90-2.75 (m, 5H), 2.66 (dd, J=9.9, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.46-2.34 (m, 4H),2.18-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.77 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z514.2 (M+1), 516.2 (M+1).

Example 268 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-ol (0.87 g, 4.66 mmol) andtert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (2.00g, 4.66 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added a 60%dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.19 g, 4.66 mmol) at 0° C.The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture was then quenched by addition of water (20 mL)and extracted with ethyl acetate (80 mL). The organic layer was washedwith saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (2×50 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanoland 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes afforded the title compoundas a colorless foam (0.97 g, 36% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.82(d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.29(m, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J=11.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.94-4.88 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.69 (m,2H), 3.11 (dd, J=10.8, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.68 (m,1H), 2.47-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z586.4 (M+1), 588.4 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

To tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.19 g, 0.32 mmol) was added 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (10 mL).The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 h at and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with ethanol (20 mL) and3 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (0.3 mL). The mixture was filtered and thefiltrate concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as colorlesssolid (0.15 g, 89% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.82-8.75 (m, 1H),7.62-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.10-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.39-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.48 (m,2H), 3.76-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.53-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.75 (m, 0.5H),2.52-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 0.5H), HCl and NH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 486.1 (M+1), 488.1 (M+1).

Example 269 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.97 g, 1.66 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.99 g, 16.60 mmol), andpotassium phosphate (1.76 g, 8.30 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (20 mL) wasadded palladium acetate (0.075 g, 0.33 mmol) andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.25 g, 0.66 mmol). Theresulting mixture was degasses and heated to reflux for 6 h. Aftercooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (50 mL) and saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), and filtered.The organic layer of the filtrate was washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (30 mL), brine (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in hexanes provided a residue, which was treated with ethanol(10 mL) and 3 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (0.3 mL). Filtration andconcentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the title compound as acolorless solid (0.30 g, 36% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.03(s, 0.5H), 11.85 (s, 0.5H), 11.50 (s, 0.5H), 11.46 (s, 0.5H), 8.91 (dd,J=5.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.42 (ddd, J=7.8, 5.5, 2.4 Hz,3H), 7.04-6.99 (m, 2H), 5.28-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.35 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.86(m, 0.5H), 3.59-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.19 (m, 1.5H), 2.68-2.56 (m, 0.5H),2.35-2.09 (m, 1.5H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 466.1 (M+1).

Example 270 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of2,4-difluoro-5-formyl-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of5-bromo-2,4-difluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(2.73 g, 5.74 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) was added a 1.3M solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride lithium chloride complex intetrahydrofuran (5.74 mL, 7.47 mmol) at −42° C. The reaction mixture wasstirred at −42° C. for 1 h and then N,N-dimethylformamide (1.11 mL,14.35 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature and stirred for 3 h. After quench with saturatedammonium chloride (60 mL), the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate(80 mL). The organic layer washed with saturated ammonium chloride (60mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of ethylacetate in hexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(1.07 g, 44% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.05 (t, J=9.5Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z425.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-2-formyl-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of2,4-difluoro-5-formyl-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.07 g, 2.52 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (20 mL) was addedtert-butyl (S)-3-(methylamino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.01 g, 5.04mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 30 minutes. Aftercooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (80 mL). The organic layer washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the titlecompound as a beige oil (1.45 g, 95% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ9.89 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.21(m, 3H), 6.81-6.71 (m, 3H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.64-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.12 (m,2H), 1.72-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 605.5 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-(difluoromethyl)-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-2-formyl-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.45 g, 2.40 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was addeddiethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.63 mL, 4.80 mmol) at 0° C. The mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and then at ambient temperature for 18 h.The reaction mixture was poured into ice cold saturated sodiumbicarbonate (300 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (110 mL). Theorganic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (100 mL),saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10 to 45% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (1.00 g, 66% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.57 (d, J=0.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m,3H), 6.97 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.66 (m, 3H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.73-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s,3H), 2.04-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.89 (dq, J=12.6, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H); MS(ES+) m/z 627.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-(difluoromethyl)-5-fluoro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.00 g, 1.60 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 5 h.After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was concentrated invacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) andN,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL). To this mixture was then addedbenzaldehyde (0.33 mL, 3.2 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.68g, 3.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 18 h, and then quenched by addition of 2 M sodium hydroxide (30 mL).The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layerwas washed with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo provided a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in hexanes.Additional purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting witha gradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% offormic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.045 g,5% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.86 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s,1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.16 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H),7.09 (t, J=54.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.99-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.64(d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.74-2.66 (m,1H), 2.60 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H),1.81-1.69 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 497.2 (M+1).

Example 271 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (2.46 g,6.00 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added(R)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.20 g, 6.81 mmol) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred for18 h. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and the resultingprecipitate was filtered off and rinsed with water (50 mL) to afford thetitle compound as a grey solid (3.10 g, 91% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd,J=2.3, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 5H), 6.36 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H),5.31-5.28 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 1H),2.85-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.35 (m,1H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 567.4 (M+1), 569.4(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 269 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamatewith tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,afforded 0.68 g of 4:1 a mixture of tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(MS (ES+) m/z 547.4 (M+1)) and the title compound. An aliquot of themixture (0.10 g) was stirred in formic acid (10 mL) for 30 minutes andthen purified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formic acid, toafford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.070 g): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.85 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 5H),7.25 (dtd, J=8.1, 5.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d,J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 5.78-5.74 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.87(dd, J=9.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.69-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.16(m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.79-1.68 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 447.1 (M+1).

Example 272 Synthesis of(R)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 103, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith tert-butyl(R)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,and purification by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in hexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.37 g, 76% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.09 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 4H), 7.23(ddd, J=8.5, 5.3, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=12.8Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (d, J=13.0 Hz,1H), 2.70-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.57 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (q, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),2.19 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.69 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 461.3(M+1).

Example 273 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 268, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate, affordedthe title compound as a colorless solid (2.35 g, 63% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.81 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd,J=2.3, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 5H), 6.66 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H),4.92-4.86 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.71 (m,3H), 2.40 (dq, J=14.0, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 101, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (1.16 g, 51%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 461.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(1.30 g, 2.37 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 1 h and then concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue bypreparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 7 to 50% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, affordedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.22 g, 17% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.02-10.97 (m, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=1.8 Hz,1H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d,J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 5.24-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.37 (m, 2H),4.29-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.05 (m,4H); MS (ES+) m/z 448.3 (M+1).

Example 274 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 268, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (1.15 g, 53% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.82 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.37-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.32 (ddd, J=8.0, 3.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (dd, J=11.9,1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.89 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.12 (m, 1H),2.87-2.75 (m, 3H), 2.47-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H);MS (ES+) m/z 630.4 (M+1), 632.4 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 273, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamatewith tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formicacid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.045 g, 49%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s,1H), 7.35-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=12.7, 1.8 Hz,1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.03 (m, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H),3.62 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (dd, J=11.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.75-2.66 (m,2H), 2.47-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.75 (m, 1H); NH and COOH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 530.1 (M+1), 532.1 (M+1).

Example 275 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-vinylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(1.00 g, 1.59 mmol), vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (0.81 mL, 4.77mmol), and potassium phosphate (1.69 g, 7.95 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane(24 mL) was added palladium acetate (0.071 g, 0.32 mmol) andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.24 g, 0.64 mmol). Theresulting mixture was degassed with nitrogen and then heated to refluxfor 4 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. To itwas then added 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate (3 mL, 6.00 mmol),vinylboronic acid pinacol ester (0.81 mL, 4.77 mmol), andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.37 g, 0.32 mmol) and thereaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 h. After cooling to ambienttemperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (80mL). The mixture was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×60 mL),brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which waspurified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 65%of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 0.1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in hexanes. Additional purification by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.75 g, 80% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.53 (s, 1H), 10.90 (s, 1H), 8.92 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),7.57-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd,J=18.0, 11.8 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.60-5.55 (m, 1H),5.29-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.40 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.12 (m,2H); MS (ES+) m/z 478.2 (M+1).

Example 276 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-3-ethyl-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-vinylbenzenesulfonamide(0.37 g, 0.77 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) wasadded 10% palladium on carbon (0.20 g) and the mixture was stirred underan atmosphere of hydrogen (1 bar) for 4 h. Filtration through a pad ofCelite and concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residue.Purification of the residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, elutingwith a gradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.15 g, 32% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.47 (s, 1H), 11.25(s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.05-7.00 (m, 2H),5.28-5.21 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.38 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.51 (m, 4H), 2.56-2.51 (m,2H), 2.35-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.08-0.90 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 480.3 (M+1).

Example 277 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl isothiazol-3-ylcarbamate

To a slurry of isothiazole-3-carboxylic acid (5.0 g, 38.7 mmol) intert-butanol (194 mL) was added triethylamine (4.3 g, 42.6 mmol)followed by diphenylphosphoryl azide (11.9 g, 43.3 mmol). The reactionmixture was heated to reflux for 9 hours. Concentration under reducedpressure provided a residue which was dissolved in ethyl acetate (300mL). The organic layer was washed with water (100 mL), 1 N sodiumhydroxide solution (50 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (50 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, andthe filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% of ethylacetate in heptane, provided the title compound as a colorless solid(6.16 g, 79% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ9.03-8.98 (m, 1H), 8.58(d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 1.53 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl isothiazol-3-ylcarbamate (1.0 g, 5.0 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (13 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL, 5 mmol) at −78° C.The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 10 minutes, then allowedto warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 1 h. The reactionmixture was then cooled −78° C., and a solution of5-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.23 g, 5 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2.8 mL) was added to it. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h. Thereaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloridesolution (50 mL), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL), brine(50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the title compound as abrown solid (2.0 g, 97% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 311.0 (M+1), 313.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate (2.0g, 4.86 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (25 mL) was added(S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (1.06 g, 6.0 mmol) followed byN,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.23 g, 25 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated to 50° C. for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organiclayer was washed with water (3×50 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solution was filtered, and the filtrateconcentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a beige solid (2.6g, 94% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 567.0 (M+1), 569.0 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

A solution of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate(2.6 g, 4.58 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (53 mL) was sparged withargon for 10 minutes. To the solution was then added methylboronic acid(1.8 g, 30 mmol), potassium phosphate tribasic (3.18 g, 15 mmol),palladium acetate (0.112 g, 0.5 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (0.368 g, 1.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was spargedwith argon for 5 minutes and then heated to reflux for 12 h. Thereaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and filteredthrough a pad of Celite. The filter pad was washed with ethyl acetate(3×30 mL) and the combined organic layer was concentrated in vacuo.Purification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10 to 100% of ethyl acetate in heptane, afforded the titlecompound as a brown solid (0.91 g, 36% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 547.4 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate(0.91 g, 1.66 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (3.5 mL) was addedparaformaldehyde (0.150 g, 4.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredfor 10 minutes before sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.4 g, 6.64 mmol)was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at ambienttemperature and then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50mL). Sodium bicarbonate was carefully added until evolution of gasceased. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were washed with water(30 mL), brine (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residuewhich was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of5 to 50% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in heptane. Further purification by preparative The solid wasfurther purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC, using a gradient of5 to 95% of acetonitrile in water with 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid,provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.159 g, 21% yield):¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.86-11.73 (m, 1H), 10.37-10.04 (m, 1H),8.97-8.90 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.09-7.00 (m,1H), 6.99-6.94 (m, 1H), 4.46-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.57-3.07 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.56(m, 3H), 2.30-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.20-1.87 (m, 2H); ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ−74.1 (s, 3F), −112.2 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 461.2 (M+1).

Example 278 Synthesis of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 258, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benaldehyde withpicolinaldehyde, and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC,eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (0.125 g, 13% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 468.2 (M+1), 470.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-((1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.125 g, 0.21 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.16 g,2.7 mmol), and potassium phosphate (0.28 g, 1.30 mmol) in anhydrousdioxane (5 mL) was added palladium acetate (0.018 g, 0.08 mmol) andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.059 g, 0.16 mmol). Theresulting mixture was degassed by sparging with nitrogen and then heatedto reflux for 4 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture wasdiluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL).The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (10 mL), driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a grey solid (0.87g, 98% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 448.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 155, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(2-fluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-((1-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 8 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.009 g, 7% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.24 (s, 1H),10.54-10.43 (m, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.65 (ddd, J=0.9, 1.6, 4.8Hz, 1H), 7.92 (td, J=1.8, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44(m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.55 (m,2H), 4.17-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s,3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.04 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 462.2 (M+1).

Example 279 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride

To 4-bromo-1,3,5-trifluorobenzene (25 g, 0.118 mmol) was addedchlorosulfonic acid (24 mL) and the reaction mixture was was heated to80° C. for 72 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambienttemperature and very slowly added onto ice. The resulting solid wasfiltered off and dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL). The organicphase was washed with water (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of thefiltrate in vacou afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (28.6g, 78% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.06 (ddd, J=9.9, 7.8, 2.2 Hz,1H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl isothiazol-3-ylcarbamate (0.9 g, 4.49 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (12 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (4.94 mL, 4.94 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was stirred −78° C. for 10 minutes, allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The solution wasthen cooled to −78° C. and a solution of5-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.39 g, 4.49 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2.6 mL) was added to it. The reaction mixturewas allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 12 h, andquenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL).The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL),dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of ethyl acetate inheptane, afforded the title compound as a beige solid (1.08 g, 97%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.76 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=4.7Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, J=9.9, 7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 1.44-1.35 (m, 9H).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate(1.08 g, 2.28 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (12 mL) was added(S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.48 g, 2.74 mmol) followed byN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.59 g, 4.56 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated to 50° C. for 3 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL).The organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), anddried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo afforded a residue. Purification of the residue bycolumn chromatography, using a gradient of 5 to 60% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammonium hydroxide) in heptane,provided the title compound as a colorless solid (1.02 g, 71% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.75-8.71 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 6H), 6.26-6.20(m, 1H), 5.52-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.64 (m, 2H),2.97-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.34 (m,2H), 1.82-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.34 (s, 9H).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate(1.02 g, 1.62 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (16 mL) was addedmethylboronic acid (0.58 g, 9.7 mmol), potassium phosphate tribasic(1.03 g, 4.86 mmol), palladium acetate (0.036 g, 0.16 mmol), andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.119 g, 0.32 mmol). Theslurry was degassed by sparging with argon and then heated reflux for 16h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature andfiltered through a pad of Celite. The filter pad was washed with ethylacetate (3×30 mL), and the combined organic phase was concentrated invacuo. Purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 10% of methanol in dichloromethane, provided thetitle compound as a brown solid (0.89 g, 97% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 565.4(M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(isothiazol-3-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(isothiazol-3-yl)carbamate(0.89 g, 1.63 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) was addedparaformaldehyde (0.120 g, 4.26 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredfor 10 minutes before sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.92 g, 4.2 mmol)was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 1 h and subsequently diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water(50 mL). To the mixture was then added sodium bicarbonate until bubblingceased. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided aresidue which was purified by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 10% of methanol in dichloromethane. Furtherpurification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 5 to 95% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroaceticacid, provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.136 g, 14%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.09-11.96 (m, 1H), 10.36-9.94 (m,1H), 8.93 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.43 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),6.93-6.85 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.30-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.08 (m,2H), 2.77-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.07 (m, 5H); ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ −73.5(s, 3F), −108.1 (s, 1F), −111.5 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 479.1 (M+1).

Example 280 Synthesis of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-amino-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (3.0 g,7.3 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (37 mL) was added sodiumazide (0.570 g, 8.8 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 18 h. Water (50 mL) was added to the reactionmixture and the formed precipitate was collected by filtration. Theobtained solid was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (94 mL) and the mixturecooled to 0° C. Zinc dust (1.43 g, 21.8 mmol) and saturated ammoniumchloride solution (31 mL) were then added to the mixture. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 18 h,and then filtered through a pad of Celite. The filter pad was washedwith tetrahydrofuran (2×30 mL). The combined organic phase was washedwith brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (2.67 g, 90% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 408.2(M+1), 410.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one

To a mixture of (R)-1-phenylethan-1-amine (9.7 g, 80.4 mmol) in amixture of denatured ethanol (287 mL) and water (72 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (24.4 g, 176.8 mmol) and the mixture was heated toreflux. A solution of 1,1-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidin-1-ium iodide in water(75 mL) was added dropwise to the hot mixture over the course of 1 h.After complete addition, heating of the reaction mixture to reflux wascontinued for 3 h. The solution was then allowed cooled to ambienttemperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remainingaqueous mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (2×150 mL). Thecombined organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with diethyl ether as eluent,provided the title compound as a yellowish oil (10.5 g, 64% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.39-7.25 (m, 5H), 3.65 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1H),2.84-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.44 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 4H), 1.44 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of tert-butyl((4-amino-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.0g, 2.5 mmol) and (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one (0.55 g, 2.7 mmol)was added trifluoroacetic acid (4.2 mL). The mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 10 minutes, and then sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.74 g, 3.5 mmol) was added to it. The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutes, and thenparaformaldehyde (0.225 g, 7.5 mmol) was added to it, followed bytrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 10 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.06g, 5 mmol) was added to it. After stirring for another 30 minutes, thereaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (125 mL). The mixturewas washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residuewhich was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of10 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammoniumhydroxide) in heptane. Further purification by preparative reverse-phaseHPLC, eluting with a gradient of 5 to 95% of acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.5% of formic acid, provided the title compound as acolorless solid (0.195 g, 15% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ11.75-11.03 (m, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 0.45H), 7.68 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.10 (m, 1H),2.93-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.67 (m, 3H), 2.18-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.57 (m,4H), 1.37-1.33 (m, 3H), COOH not observed; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−110.1 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 509.1 (M+1), 511.0 (M+1).

Example 281 Synthesis of(R)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-amino-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((4-amino-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.0g, 2.46 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (25 mL) was added methylboronicacid (0.88 g, 15 mmol), potassium phosphate tribasic (1.66 g, 7.8 mmol),palladium acetate (0.55 g, 0.25 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (0.18 g, 0.49 mmol). The resulting slurry was degassedby sparging with argon and then heated to reflux for 18 h. The reactionmixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, diluted with ethylacetate (25 mL), and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filter padwas washed with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL) and the combined organic phasewas concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 20 to 100% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammonium hydroxide) in heptane,provided the title compound as a brown solid (0.496 g, 70% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 388.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(methyl(1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 280, Step 3, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((4-amino-5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl((4-amino-2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate, andpurification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 5 to 95% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroaceticacid, provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.074 g, 7%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.23-11.19 (m, 1H), 9.61-9.51 (m,1H), 8.90-8.85 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.03-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.43(m, 1H), 3.67-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.71 (m, 2H),2.63-2.57 (m, 3H), 2.20-2.14 (m, 3H), 2.13-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.70 (m,2H), 1.68-1.55 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) 489.1 m/z (M+1).

Example 282 Synthesis of(R)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-one (5.5 g, 27.1 mmol)in methanol (68 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.4 g, 37.9 mmol) andthe reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 minutes.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). Theorganic layer was washed with water (50 mL), saturated ammonium chloride(50 mL), water (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrousmagnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuoafforded the title compound as a yellowish oil (5.5 g, quantitativeyield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.36-7.23 (m, 5H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 1H),3.44 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.04(m, 2H), 1.94-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.36 (m, 3H), OH notobserved.

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-((3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (3.1 g,6.6 mmol) and (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (4.04 g, 19.7 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (44 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%suspension in mineral oil) (1.31 g, 32.8 mmol) and the reaction mixturewas stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture wasthen cooled to −78° C. and slowly added to a 1:10 mixture of 1 Mhydrochloric acid and water at 0° C. After dilution with ethyl acetate(75 mL), the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extractedwith ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith water (2×30 mL), brine (50 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate. Filtration and concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provideda residue which was purified by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10 to 60% of ethyl acetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 1%of ammonium hydroxide) in heptane, to afford the title compound as anorange oil (2.2 g, 51% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 658.4 (M+1), 660.4 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(R)-((3-bromo-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(2.2 g, 3.4 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (61 mL) was addedlithium chloride (0.43 g, 10.0 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladiumdichloride (0.47 g, 0.67 mmol) and tetramethyltin (1.80 g, 10.0 mmol).The mixture was degassed with argon and heated to 100° C. for 5 h. Thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacou and the residue diluted withethyl acetate (130 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×30mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 100% of ethylacetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammonium hydroxide) inheptane, afforded an orange oil. The oil was dissolved indichloromethane (15 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (6 mL) was added to it.The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 100% of ethyl acetate(containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammonium hydroxide) in heptane,followed by purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting witha gradient of 5 to 95% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% oftrifluoroacetic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.403 g, 19% yield): ¹H NMR (601 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.41-11.40 (m, 1H),10.08-9.83 (m, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.10-6.98(m, 2H), 4.77 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.76(m, 2H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.69(d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); ¹⁹F NMR (565 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−73.9 (s, 3F), −109.6 (s,1F), −110.5 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 494.1 (M+1).

Example 283 Synthesis of(R)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidetrifluoroacetic formate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-((3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 282, Step 2, and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butyl((3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate withtert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate, thetitle compound was obtained as a colorless solid (1.3 g, 38% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 614.1 (M+1), 616.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate formate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(R)-((3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.40 g, 0.65 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (3 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 4 h. Concentration in vacuo provided a residue which was purified bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 100% of ethylacetate (containing 20% of ethanol and 1% of ammonium hydroxide) inheptane, and then by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 5 to 95% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formicacid, to give the title compound as a colorless solid (0.403 g, 19%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.83-10.99 (m, 2H), 8.90 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 0.4H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 6H), 7.03 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),4.71-4.65 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.34 (m,2H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.36 (m, 3H), COOH notobserved; ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−73.4 (s, 0.6F), −106.9 (s, 1F),−107.8 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z 514.0 (M+1), 516.0 (M+1).

Example 284 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(prepared analogous to EXAMPLE 107, Step land 2, 0.70 g, 1.69 mmol) andtert-butyl (S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.35 g, 1.89 mmol) inanhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.70g, 5.07 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 16 h.After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was dilutedwith ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride(2×20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 40% ofethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the title compound as a colorlessfoam (0.90 g, 92% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 579.3 (M+1), 581.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.90 g, 1.55 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added methylboronic acid(0.28 g, 4.67 mmol), palladium acetate (0.10 g, 0.31 mmol), potassiumphosphate (1.30 g, 6.20 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (0.23 g, 0.62 mmol). The resulting mixture wasdegassed by passing a stream of argon through it for 15 minutes, andthen heated at 110° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to coolto ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filterpad was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and the combined filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.60 g, 69%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 559.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)—N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.60 g, 1.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford thetitle compound as a beige solid (0.56 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+)m/z 459.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.07 g, 0.63 mmol) and(S)—N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.30 g, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.17 g, 0.79 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(30 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol(containing 0.2% of trifluroracetic acid) in dichloromethane, providedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.20 g, 57% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 549.3 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.20 g, 0.30 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2.0mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.19 g, 0.90 mmol) at 0° C.The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, and thenparaformaldehyde was added (14 mg, 0.45 mmol) to it. The reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes and then concentrated invacuo. To the residue was added 2 M sodium hydroxide (15 mL) and brine(15 mL), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). Theaqueous layer was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL) andthen extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organic layerswere washed with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% of methanol(containing 0.2% of trifluroracetic acid) in dichloromethane, providedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.067 g, 40% yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.02 (s, 1H), 10.39 (br s, 0.5H), 10.24 (br s,0.5H), 8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 5H),7.18 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.31 (m, 2H),4.21-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.55-3.08 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H),2.22-1.84 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 443.1 (M+1).

Example 285 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 284, Step 4 to 5, andmaking non-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with2,5-difluorobenzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as a colorlesssolid (0.045 g, 17% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.02 (s, 1H),8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (s,2H), 4.23-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H),2.20-1.86 (m, 2H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 479.2 (M+1).

Example 286 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (0.96 g, 4.8 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (5.76 mL, 5.76 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C., and asolution of 2,4,6-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.32 g, 5.76 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 h.The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (35 mL), washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×30 mL), brine (2×30 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.67 g, 47% yield): MS (ES+) m/z395.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 284, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith tert-butyl thiazol-4-yl((2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.36 g, 40%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.77 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 6.15 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.62 (m, 1H),3.49-3.42 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H),1.37 (s, 9H), NH not observed; MS (ES−) m/z 559 (M−1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.20 g, 0.36 mmol) and dimethyl sulfate (0.10 mL, 1.07 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added a 60% dispersion ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.025 g, 1.07 mmol) at 0° C. Theresulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then quenched by slowaddition of water (5 mL). The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×20 mL), brine (15 mL),and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo provided a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, to provide the title compound as a colorless foam (0.13 g, 63%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.78 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 2H), 4.40-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.52 (m,1H), 3.45-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.67 (s,1H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.38 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 575.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.13 g, 0.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as a yellowish foam(0.14 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 375.1 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.056 g, 0.45 mmol) and(S)-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.14 g, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.24 g, 1.11 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(20 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. The obtained residue was purified by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.5% of formic acid, to afford the title compound asa colorless solid (0.020 g, 11% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.83(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 1H),7.12-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.68 (d,J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H),2.65-2.54 (m, 5H), 2.31 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.95-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.60(m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 465.2 (M+1).

Example 287 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-(3-(difluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 286, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace benzaldehyde with3-(difluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.035 g, 36% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.16(s, 1H), 8.89-8.88 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 5H), 6.89-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.51(d, J=13.6 Hz, 2H), 4.57-4.50 (m, 1H), 3.65 (q, J=16.0 Hz, 2H),2.96-2.83 (m, 5H), 2.68-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.58 (m,1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 515.3 (M+1).

Example 288 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.27 g, 2.58 mmol) and(S)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.77 g, 2.15 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.68 g, 3.22 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(30 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% of methanol(containing 0.2% of trifluroracetic acid) in dichloromethane providedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.12 g, 12% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.01 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.54-7.38 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.57-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.12-5.68(m, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.22-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.31 (m, 3H), 3.26-3.14(m, 1H), 2.59-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 447.2 (M+1).

Example 289 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyclopropyl-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.35 g, 0.60 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added cyclopropylboronicacid (0.15 g, 1.8 mmol), palladium acetate (0.027 g, 0.12 mmol),potassium phosphate (0.50 g, 2.40 mmol), and tricyclohexylphosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (0.088 g, 0.24 mmol). The resulting mixture wasdegassed by passing a stream of argon through it for 15 minutes, andthen heated at 100° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to coolto ambient temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filterpad was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the combined filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 70% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless sold (0.30 g, 85%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 483.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyclopropyl-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.30 g, 0.51 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as a yellowish foam(0.32 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 383.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of benzaldehyde (0.13 g, 1.27 mmol) and(S)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-4-(pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.30 g, 1.06 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(0.34 g, 1.59 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(30 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL), andconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol(containing 0.2% of trifluroracetic acid) in dichloromethane, providedthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.10 g, 19% yield): MS (ES+)m/z 473.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-5-cyclopropyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.10 g, 0.21 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2.0mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.13 g, 0.63 mmol) at 0° C.The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, and thenparaformaldehyde was added (9 mg, 0.32 mmol) to it. The reaction mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. Tothe residue was added 2 M sodium hydroxide (10 mL) and brine (10 mL),and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The aqueouslayer was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL) and thenextracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with saturated ammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by preparativereverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of acetonitrilein water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.040 g, 39% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.24 (s, 1H), 10.48 (br s, 0.5H), 10.29 (br s, 0.5H), 8.90(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.20 (dd, J=7.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H),7.06-7.01 (m, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.29-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.08 (m, 4H),2.777-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.29-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.02-0.99 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.60 (m,2H); MS (ES+) m/z 487.2 (M+1).

Example 290 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-ethyl-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 289, Step 1 to 5, andmaking non-critical variations as required to replace cyclopropylboronicacid with ethylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained as acolorless solid (0.015 g, 5% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.03(s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.28 (m,5H), 7.08-6.99 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.71 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.56(m, 4H), 2.07-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 2H), 1.12 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 475.2 (M+1).

Example 291 Synthesis of(R)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(R)-((2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.70 g, 3.41 mmol)in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added a dispersion of 60%sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.40 g, 10.2 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 45 minutes. To it wasthen added tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate (1.60 g, 4.09mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4h. The reaction mixture was quenched by careful addition of water (50mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer waswashed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×50 mL), brine (50 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo gave a residue which was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol indichloromethane, to provide the title compound as a colorless foam (0.52g, 22% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 580.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(R)-((2,6-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.52 g, 0.89 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (3 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% of methanol(containing 0.2% of trifluroracetic acid) in dichloromethane, providedthe title compound as a colorless foam (0.41 g, 95% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.45 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.48 (m,5H), 7.01-6.87 (m, 3H), 4.85 (s, 0.5H), 4.58 (s, 1.5H), 3.50-3.35 (m,1H), 3.07-2.67 (m, 3H), 2.27-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.67 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS(ES+) m/z 480.2 (M+1).

Example 292 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of 5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile

To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzonitrile (5.15 g, 34.5 mmol) inanhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (200 mL) was added diethylaminosulfurtrifluoride (5.86 mL, 44.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 16 h, and then quenched by addition of saturatedsodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL) at 0° C. The organic phase waswashed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided a residuewhich was purified by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of0 to 20% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, to provide the title compound as acolorless oil (5.10 g, 86% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.82-7.75(m, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (t, J=55.9 Hz, 1H).

Step 2. Preparation of 1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one

To a solution of 5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorobenzonitrile (1.80 g, 10.5mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) was added a 3 M solution ofmethylmagnesium bromide in diethyl ether (7.0 mL, 21.0 mmol) dropwise at−78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperatureand stirred for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with 1 M hydrochloric acid(200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). The combinedorganic phase was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided aresidue which was purified by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 20% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, to provide the titlecompound as a colorless oil (0.70 g, 35% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 8.03 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H),6.65 (t, J=56.1 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-ol

To a solution of 1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-one (0.70g, 3.68 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added a 1 Msolution of (S)-(−)-2-methyl-CBS-oxazaborolidine in tetrahydrofuran(3.68 mL, 3.68 mmol) dropwise at −78° C. followed by slow addition ofborane dimethyl sulfide complex (0.35 mL, 3.68 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at −78° C. for 20 minutes, allowed to to warm toambient temperature, and stirred for 20 minutes. After quench by slowaddition of MeOH (20 mL), the reaction mixture was concentrated invacuo. To the residue was added 1 M hydrochloric acid (20 mL), and themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The combined organicphase was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided aresidue which was purified by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 20% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, to provide the titlecompound as a colorless oil (0.60 g, 87% yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃): δ7.68 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.11 (d, J=9.7 Hz,1H), 6.63 (t, J=56.4 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (qd, J=6.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.52 (d,J=7.0 Hz, 3H), OH not observed.

Step 4. Preparation of (R)-1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethylmethanesulfonate

To a solution of (R)-1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-ol(0.60 g, 3.12 mmol) in methyl isobutyl ketone (5 mL) was added amethanesulfonic anhydride (0.90 g, 5.31 mmol) at 0° C. followed bydropwise addition of triethylamine (0.87 mL, 6.24 mmol). After 20minutes, the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammoniumchloride (10 mL) and extracted with methyl isobutyl ketone (2×10 mL).The combined organic extracts were carried into the next step. MS (ES+)m/z 269.1 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(R)-4-(benzyloxy)-1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidine

To a solution of (R)-1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethylmethanesulfonate (3.12 mmol) in methyl isobutyl ketone (25 mL) and water(3 mL) was added 4-(benzyloxy)piperidine (0.59 g, 3.12 mmol) andpotassium carbonate (0.64 g, 4.68 mmol) and the reaction mixture washeated to 75° C. for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature,saturated ammonium chloride (15 mL) was added to the reaction mixtureand the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organicphase was washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 15% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the titlecompound as a yellow oil (0.61 g, 53% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 364.0 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(R)-1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of(R)-4-(benzyloxy)-1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidine(0.12 g, 0.33 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and 1 M hydrochloric acid(1 mL) was added palladium hydroxide on activated charcoal (0.03 g). Thereaction mixture was then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen (1atm) at ambient temperature for 2 h. After addition of saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution (10 mL), the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (2×20 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (15 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 40% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, provided the title compound as a yellow of (0.08 g, 88% yield):MS (ES+) m/z 274.0 (M+1).

Step 7. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a mixture of(R)-1-(1-(5-(difluoromethyl)-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.08g, 0.29 mmol) and 3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.085 g, 0.29 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (4 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (0.10 g, 0.73 mmol) and the reaction mixture washeated to 60° C. for 16 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, thereaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by preparative reverse-phase HPLC,eluting with a gradient of 20 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing0.1% of formic acid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.078 g, 48% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),8.15 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.50 (m,1H), 7.30 (d, J=13.9 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 4.62-4.55 (m, 1H),3.93 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.71-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.86(m, 2H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 546.0 (M+1), 548.0 (M+1).

Example 293 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,5-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (1.47 g, 7.35 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added a 1 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (10.3 mL, 10.3 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −78° C., and asolution of 2,4,5-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.22 mL, 8.82 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 3 h.The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed withsaturated ammonium chloride (2×30 mL), brine (2×30 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided thetitle compound as a colorless solid (2.0 g, 68% yield): MS (ES+) m/z395.0 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,5-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,4,5-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate (0.18 g, 0.46mmol) and (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.08 g, 0.46 mmol) inanhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.19g, 1.38 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(30 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×20 mL), brine (20mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 8% of methanol indichloromethane, provided the title compound as a colorless foam (0.22g, 86% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 551.0 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,5-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-((4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2,5-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.22 g, 0.40 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.20 g, 0.97 mmol) at 0° C. The resulting mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, and then paraformaldehyde was added(29 mg, 0.97 mmol) to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for15 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added 2 Msodium hydroxide (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The aqueous layer was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (30 mL) and then extracted with ethylacetate (20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturatedammonium chloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0 to 10% of methanol in dichloromethane, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.098 g, 42% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.29 (s, 1H), 10.37-10.31 (m, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.53-7.45 (m, 6H), 7.02-6.92 (m, 2H), 4.64 (s, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H),3.56-3.12 (m, 4H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 465.2 (M+1).

Example 294 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (0.500 g, 2.50 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (8 mL) was added a 1.0 M solution of lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuan (3.25 mL, 3.25 mmol) at −78°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −78° C.and a solution of 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene-1-sulfonylchloride (0.985 g, 3.75 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) wasadded slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30minutes, allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and stirred for 11 h.The mixture was then poured into ice-water (20 mL) and the aqueous phasewas extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The combined organic phasewas washed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-12.5% ofethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as ayellow solid (0.400 g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.80 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.49-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.44-8.37 (m, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H), 7.42 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 326.6 (M−99).

Step 2. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.200 g, 0.469 mmol) and (S)-tert-butyl3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.105 g, 0.563 mmol) in anhydrousdimethyl sulfoxide (1 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.073 g,0.563 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 36° C. for 12 h. Theresidue was poured into ice-water (20 mL) and the aqueous phase wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with a 3:1mixture of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless oil (0.140 g, 49% yield); ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.80 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (s,1H), 6.85 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (br s, 1H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.81(br s, 1H), 3.56 (br s, 2H), 3.42-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 1H), 1.99 (brs, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.40 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 615.4 (M+23).

Step 3. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.300 g, 0.506 mmol) and iodomethane (0.144 g, 1.01 mmol) inN,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion inmineral oil, 0.020 g, 0.506 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 30 minutes and ambient temperature for 1 h. The residue waspoured into ice-water (30 mL) and the aqueous phase was extracted withethyl acetate (3×40 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 9-25% of ethylacetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a yellow oil(0.250 g, 81% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.81 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),8.42 (br s, 1H), 8.31 (br s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),3.82 (br s, 1H), 3.67-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H),2.02-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 629.0(M+23).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.250 g, 0.412 mmol) was added a solution of hydrogen chloride inmethanol (25 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 12 h. Concentration of the mixture in vacuo andpurification of the residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, usingacetonitrile in water containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent,afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (0.120 g, 66% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.76 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H),8.14-8.09 (m, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),4.13-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd,J=6.4, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.15 (qd, J=6.6, 13.4 Hz, 1H), 1.95(qd, J=7.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 406.9 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide(0.070 g, 0.172 mmol) and benzaldehyde (0.037 g, 0.344 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.001 g, 0.009mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.109 g, 0.517 mmol) and themixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. Concentration invacuo and purification of the residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC,using acetonitrile in water containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.026 g, 30% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.72 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (br s, 1H), 8.13(d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J=2.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.44 (s, 5H), 7.11 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.00 (m,1H), 3.39-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dt, J=2.8, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.00 (dd, J=6.8,11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.16 (qd, J=7.2, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (qd,J=6.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 497.1 (M+1),499.1 (M+1).

Example 295 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.00 g, 1.91 mmol) and (S)-1-benzyl-N-methylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.363g, 1.91 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added cesium carbonate(1.24 g, 3.82 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. Water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (20 mL) were addedto the mixture, the layers were separated, and the aqueous phase wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-25% of ethyl acetatein petroleum ether, to provide the title compound as a light brown gum(0.450 g, 34% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.20-8.11 (m, 1H),7.27-7.18 (m, 5H), 7.14 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.28-6.20 (m, 2H), 6.06 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 4.18-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.60 (m, 7H), 2.81(s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.65 (dd, J=3.8, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (dd, J=8.2,10.2 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (q, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.77 (m,1H).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.240 g, 0.346 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.041 g, 0.691 mmol), andpotassium phosphate (0.220 g, 1.04 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) wasadded palladium(II) acetate (0.016 g, 0.069 mmol) and2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.029 g, 0.069 mmol)and the reaction mixture was heated to 110° C. for 12 h. Concentrationof the mixture in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-25% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a light brown solid(0.060 g, 40% yield).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a mixture of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.070 g, 0.114 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.046 g, 0.405 mmol). The resulting mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and then concentrated in vacuo.The residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting witha gradient of 15-45% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid, to afford the title compound as a light brownsolid (0.017 g, 30% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.27 (s, 1H), 7.51(s, 5H), 6.87 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (br s, 2H), 4.30-4.01 (m, 1H),3.80-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.71 (br s, 3H), 2.19 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 5H); NH and COOHnot observed; MS (ES+) m/z 480.4 (M+1).

Example 296 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-amine (0.665g, 2.65 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added a 1 Msolution of lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (2.91mL, 2.91 mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. To it was then added asolution of 3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (1.00 g,3.23 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at −78° C. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h.Water (20 mL) was added to the mixture, which was then extracted withethyl acetate (3×40 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-10% of ethylacetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a colorlesssolid (1.00 g, 72% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.27 (s, 1H),7.37-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.74 (ddd, J=9.8, 7.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J=8.6,2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.71(s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a mixture of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.00 g, 1.91 mmol) and tert-butyl (3S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.284 g, 1.53 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl formamide (5 mL) was added cesiumcarbonate (1.24 g, 3.81 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 12 h. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic phasewas washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-50%of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as acolorless solid (0.600 g, 45% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.14 (s,1H), 7.13 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d,J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.98 (dd, J=12.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 2H),5.02 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (br s, 1H), 3.66 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 6H), 3.46(br s, 2H), 3.33-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.86 (br s, 1H), 1.41(s, 9H), NH not observed.

Step 3. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.600 g, 0.869 mmol), methylboronic acid (0.104 g, 1.74 mmol),palladium(II) acetate (0.0975 g, 0.434.mmol),2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.178 g, 0.434 mmol) inanhydrous toluene (10 mL) and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) wasadded potassium phosphate (0.369 g, 1.74 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated to 110° C. for 1 h using a microwave. After cooling to ambienttemperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water (15 mL) wasadded to the residue, which was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×10 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 9-20% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.300g, 30% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.19 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.39-6.35 (m, 1H), 6.31 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.11-6.01 (m,1H), 5.37-5.31 (m, 2H), 4.02 (br s, 1H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 6H), 3.72-3.71(m, 1H), 3.60-3.46 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.89(s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H), NH not observed.

Step 4. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.270 g, 0.432 mmol), iodomethane (32 μL, 0.518 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion inmineral oil 0.035 g, 0.863 mmol) at 0° C. The resulting mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 h. Water (15mL) was added and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate(3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×10mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5-33% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a light yellow solid(0.070 g, 23% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.22 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.35 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 6H),3.70-3.47 (m, 3H), 3.41-3.17 (m, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.05 (br d, J=2.4Hz, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.040 g, 0.0625 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added a 4 Msolution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (0.100 mL, 0.40 mmol) at 0° C.The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature and wasthen concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a light brownsolid (0.025 g, 94% yield), which was used without further purification.

Step 6. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride salt (0.0240 g, 0.0616 mmol) and 6-methylpicolinaldehyde(0.00896 g, 0.0739 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added sodiumcyanoborohydride (0.00775 g, 0.123 mmol) and acetic acid (0.07 mL) at 0°C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 2 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residueby preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of 10-40% ofacetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid, affordedthe title compound as a light brown solid (0.011 g, 34% yield): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.27 (s, 1H), 7.77 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd,J=16.2, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (br d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.22(quin, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s,3H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.37 (qd, J=13.4, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 4H), NHand COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 495.4 (M+1).

Example 297 Synthesis of (S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 102, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylthiazol-4-ylcarbamate withN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-amine, the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.538 g, 56% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.26 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.36(dd, J=2.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.70 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.130 g, 22%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.23 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.35 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, J=11.8Hz, 1H), 5.40 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (br d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (br s,1H), 3.75 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 6H), 3.55 (br s, 2H), 3.42-3.18 (m, 1H),2.34-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.96 (br s, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H), NH not observed.

Step 3. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a light yellow solid (0.070 g, 64%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.16 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.31 (br d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 5.34 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s,3H), 3.56-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.25 (br s, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.85 (br s, 2H),1.40 (s, 9H).

Step 4. Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatehydrochloride salt

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a light brown solid (0.095 g, 94%yield), which was used with no further purification.

Step 5. Preparation of (S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(1-((6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 6 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-3-chloro-2,6-difluoro-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride salt with (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatehydrochloride salt, the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid(0.0340 g, 23% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.29 (s, 1H), 7.78 (t,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J=17.8, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (br d, J=11.2 Hz,1H), 4.64-4.50 (m, 3H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.44 (m, 3H), 2.90 (s,3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.27 (m, 2H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+)m/z 515.3 (M+1).

Example 298 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-fluoropyridin-2-amine (2.50g, 9.53 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was addedmethyllithium (1.6 M, 7.15 mL, 11.44) at −78° C. The mixture was warmedto 0° C. and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was thencooled to −78° C., and a solution of3-bromo-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (3.54 g, 11.4 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added to it dropwise. Thereaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirredfor 12 h. The mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammoniumchloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10-25% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, affordedthe title compound as a yellow oil (2.30 g, 45% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl3) δ7.69 (q, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=1.6, 7.8Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.83 (m, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J=2.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.43-6.40 (m,1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 3.76 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 6H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (2.00 g, 66%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.73-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H),7.23 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=2.4, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42-6.36 (m,2H), 6.20 (br d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 5.06 (br d, J=6.2 Hz,1H), 4.03 (br s, 1H), 3.75 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 3.52 (br d, J=17.2 Hz,2H), 3.42-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s,9H); MS (ES+) m/z 701.1 (M+1), 703.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl3-((2-bromo-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(1.70 g, 2.42 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was addedtetramethyltin (1.30 g, 7.27 mmol), lithium chloride (0.30 g, 7.27 mmol)and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (0.34 g, 0.484 mmol).The resulting mixture was heated to 80° C. for 12 h. After cooling toambient temperature, the mixture was diluted with saturated ammoniumchloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 10-50% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, affordedthe title compound as a yellow oil (1.30 g, 84% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.67 (q, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.62 (dd, J=2.8, 8.0Hz, 1H), 6.44-6.31 (m, 2H), 6.17-6.07 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.20(br d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (br s, 1H), 3.78-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H),3.75 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 1H),1.94 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 637.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a yellow oil (0.80 g, 71% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.69 (q, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 2H), 6.66 (dd,J=2.9, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.44-6.37 (m, 2H), 5.15 (s,2H), 3.86-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.47 (m, 2H),3.40-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.14 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 3H), 2.06-1.90 (m,2H), 1.49 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 673.3 (M+23).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)—N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide

To (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.30 g, 0.46 mmol) was added a 4 M solution in hydrogen chloride indioxane (20 mL, 80 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to 45° C.for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue waspurified by preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of5-60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% ammonium hydroxide, toafford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.10 g, 56% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ7.46-7.38 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.64 (m, 2H), 6.17 (dd,J=2.4, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (br s, 1H), 3.94 (quin, J=6.5 Hz, 1H),3.36-3.26 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.03 (m,1H), 1.99 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 3H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 401.2 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-2,6-difluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide (0.09 g, 0.2 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran(2 mL) was added benzaldehyde (0.047 g, 0.45 mmol) and sodiumtriacetoxyhydroborate (0.095 g, 0.45 mmol). The resulting mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutes. The mixture wasconcentrated in vacuum, and the residue purified by preparative reversephase HPLC, using acetonitrile in water containing 0.225% formic acid aseluent, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.363 g, 32%yield): ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.17 (s, 0.4H), 7.75 (q, J=8.3 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J=8.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H),6.71 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J=7.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.92 (m,1H), 3.66 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76-2.70 (m,1H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.01 (m,4H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; 19F NMR (376.5 MHz,DMSO-d₆) −68.9 (s, 1F), −108.2 (s, 1F), −111.8 (s, 1F); MS (ES+) m/z491.1 (M+1).

Example 299 Synthesis of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a solution of tert-butyl N-thiazol-4-ylcarbamate (110.0 g, 549.3mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1000 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 659.1 mL, 659.1mmol) at −78° C. The was mixture was warmed to 5° C., stirred for 30minutes, and then cooled to −78° C. To it was then added a solution of3-chloro-2,4-difluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (162.8 g, 659.2 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h. The mixture wasdiluted with saturated ammonium chloride (200 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (3×1000 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (3×1000 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and trituration of the residuewith methanol (300 mL) provided the title compound as a colorless solid(75.00 g, 33% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ9.14 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.09(m, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 1.27 (s, 9H); MS (ES+)m/z 432.8 (M+23), 434.8 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (2.70 g,6.57 mmol) and 1-benzylpiperidin-4-ol (1.01 g, 5.26 mmol) in anhydrousdimethyl sulfoxide (4 mL) was added cesium carbonate (4.28 g, 13.14mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12h. Water (20 mL) was added to the mixture and the aqueous phase wasextracted with ethyl acetate (4×30 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-66%of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as ayellow oil (1.00 g, 26% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.71 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=9.1, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.15(m, 5H), 6.98 (dd, J=7.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 2H),2.73 (br d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 1.95-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.26(s, 9H).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl((4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate

To a mixture of tert-butyl(4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.200 g, 0.344 mmol) and methylboronic acid (0.031 g, 0.52 mmol) inanhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and toluene (5 mL) was added potassiumphosphate (0.146 mg, 0.687 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (0.015 g, 0.069mmol) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.028 g,0.069 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 110° C. for 1 h using amicrowave reactor. Concentration in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-25% ofethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as lightbrown gum (0.150 g, 78% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 562.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidehydrochloride

To a mixture of tert-butyl(4-((1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)oxy)-2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.130 g, 0.231 mmol) in tert-butanol (10 mL) was added potassiumtert-butoxide (0.0779 g, 0.694 mmol) and the reaction was stirred atambient temperature for 1 h. Concentration in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 20-40% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.05% hydrochloric acid,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.040 g, 37% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.75-8.69 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.50(m, 5H), 6.98 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.87 (m, 1H), 4.93 (br s, 1H),4.45-4.37 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.15 (m,3H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 3H), 2.03-1.86 (m, 1H), NH and HCl not observed; MS(ES+) m/z 462.1 (M+1).

Example 300 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)pyrimidin-4-amine (preparedaccording to WO2013064983, 15.0 g, 61.2 mmol) and1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (13.7 g, 122.0 mmol) in anhydrousacetonitrile (150 mL) was added a solution of3-chloro-4-fluorobenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (21.0 g, 91.7 mmol) inanhydrous acetonitrile (100 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture wasallowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 12 h. The mixturewas then diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(2×300 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (50 mL),dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration in vacuo andtrituration of the with methanol (2×200 mL) provided the title compoundas a light yellow solid (20.0 g, 75% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ8.88 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=6.8, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=5.6, 1.2Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.46-6.39 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.80(s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 460.1 (M+23), 462.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.100 g, 0.228 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was addedcesium carbonate (0.149 g, 0.457 mmol) and(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.056 g, 0.274 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h. Thereaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (2×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine(10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo afforded the title compound as ayellow oil (0.120 g, 84% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 623.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(R)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.100 mg, 0.160 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 30 minutes and then concentrated in vacuo. The residuewas purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting withacetonitrile in water containing 0.05% of ammonium hydroxide, to affordthe title compound as a colorless solid (0.030 g, 40% yield): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.79 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.33 (m,1H), 7.17 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (br s, 1H),3.75 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.75-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.12 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (br s, 2H), 1.51 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed;MS (ES+) m/z 473.1 (M+1).

Example 301 Synthesis of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 300, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol with(S)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol the title compound was obtained as abrown oil (0.320 g, 8% yield) that was used without purification: MS(ES+) m/z 623.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 300, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(pyrimidin-4-yl)benzenesulfonamidethe title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.073 g, 30%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.76 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),7.91 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.12(d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (br s, 1H), 3.89 (br s,1H), 2.64-3.02 (m, 4H), 2.07-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.97 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 2H), 1.56(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 473.1 (M+1).

Example 302 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 298, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replaceN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-fluoropyridin-2-amine withN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-fluoropyridin-2-amine (prepared according toWO 2012004743) the title compound was obtained as an yellow solid (0.500g, 38% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.14 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H),7.38-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (ddd,J=9.9, 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.38-6.33 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H),3.69 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 559.2 (M+23).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trifluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.40, 0.75 mmol) and (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.16 g, 0.90 mmol)in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine(0.19 g, 1.5 mmol), and the mixture was heated to 35° C. for 12 h. Afterdilution with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL) the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-50%of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded the title compound as anyellow oil (0.50 g, 96% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.16 (d, J=2.8Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.30 (m, 7H), 7.22 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.40-6.31 (m, 2H),6.13 (dd, J=13.1, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H),4.03-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 2H),2.96-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.67 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),2.55-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.69 (m, 1H).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-3-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.40 g, 0.58 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was added methylboronicacid (0.35 g, 5.8 mmol), potassium phosphate (0.37 g, 1.7 mmol),palladium(II) acetate (0.013 g, 0.58 mmol),2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.048 g, 0.12 mmol) andthe mixture was degassed by purging with nitrogen for 3 minutes. Theresulting mixture was heated at 120° C. for 1 h in a microwave reactor.After cooling to ambient temperature, the mixture was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10-50% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as an yellow oil (0.3 g,82% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.15-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m,1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.39-6.32 (m, 2H), 6.01 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.67 (br s,1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.94 (br d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.70(m, 2H), 2.50-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 1H), 1.93 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 3H),1.77-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.51 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 627.3 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide(0.1 g, 0.2 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added sodiumhydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.006 g, 0.2 mmol) at −5° C.Iodomethane (0.020 g, 143 umol) was then added and the mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. The mixture was diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by preparativereverse phase HPLC, eluting with acetonitrile in water containing 0.05%of ammonium hydroxide, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid(0.029 g, 28% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.13 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H),7.46-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 6H), 7.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (dd,J=12.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.38-6.33 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.86 (m, 1H),3.75 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.53 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.75 (m,1H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.09 (m,1H), 2.08 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 3H), 1.94-1.83 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 641.5(M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methylbenzenesulfonamide(0.060 g, 0.093 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the resulting mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrated invacuo and the residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC,using acetonitrile in water containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent,to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.042 g, 83% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OH) δ8.22 (br s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H),7.56-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.47 (s, 5H), 7.16 (dd, J=9.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd,J=12.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.14 (quin, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.48(m, 1H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.68(s, 3H), 2.33-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.15 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 3H), 2.15-2.07 (m, 1H),NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 491.3 (M+1).

Example 303 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of 1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-one

To a solution of 1-phenylcyclopropanamine hydrochloride (0.300 mg, 1.77mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.0367 g, 0.265mmol) and a mixture of 1-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidin-1-ium iodide (0.451 g,1.77 mmol) in water (5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C.for 3 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, quenched with water (20 mL)and extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The combined organicextracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, to afford the title compound as an yellow solid (0.200g, 53% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.26-7.36 (m, 5H), 2.82 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 1.01-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.94 (m,2H).

Step 2. Preparation of 1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of 1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-one (0.200 mg, 0.929mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added sodium borohydride (0.070 g, 1.86mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hand was then concentrated in vacuo, diluted with water (10 mL) andextracted with dichloromethane (2×30 mL). The combined organic extractswere dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.180 g, 89%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.27-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 1H),3.40-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.93 (m,2H) 1.42-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 0.90-0.96 (m, 2H),0.76-0.86 (m, 2H).

Step 3. Preparation of3-chloro-4-((1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 1-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.150 g, 0.690mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added sodium hydride(60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.055 g, 1.38 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes and thentert-butyl (3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(0.298 g, 0.759 mmol) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirredat ambient temperature for 18 h and then quenched with water (20 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile inwater containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.021 g, 6% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.61 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=8.8,2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.41 (m, 1H), 2.82-3.03 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.66 (m, 2H),1.89-2.20 (m, 4H), 0.99-1.35 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.95 (m, 2H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 490.1 (M+1

Example 304 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-amine

To a solution of 5-fluoropyrimidin-2-amine (1.20 g, 10.6 mmol) indichloromethane (30 mL) was added 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (1.94 g,11.7 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, andthen chloro(triisopropoxy)titanium (4.15 g, 15.9 mmol, 5.32 mL) wasadded dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 12 h and then diluted with saturated ammonium chloride(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 10-25% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded thetitle compound as a yellow oil (1.30 g, 47% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.15 (s, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),6.41 (dd, J=8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (br s, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),3.82 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 41, Step 1 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace tert-butylthiazol-4-ylcarbamate withN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-fluoropyrimidin-2-amine the title compound wasobtained as a colorless solid (0.800 g, 92% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.40 (s, 2H), 7.86-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.06(m, 2H), 6.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.43 (s, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.100 g, 0.487mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was added3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide (0.222 g, 0.487 mmol) and cesium carbonate (0.317 g,0.974 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 12 h and thendiluted with saturated ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed withbrine (3×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby preparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.1% of formic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound asa yellow oil (0.030 g, 10% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.36 (s,2H), 7.78-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.35 (m, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s,2H), 4.61 (br s, 1H), 4.03 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s,3H), 3.05 (br s, 1H), 2.96-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.27 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 1.97(d, J=11.3 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Step 4. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 41, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(R)-3-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(5-fluoropyrimidin-2-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamidethe title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.012 g, 48%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.44 (s, 2H), 8.10 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),7.98-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.27 (m, 5H), 6.94 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (brs, 1H), 3.71 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.55 (m, 4H), 2.13 (br s, 2H), 1.93(br s, 2H), 1.51 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 491.1(M+1).

Example 305 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamide formate

Step 1. Preparation of3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of isoxazol-3-amine (0.500 g, 5.95 mmol),4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.0727 g, 0.595 mmol) and pyridine (0.941 g,11.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added a solution of3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (1.64 g, 7.14 mmol) indichloromethane (1 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 12 h and was then diluted with water (20 mL) andextracted with dichloromethane (2×30 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.1% of formic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound asa colorless solid (0.250 g, 15% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.31(d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=8.5Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 276.9 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.089 g, 0.433mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1.50 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%dispersion in mineral oil, 0.029 g, 0.723 mmol) and the mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. To it was then added3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(isoxazol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide (0.100 g, 0.361mmo) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with water (20 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile in watercontaining 0.1% of formic acid as eluent, afforded the title compound asa colorless solid (0.072 g, 43% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.58(s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),7.42 (s, 5H), 6.89 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 4.67 (br s, 1H),4.32 (br s, 1H), 3.27 (br s, 1H), 3.14 (br s, 1H), 3.04-2.93 (m, 2H),2.43-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.02 (br s, 2H), 1.76-1.74 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), NH andCOOH not observed.

Example 306 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-5-methyl benzenesulfonylchloride

To 4-bromo-2-fluoro-5-methylaniline (5.00 g, 24.5 mmol) was addedconcentrated hydrochloric acid (20 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 30 minutes, and then a solution of sodium nitrite (2.54 g,36.7 mmol) in water (8 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. In a separateflask, sulfur dioxide (15 psi) was bubbled through acetic acid (25 mL)at 0° C. for 30 minutes. To this solution was then added cuprouschloride (0.72 g, 7.35 mmol) at 0° C. followed by dropwise addition ofthe mixture prepared from 4-bromo-2-fluoro-5-methylaniline and sodiumnitrite in hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was allowed to warmto ambient temperature and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was diluted withbrine (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combinedorganic fractions were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 2-17% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded thetitle compound as a yellow solid (5.00 g, 70% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ7.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of4-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-fluoropyridin-2-amine (1.00g, 3.81 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was addedmethyllithium (1.6 M, 3.10 mL, 4.96 mmol) at −78° C. The reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. After cooling to −78° C., asolution of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-5-methylbenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (1.42g, 4.95 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise at−78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperatureand stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted withsaturated ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration ofthe filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 9-25% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (1.00 g,51% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.15 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.38-6.32 (m,2H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H); MS (ES+)m/z 536.8 (M+23).

Step 3. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (S)-1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-amine (0.31 g, 1.8 mmol) and4-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide(0.60 g, 1.2 mmol) in 2-methyl-2-butanol (5 mL) was addedchloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)[2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II)(0.091 g, 0.12 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.14 g, 3.64 mmol). Themixture was heated to 90° C. for 12 h and then diluted with saturatedammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL).The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of thefiltrate in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 9-50% of ethyl acetate inpetroleum ether, afforded the title compound as a yellow solid (0.650 g,91% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.13 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd,J=8.8, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 7H), 7.22 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.38-6.31 (m, 2H), 6.18 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H),4.36 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s,3H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.87 (dt, J=8.6, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=9.7, 6.3Hz, 1H), 2.63 (dd, J=9.7, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.29 (m,2H), 1.77-1.64 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 609.4 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamidethe title compound was obtained as a yellow solid (0.12 g, 58% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.14 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 6H), 7.21 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.62 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 6.38-6.30 (m, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.84 (m,1H), 3.79-3.69 (m, 5H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.63 (br s, 1H),2.53 (br s, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.86 (td, J=6.6, 3.2Hz, 2H), 1.62 (br s, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 623.5 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 295, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamidethe title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.0498 g, 49%yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ8.02 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dt, J=8.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 5H), 7.18 (dd, J=9.0,3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (br s, 2H), 4.08 (br s, 1H),3.39 (br s, 1H), 3.30-3.12 (m, 3H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H),2.27-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z473.1 (M+1).

Example 307 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of isothiazol-4-amine (0.45 g, 4.5 mmol) indichloromethane (2 mL) was added 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.05 g, 0.45mmol), pyridine (0.71 mg, 9.0 mmol), and then4-bromo-2-fluoro-5-methylbenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (1.55 g, 5.39mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h and thenconcentrated in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with saturated ammoniumchloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 9-50% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, affordedthe title compound as a colorless solid (1.3 g, 82% yield): ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.34 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44(d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a mixture of4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide (0.40 g,1.1 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added potassiumcarbonate (0.47 g, 3.4 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to 40°C. for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and2-(chloromethoxy)ethyltrimethylsilane (0.19 g, 1.14 mmol) was added toit. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature,stirred for 12 h, and was then diluted with saturated ammonium chloride(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 9-50% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded thetitle compound as a yellow oil (0.5 g, 91% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.50 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d,J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 3.74-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.85(m, 2H), 0.01 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 483.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)benzenesulfonamide(1.13 g, 2.34 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (1 mL) was added (S)-tert-butyl3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.48 g, 2.6 mmol),bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.27 g, 0.47 mmol), cesium carbonate(2.29 g, 7.03 mmol), and 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene(0.27 g, 0.47 mmol). The mixture was degassed by sparging with nitrogenand then heated to 80° C. for 12 h. After cooling to ambienttemperature, the mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organicextracts were washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo andpurification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 9-33% of ethyl acetate in petroleum ether, afforded thetitle compound as a yellow oil (1.0 g, 72% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.47 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.36 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (d,J=13.0 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (br s, 2H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.03 (br s, 1H),3.82-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.51 (br s, 2H), 3.40-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.21 (m,1H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.28 (dd, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.97-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.02 (s,9H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 610.9 (M+23).

Step 4. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatethe title compound was obtained as a yellow oil (0.2 g, 48% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.48 (br s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.52 (br d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.77 (br d, J=6.1 Hz,1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.67 (s,3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 0.97-0.89 (m, 2H),0.03-0.01 (m, 9H).

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 295, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,6-difluoro-3-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamidewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((5-fluoro-4-(N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)sulfamoyl)-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatethe title compound was obtained as an yellow oil (0.1 g, 58% yield): MS(ES+) m/z 371.1 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of(S)-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide(0.08 g, 0.22 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was addedbenzaldehyde (0.023 g, 0.22 mmol) and acetic acid (0.039 g, 0.65 mmol),and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes.Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.091 g, 0.43 mmol) was then added and themixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h. Concentration invacuo and purification of the residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC,using acetonitrile in water containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.053 g, 46% yield):¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.43 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.56(d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 5H), 6.77 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15-3.98 (m,3H), 3.37 (br dd, J=10.8, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.18-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.94 (br dd,J=10.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.29-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.98(qd, J=13.8, 6.9 Hz, 1H), NH and COOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 461.3(M+1).

Example 308 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of4-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 306, Step 2 and makingnon-critical variations as required toN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-fluoropyridin-2-amine withN-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-6-fluoropyridin-2-amine the title compound wasobtained as a yellow solid (0.550 g, 94% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ7.78 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (q, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H),7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 6.69 (dd, J=7.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.42-6.37 (m, 2H), 5.06(s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 307, Step 3 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(isothiazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-N-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)benzenesulfonamidewith4-bromo-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamidethe title compound was obtained as a yellow oil (0.514 g, 94% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.68 (q, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.33 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (br s, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J=7.6, 3.2 Hz,1H), 6.43-6.34 (m, 2H), 6.27 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.01(m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.14 (m,1H), 2.34-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.96 (br s, 1H), 1.62 (s, 9H), NHnot observed; MS (ES+) m/z 519.0 (M−99).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 296, Step 4 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace (S)-tert-butyl3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-3,5-difluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatetert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatethe title compound was obtained as a yellow oil (0.520 g, 91% yield): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.68 (dd, J=8.4, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 2H),6.77 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=8.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42-6.36 (m,2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.31(br d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.88 (m, 3H),1.48 (s, 9H). MS (ES+) m/z 655.0 (M+23).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methyl-4-(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide

To tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.320 g, 0.506 mmol) was added a 4 M solution of hydrogen chloride indioxane (4.0 mL, 16.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 2 h. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (3×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification ofthe residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, using acetonitrile inwater containing 0.225% of formic acid as eluent, afforded the titlecompound as a colorless solid (0.140 g, 72% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ8.44 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (q, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.09-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz,1H), 4.04-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.33 (m, 3H), 3.09 (br dd, J=12.0, 6.4 Hz,1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.15 (m, 2H), one NH not observed.

Step 5. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methylbenzenesulfonamide

To a solution of(S)-2-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-5-methyl-4(methyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)benzenesulfonamide (0.070 g, 0.18 mmol), benzaldehyde (0.023 g,0.22 mmol) and acetic acid (0.0003 g, 0.005 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) wasadded sodium cyanoborohydride (0.0230 g, 0.366 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 12 h. The mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Purification ofthe residue by preparative reverse phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 5-60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.05% of ammoniumhydroxide, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.251 g,29% yield): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.71-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m,4H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J=12.8Hz, 1H), 6.56 (dd, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.66 (m,1H), 3.56 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.69-2.59(m, 2H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.80(m, 1H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 473.2 (M+1).

Example 309 Synthesis ofrac-4-(((2R,3R)-1-benzyl-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of rac-tert-butyl(2R,3R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a suspension of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(1.04 g, 2.35 mmol) and cis-3-amino-1-Boc-2-methylpyrrolidine (0.470 g,2.35 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added potassiumcarbonate (0.974 g, 7.05 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 18 hours, and then heated to 50° C. for 2 hours.The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted withethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL) and the layers were separated.The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). Thecombined organic phase was washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0-50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the titlecompound as a yellowish foam (0.556 g, 37% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 641.2(M+1), 643.5 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation rac-tert-butyl(2R,3R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of rac-tert-butyl(2R,3R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.377 g, 0.588 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.040 mL, 0.70 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (6 mL) was added a 60% dispersion ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.035 g, 0.88 mmol) at 0° C. Theresulting mixture was warmed to ambient temperature, stirred for 2 hoursand then quenched by slow addition to water (100 mL). Filtration of theresulting suspension provided the title compound as a yellowish solid(0.458 g) which was dried in vacuo and used without furtherpurification: MS (ES+) m/z 655.3 (M+1), 667.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation ofrac-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(((2R,3R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of rac-tert-butyl(2R,3R)-3-((2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.458 g, 0.588 mmol) in dichloromethane (7 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (1.4 mL, 18.3 mmol). The reaction was allowed towarm to ambient temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and the residue triturated with methanol (30 mL). Theprecipitate was removed by filtration and the filter residue rinsed withmethanol (2×25 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo toyield the title compound as a yellow oil (0.340 g) which was usedwithout further purification: MS (ES+) m/z 405.1 (M+1), 407.1 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation ofrac-4-(((2R,3R)-1-benzyl-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution ofrac-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-(((2R,3R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.340 g, 0.588 mmol) in anhydrous1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL) and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) wasadded benzaldehyde (0.178 mL, 1.76 mmol). After 15 minutes, sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.373 g, 1.76 mmol) was added and the reactionwas stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with brine (2×25 mL).The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL).The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate andfiltered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of theresidue by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-5% ofmethanol (containing 2% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane,provided the title compound as a colourless solid (0.119 g, 41% yield)¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.13-11.06 (m, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.69 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.24 (m, 2H),2.98-2.82 (m, 4H), 2.04-1.83 (m, 3H), 1.19-1.17 (m, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z495.1 (M+1), 497.1 (M+1).

Example 310 Synthesis ofrac-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of rac-tert-butyl3-hydroxy-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of tert-butyl3-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.975 g, 5.26 mmol) in anhydrous diethylether (20 mL)) was added a 3 M solution of methylmagnesium bromide indiethyl ether (3.50 mL, 10.53 mmol). The reaction was allowed to warm toambient temperature, stirred for 1 hour, and then cooled to 0° C. andquenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL). Theaqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL).The combined organic phases were washed with brine (50 mL), dried withmagnesium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuoand purification of the residue by column chromatography, eluting with agradient of 0-40% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the titlecompound as a yellowish oil (0.735 g, 69% yield) ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ3.54-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.20 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.79 (m,2H), 1.60-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.42 (s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 202.3(M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of rac-tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.500 g, 1.13 mmol) and tert-butyl3-hydroxy-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.250 g, 1.24 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added a dispersion of 60% ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.185 g, 4.62 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reactionmixture was then added slowly to rapidly stirred saturated aqueousammonium chloride (150 mL). The resulting slurry was filtered and theobtained precipitate was purified by column chromatography, eluting witha gradient of 0-60% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, to give the titlecompound as a pale yellow solid (0.323 g, 45% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 664.3(M+23), 666.3 (M+23).

Step 3. Preparation ofRac-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of rac-tert-butyl3-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)-3-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.323 g, 0.503 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (0.554 mL, 7.23 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the residue was triturated with methanol (10 mL). Theprecipitate was removed by filtration and rinsed with methanol (2×15mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to yield the titlecompound as yellow foam (0.364 g, quantitative yield) which was usedwithout further purification.

Step 4. Preparation ofrac-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution ofrac-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.364 g) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL)and N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added benzaldehyde (0.218 mL, 2.16mmol). After 15 minutes, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.457 g, 2.16mmol) was added to it and the reaction was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (75 mL) and washed with brine (2×50 mL). The combined aqueouslayers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic phase were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-5% methanol (containing 2%of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, provided the title compoundas a pale yellow solid (0.100 g, 41% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.39-11.34 (m, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.59 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),3.67-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.61 (m,1H), 2.56-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.56 (s,3H); MS (ES+) m/z 482.1 (M+1), 484.1 (M+1).

Example 311A AND 311B Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideand(R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Resolution ofrac-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.090 g) by supercritical fluid chromatography, using 30% of ethanol(containing 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in supercritical carbon dioxideas eluent and a Chiralcel AS-H column (250×25 mm, 10 μm), provided(S)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.030 g, 97% ee) as the first eluting enantiomer and(R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.036 g, 96% ee) and as the second enantiomer. The absoluteconfiguration was arbitrarily assigned. Data for(R)-4-((1-benzyl-3-methylpyrrolidin-3-yl)oxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide:¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.65 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.46 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.09(d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.37 (m,1H), 2.01-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z481.9 (M+1), 483.9 (M+1).

Example 312 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(ethyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a cooled (0° C.) solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.300 g, 0.539 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (6 mL) wasadded a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.032 g, 0.808mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutesbefore iodoethane (0.052 mL, 0.647 mmol) was added to it. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 16 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) andsaturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) and the layers wereseparated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL).The combined organic phase was washed with brine (3×20 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Concentration of the filtrate invacuo and purification of the residue by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0-50% of ethyl acetate in hexanes, provided the titlecompound as a yellow oil (0.085 g, 27% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 585.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(ethyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(0.085 g, 0.145 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was addedtrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred atambient temperature for 16 h. Concentration in vacuo provided the titlecompound as a yellow oil (0.190 g, quantitative yield) which was usedwithout further purification: MS (ES+) m/z 385.2 (M+1).

Step 3.(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(ethyl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of(S)-4-(ethyl(pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-2-fluoro-5-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.190 g) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (3 mL)and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added benzaldehyde (0.115mL, 1.14 mmol). After 15 minutes, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.242 g,1.14 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate (50 mL) and washed with brine (2×25 mL). The combined aqueouslayers were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile in water(containing 0.1% of trifluoroacetic acid) afforded the title compound asa pale yellow solid (0.037 g, 53% yield) ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ10.39-10.17 (m, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),7.49-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.20 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),4.39-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.18 (td, J=1.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.94 (m, 1H),3.60-3.03 (m, 5H), 2.25-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.08-1.81 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.77 (m,3H), NH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 475.1 (M+1), 476.1 (M+1).

Example 313 Synthesis of(R)-2,3-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate

To a cooled (−50° C.) solution of tert-butyl N-thiazol-4-ylcarbamate(2.87 g, 14.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added lithiumbis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 14.3 mL, 14.3 mmol).The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature andstirred for 30 minutes. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0° C. andthen added dropwise to a cooled (−78° C.) solution of2,3,4-trifluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.82 mL, 13.0 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (60 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm toambient temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture was thendiluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (2×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo and purification of the residueby column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-30% of ethylacetate in hexanes, provided the title compound as a colorless solid(4.34 g, 85% yield): MS (ES+) m/z 395.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of2,3,4-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of tert-butylthiazol-4-yl((2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)sulfonyl)carbamate (2.50 g, 6.34mmol) in dichloromethane (13 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3.88mL, 50.7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 5 h. Concentration in vacuo and trituration of theresidue in diethyl ether (25 mL) afforded the title compound as a paleyellow solid (1.68 g, 90% yield) which was used without furtherpurification: MS (ES+) m/z 295.1 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of(R)-2,3-difluoro-4-((1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of 2,3,4-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide(0.265 g, 0.901 mmol) and (R)-1-(1-phenylethyl)piperidin-4-ol (0.185 g,0.901 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added adispersion of 60% of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.108 g, 2.70 mmol)and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h.The reaction mixture was then added slowly to rapidly stirred saturatedaqueous ammonium chloride (150 mL). The resulting slurry was filteredand the obtained solid purified by reverse-phase HPLC, using a gradientof acetonitrile in water (containing 0.5% of formic acid) to yield thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.023 g, % yield) ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.83 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.50 (td, J=8.5, 1.9Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.88 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.47 (m, 1H),3.55-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.89 (m,2H), 1.70-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), NH and COOH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 480.3 (M+1).

Example 314 Synthesis of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of 3-fluoro-6-methylpicolinaldehyde

To a solution of 2-bromo-3-fluoro-6-methylpyridine (2.00 g, 10.53 mmol)in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) was added a 1.3 M solution ofisopropylmagnesium chloride lithium chloride complex in tetrahydrofuran(16.20 mL, 21.06 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5h, then cooled to −42° C., and anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL)was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at −42° C. for 2 h andthen diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with saturatedammonium chloride (2×60 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to affordthe title compound as a orange oil (1.47 g, quantitative yield): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.18 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.38 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H); MS(ES+) m/z: 140.1 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6-methylpyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 160, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace6-(difluoromethyl)picolinaldehyde with 3-fluoro-6-methylpicolinaldehyde,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.22 g, 43%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.97 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J=9.7, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd,J=8.4, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.11 (m,1H), 3.76-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.67 (m, 6H), 2.47-2.39 (m, 4H), 2.08-1.99(m, 1H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z: 514.2 (M+1), 516.2 (M+1).

Example 315 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of(S,E)-N-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide

To a solution of (S)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (3.87 g, 31.91 mmol)and 5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde (4.60 g, 29.01 mmol) in anhydrousdichloromethane (100 mL) was added titanium(IV) isopropoxide (17.10 mL,58.02 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h andthen quended by slow addition of 2 M sodium hydroxide (80 mL). Theresulting slurry was filtered and the filter cake was rinsed withdichloromethane (200 mL). The combined filtrate was concentrated invacuo to afford the title compound as an orange solid (7.52 g, 99%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.83 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.94 (m, 1H),7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.09 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)—N—((R)-1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide

To a solution of(S,E)-N-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide(3.14 g, 12.00 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (45 mL) was added a3.0 M solution of methylmagnesiumbromide in diethyl ether (5.20 mL,15.60 mmol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1h and was then warmed to ambient temperature for 1 h. The reactionmixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate(100 mL). The mixture was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×75mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 80% of ethylacetate in hexanes, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid(2.38 g, 71% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.34 (dd, J=6.3, 2.7 Hz,1H), 7.21 (ddd, J=8.7, 4.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J=9.7, 8.8 Hz, 1H),4.88-4.80 (m, 1H), 3.37 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.22(s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z: 287.2 (M+1), 280.2 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of (R)-1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-aminehydrochloride

To a 4 M solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (10 mL) was added(S)—N—((R)-1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide(2.38 g, 8.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for2 h and then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as acolorless solid (1.80 g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 174.2 (M+1),176.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-one

To a mixture of (R)-1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethan-1-aminehydrochloride (2.54 g, 12.09 mmol) and1-ethyl-1-methyl-4-oxopiperidin-1-ium iodide (3.25 g, 12.09 mmol) inethanol (19 mL) and water (6 mL) was added potassium carbonate (1.84 g,13.30 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h. Aftercooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted withwater (80 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL). The combinedorganic fractions were washed with brine (3×30 mL), dried over anhydroussodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo toprovide a residue, which was purified by column chromatography, elutingwith a gradient of 0 to 5% of methanol (containing 0.1% ammoniumhydroxide) in dichloromethane, to afford the title compound as acolorless solid (2.41 g, 78% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43 (dd,J=6.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (ddd, J=8.7, 4.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J=9.5,8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (qd, J=11.4, 6.0 Hz, 4H), 2.44(dd, J=7.0, 5.3 Hz, 4H), 1.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 256.1(M+1), 258.1 (M+1).

Step 5. Preparation of(R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-one(2.41 g, 9.42 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (75 mL) was added sodiumborohydride (0.36 g, 9.42 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 2 h, and then quenched with saturated ammonium hydroxide (50 mL).The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with 2 Msodium hydroxide (110 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×80 mL).The combined organic layers were, washed with brine (80 mL), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated invacuo to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (2.32 g, 96%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.39 (dd, J=6.1, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16(ddd, J=8.7, 4.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J=9.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (q,J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (tt, J=8.9, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.87 (m, 1H),2.74-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.51 (m,2H), 1.35 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), OH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 258.2 (M+1),260.2 (M+1).

Step 6. Preparation of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of (R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol(0.39 g, 1.51 mmol) and3-chloro-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide (0.44 g, 1.51 mmol)in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added a 60% dispersion ofsodium hydride in mineral oil (0.18 g, 4.53 mmol) mmol) at 0° C. Themixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, stirred for 2 h, andthen heated to 75° C. for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., quenchedby addition of water (5 mL), and diluted with saturated ammoniumchloride (80 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60mL). The combined organic phase was washed with saturated ammoniumchloride (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide aresidue which was purified by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, elutingwith a gradient of 10 to 60% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% offormic acid, to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.20 g,25% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.04 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd,J=6.1, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J=9.7, 8.8 Hz, 1H),7.07 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.54 (m, 1H), 3.89 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H),2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.60 (m,2H), 1.33 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 530.1 (M+1), 532.1 (M+1).

Example 316 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(5-chloro-2-fluorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

To a solution of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (0.30 g, 0.58 mmol) and5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde (0.18 g, 1.16 mol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) wasadded sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.25 g, 1.16 mmol) and the reactionmixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 h. The mixture wasthen diluted with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 15% of methanol(containing 0.1% of ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane. Additionalpurification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with a gradientof 10 to 55% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% of formic acid,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.10 g, 29% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=6.3, 2.7 Hz,1H), 7.43 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, J=8.7, 4.5, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22(dd, J=9.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.74 (m, 1H), 3.59(s, 2H),3.28-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 4H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 542.1 (M+1), 544.1 (M+1).

Example 317 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-((6-(azetidin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of 6-(azetidin-1-yl)picolinaldehyde

To a solution of 6-chloropicolinaldehyde (1.00 g, 7.06 mmol) inanhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (12 mL) was added azetidine (1.05 mL, 15.54mmol) and the mixture was heated to 120° C. for 1 h. The mixture wasdiluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL), washed with brine (2×60 mL), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as dark red oil (1.14g, quantitative yield): MS (ES+) m/z 163.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-((6-(azetidin-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 160, Step 5 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace6-(difluoromethyl)picolinaldehyde with 6-(azetidin-1-yl)picolinaldehyde,and purification by preparative reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with agradient of 7 to 50% of acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of formicacid, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.020 g, 10%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.40 (s, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.91(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=8.3, 7.2 Hz, 1H),7.23 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H),6.38 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.45-4.35 (m, 3H), 3.95 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 4H),3.69-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.35 (m, 3H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.27 (m, 2H),2.20-2.10 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 537.3 (M+1), 539.3 (M+1).

Example 318 Synthesis of4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-benzyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-3-chloro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 316 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde with benzaldehyde, and purification bycolumn chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to 15% of methanol(containing 0.1% ammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, afforded thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.21 g, 74% yield): ¹H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.07 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz,1H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.29 (m,4H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.74 (m, 1H), 3.58(s, 2H), 3.24-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.78-1.65 (m, 4H); MS(ES+) m/z 490.1 (M+1), 492.1 (M+1).

Example 319 Synthesis of3-chloro-4-(((1R,3s,5S)-8-(3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamideformate

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 316 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace5-chloro-2-fluorobenzaldehyde with 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde,afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.11 g, 32% yield): ¹HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=7.4, 1.9 Hz,1H), 7.44-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.56(s, 2H), 3.21-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.64 (m, 4H), NH andCOOH not observed; MS (ES+) m/z 542.1 (M+1), 544.1 (M+1).

Example 320 Synthesis of(R)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-cyclopropyl-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Step 1. Preparation of(R)-1-(1-(5-cyclopropyl-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol

To a mixture of (R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol(1.93 g, 5.04 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (0.87 g, 10.01 mmol), andpotassium phosphate (4.28 g, 20.16 mmol) in toluene (60 mL) and water (6mL) was added palladium acetate (0.11 g, 0.50 mmol) andtricyclohexylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (0.37 g, 1.00 mmol). Theresulting mixture was degassed by sparging with nitrogen and then heatedto reflux for 18 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reactionmixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and filtered. Thefiltrate was washed with saturated ammonium chloride (50 mL), brine (50mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography,eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% of methanol (containing 0.2% ofammonium hydroxide) in dichloromethane, to afford the title compound asa colorless oil (0.71 g, 53% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.13 (dd,J=6.9, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 2H), 3.87 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.60(m, 1H), 2.95-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.05 (m, 2H),1.96-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.69-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.99-0.93(m, 2H), 0.68-0.63 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 264.2 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation ofR)-3-chloro-4-((1-(1-(5-cyclopropyl-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Following the procedure as described for EXAMPLE 315, Step 6 and makingnon-critical variations as required to replace(R)-1-(1-(5-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol with(R)-1-(1-(5-cyclopropyl-2-fluorophenyl)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol, andpurification by column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0 to10% of methanol (containing 0.2% of ammonium hydroxide) indichloromethane, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (0.35g 49% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ11.03 (br s, 1H), 8.89 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H),7.34 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J=6.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 7.01 (dd, J=10.1, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (ddd, J=8.2, 5.3, 2.6 Hz, 1H),4.59-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.86 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.73-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.20(m, 2H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.33 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H),0.95-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.68-0.56 (m, 2H), MS (ES+) m/z 536.3 (M+1), 538.3(M+1).

Example 321 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl((3-chloro-2,4-difluorophenyl)sulfonyl)(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (7.50 g,18.27 mmol) in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (44 mL) was addedtriethylamine (3.10 mL, 21.92 mmol) and tert-butyl(S)-3-aminopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (4.10 g, 21.92 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h.Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as a colorless solid (6.67 g, 64%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.79 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J=7.9Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (d, J=6.5Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.50 (m, 2H),3.35-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H),1.34 (s, 9H); MS (ES+) m/z 577.3 (M+1), 579.3 (M+1).

Step 2. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(6.80 g, 11.71 mmol), methylboronic acid (7.05 g, 117.10 mmol),palladium acetate (0.40 g, 1.76 mmol), and tricyclohexyl phosphoniumtetrafluoroborate (1.30 g, 3.51 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (117 mL)was added potassium phosphate (12.49 g, 59.00 mmol). The reactionmixture was degassed by sparging with nitrogen for 5 minutes, and thenheated to 90° C. for 4 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, thereaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite. The filter padwas washed with ethyl acetate (150 mL), and the combined filtrateconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, to yield the title compound as a colorless solid (6.23 g, 96%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 557.3 (M+1).

Step 3. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(6.23 g, 11.20 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (22 mL) wasadded iodomethane (1.40 mL, 22.41 mmol), followed by sodium hydride(0.67 g, 16.80 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 16 h, and then quenched by addition of methanol (5 mL).Concentration in vacuo and purification of the residue by columnchromatography, eluting with a gradient of 10 to 50% of ethyl acetate inhexanes, afforded the title compound as a light brown foam (5.84 g, 91%yield): MS (ES+) m/z 571.2 (M+1).

Step 4. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

To a solution of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(5.30 g, 9.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroaceticacid (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 16 h. Concentration in vacuo provided a residue, which was usedwithout further purification. The residue was dissolved in anhydrousN,N-dimethylformamide (18 mL), and benzaldehyde (1.99 g, 18.73 mmol) andsodium triacetoxyborohydride (5.96 g, 28.10 mmol) were added to it. Thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, and thenquenched by addition of 5% aqueous lithium chloride (25 mL). The mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate (7×25 mL), and the combined organicextracts were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo and a portion of the residue purifiedby reverse-phase HPLC, eluting with water in acetonitrile to obtain thetitle compound as a colorless solid (0.31 g, 6% yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ11.27 (t, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t,J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 7.43-7.43 (m, 3H), 6.97 (q, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 4.38-4.31 (m,2H), 4.23-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.06 (m, 5H);MS (ES+) m/z 461.2 (M+1). Note: acidic protons not observed.

Examples 322-324

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 321, Step 4, utilizingthe appropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z ¹H NMR 322 (S)-4-((1-(2,5-difluorobenzyl)-497.1 (M + 1) (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.30 pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-(s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- 1H), 7.61(t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2- 7.52-7.48 (m, 1H),7.39 (td, J = trifluoroacetate 6.4, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.00-6.97 (m, 2H),4.46-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.16 (m, 4H), 2.65 (s, 3H),2.24-2.10 (m, 5H), NH not observed. 323 (S)-4-((1-(3- 511.5 (M + 1) (300MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.30 (difluoromethyl)benzyl)- (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 2.1Hz, pyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)- 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H),2-fluoro-3-methyl-N-(thiazol-4- 7.67-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.27-6.90yl)benzenesulfonamide (m, 3H), 4.56-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.01 (m, 1H),3.65-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.44-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.59 (m, 3H), 2.25-1.96 (m,5H). 324 (S)-2-fluoro-4-((1-((3-fluoro-6- 494.1 (M + 1) (300 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.31 methylpyridin-2- (s, 1H), 10.73 (br s, 1H), 8.88yl)methyl)pyrrolidin-3- (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.65yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-N- (m, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8.6, 3.8(thiazol-4- Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, yl)benzenesulfonamide 2,2,2-1H), 6.97 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), trifluoroacetate 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.21-4.15(m, 1H), 3.65-3.31 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.10 (m,5H).

Examples 325-327

In a similar manner as described in the EXAMPLE 29, Step 4, utilizingthe appropriately substituted starting materials and intermediates, thefollowing compounds were prepared:

Example No. Name MS (ES+) m/z ¹H NMR 325 (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2,5- 500.0(M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.99 (s, difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3-502.0 (M + 1) 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4- (dd, J = 8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42thiadiazol-5- (m, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H), yl)benzenesulfonamide 7.27 (d,J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 1H),3.24-3.16 (m, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.92 (m, 2H), NH not observed. 326(S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(2,6- 500.0 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.01 (s,difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 502.0 (M + 1) 1H), 7.68-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.23(q, J = yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4- 7.9 Hz, 3H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 2H),thiadiazol-5- 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.37 (t, J = 9.3 yl)benzenesulfonamideHz, 1H), 3.21-3.11 (m, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.11-1.92 (m, 2H), NH notobserved 327 (S)-3-chloro-4-((1-(3,5- 500.0 (M + 1), (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.14 (s, difluorobenzyl)pyrrolidin-3- 501.9 (M + 1) 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H),7.68 (d, J = 2.0 yl)(methyl)amino)-N-(1,2,4- Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.61 (m, 1H),7.33-7.23 thiadiazol-5- (m, 4H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.25-4.12yl)benzenesulfonamide (m, 1H), 3.35 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, formate 1H),3.20-3.12 (m, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 1H),NH and COOH not observed.

Example 328 Synthesis of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 321, Step 3 and makingvariations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colorless solid (0.70 g, 86%yield): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.81-8.80 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.91 (m, 1H),7.55 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.94 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.54(m, 2H), 3.38-3.28 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s,9H), 1.35 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of(S)-4-((1-benzylpyrrolidin-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide2,2,2-trifluoroacetate

Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 321, Step 4 and makingvariations as required to replace tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylatewith tert-butyl(S)-3-((4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)(methyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate,the title compound was obtained as a colourless solid (0.12 g, 45%yield): ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.87 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t,J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 5H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 2H), 5.76 (s, 1H),4.22-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.54 (m, 3H),2.39-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.76 (m, 1H), NH notobserved; MS (ES+) m/z 481.0 (M+1), 483.0 (M+1).

Biological Assays

Various techniques are known in the art for testing the activity of thecompound of the invention or determining their solubility in knownpharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In order that the inventiondescribed herein may be more fully understood, the following biologicalassays are set forth. It should be understood that these examples arefor illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limitingthis invention in any manner.

Biological Example 1 Electrophysiological Assay (In Vitro Assay)

Patch voltage clamp electrophysiology allows for the direct measurementand quantification of block of voltage-gated sodium channels (Na_(v)'s),and allows the determination of the time- and voltage-dependence ofblock which has been interpreted as differential binding to the resting,open, and inactivated states of the sodium channel (Hille, B., Journalof General Physiology (1977), 69: 497-515).

The following patch voltage clamp electrophysiology studies wereperformed on representative compounds of the invention using humanembryonic kidney cells (HEK), permanently transfected with an expressionvector containing the full-length cDNA coding for the desired humansodium channel α-subunit, grown in culture media containing 10% FBS, 1%PSG, and 0.5 mg/mL G418 at 37° C. with 5% CO₂. HEK cells used for theelectrophysiology (EP) recordings had a passage number of less than 40for all studies and were used within three days from the time ofplating. Na_(v)1.1, Na_(v)1.5 and Na_(v)1.6 cDNAs (NM_001165964 (SCN1A),NM_000335 (SCN5A) and NM_014191 (SCN8A), respectively) were stablyexpressed in HEK-293 cells.

Sodium currents were measured using the patch clamp technique in thewhole-cell configuration using either a PatchXpress automated voltageclamp or manually using an Axopatch 200B (Axon Instruments) or Model2400 (A-M systems) amplifier. The manual voltage clamp protocol was asfollows: Borosilicate glass micropipettes were fire-polished to a tipdiameter yielding a resistance of 2-4 Mohms in the working solutions.The pipette was filled with a solution comprised of: 5 mM NaCl, 10 mMCsCl, 120 mM CsF, 0.1 mM CaCl₂, 2 mM MgCl₂, 10 mM HEPES, 10 mM EGTA; andadjusted to pH 7.2 with CsOH. The external solution had the followingcomposition: 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl₂, 1 mM MgCl₂, 10 mM HEPES;and adjusted to pH 7.4 with NaOH. In some studies, the external sodiumwas reduced by equimolar replacement with choline. Osmolarity in the CsFinternal and NaCl external solutions was adjusted to 300 mOsm/kg and 310mOsm/kg with glucose, respectively. All recordings were performed atambient temperature in a bath chamber with a volume of 150 μL. Controlsodium currents were measured in 0.5% DMSO. Controls and representativecompounds of the invention were applied to the recording chamber througha 4-pinch or 8-pinch valve bath perfusion system manufactured by ALAScientific Instruments.

Currents were recorded at 40 kHz sampling frequency, filtered at 5 Hz,and stored using a Digidata-1322A analogue/digital interface with thepClamp software (Axon Instruments). Series resistance compensation wasapplied (60-80%). Cells were rejected if currents showed inadequatevoltage control (as judged by the IV relationship during stepwiseactivation). All statistics in this study are given as mean±SD.

The membrane potential was maintained at a voltage where inactivation ofthe channel is complete. The voltage is then stepped back to a verynegative (Vhold=−150 mV) voltage for 20 ms and then a test pulse isapplied to quantify the compound block. The 20 ms brief repolarizationwas long enough for compound-free channels to completely recover fromfast inactivation, but the compound-bound channels recovered more slowlysuch that negligible recovery could occur during this interval. Thepercent decrease in sodium current following wash-on of compound wastaken as the percent block of sodium channels.

Representative compounds of the invention, when tested in this assay,demonstrated the IC₅₀'s as set forth below in Table 9.

Biological Example 2 Sodium Influx Assay (In Vitro Assay)

This sodium influx assay employs the use of the cell permeable, sodiumsensitive dye ANG2 to quantify sodium ion influx through sodium channelswhich are maintained in an open state by use of sodium channelmodulators. This high throughput sodium influx assay allows for rapidprofiling and characterization of sodium channel blockers.

In general, Trex HEK293 cells were stably transfected with an inducibleexpression vector containing the full-length cDNA coding for the desiredhuman sodium channel α-subunit and with an expression vector containingfull length cDNA coding for the β1-subunit. Sodium channel expressingcell lines were induced with tetracycline (1 μg/mL) and plated on384-well PDL-coated plates at a density of 25K-30K cells/well in culturemedia (DMEM, containing 10% FBS and 1% L-glutamine). After overnightincubation (37° C., 5% CO₂), culture media was removed and cells wereloaded with 5 uM ANG2 dye for 1-1.5 h in Buffer 1 (155 mM NMDG, 5 mMKCl, 2 mM CaCl₂, 1 mM MgCl₂, 10 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose, adjusted withTris to pH 7.4). Access dye was removed and cells were incubated withtest compounds for 1 hr in buffer 1 containing sodium channelmodulator(s) at room temperature. Hamamatsu FDSS pCell was used toperform a 1:1 addition of Na/K challenge buffer (140 mM NaCl, 20 mMHEPES, 1 mM CaCl₂, 15 mM KCl, 1 mM MgCl₂, 10 mM glucose, adjusted withTris to pH 7.4) and simultaneously read plates at excitation wavelengthof 530 nm and emission wavelength set at 558 nm. Percent inhibition ofsodium ion influx was calculated for each test compound at each testconcentration to determine the IC₅₀ values.

Representative compounds of the invention, when tested in this model,demonstrated affinities for the inactivated state of Na_(v)1.6,Na_(v)1.5 and Na_(v)1.1 as set forth below in Table 9.

The Example numbers provided in Table 1 below correspond to the Examplesherein, “Flux” refers to the Sodium Influx Assay and “EP” refers to theElectrophysiological Assay. IC₅₀ values listed are arithmetic meanvalues:

TABLE 1 Inhibition of Na_(V)1.6, Na_(V)1.5 and Na_(V)1.1 Flux Flux FluxEP EP EP Na_(V)1.6 Na_(V)1.5 Na_(V)1.1 Na_(V)1.6 Na_(V)1.5 Na_(V)1.1 Ex.IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ IC₅₀ No. (μM) (μM) (μM) (μM) (μM) (μM)  110.296 >30 >30  2 1.358 6.325 22.501 0.381  3 6.595 6.169 20.767  4 >3010.962 >30  5 1.362 4.372 6.304  6 7.523 >30 12.152  7 27.307 >30 >30 8A 1.090 4.806 5.009  8B 0.632 14.673 4.313  9A 1.748 5.919 6.244  9B0.874 8.745 5.100  10A 1.268 5.155 4.661  10B 1.161 8.557 5.077  110.253 7.583 8.123 0.082 7.211  12 13.328 6.347 13.287  13 1.703 5.0866.830  14 0.878 10.688 >30  15 2.570 23.905 9.232  16 0.429 >30 22.8360.030 >10  17 0.392 >30 >30 0.155 >10  18 1.057 >30 >30  19 3.167 4.6804.956  20 5.622 6.098 5.926  21 3.178 4.685 3.154  22 3.636 16.14214.812  23 >30 29.578 >30  24 2.539 13.530 12.630  25 0.569 24.682 5.7640.138 >10  26 0.235 >30 15.014 0.164  27 0.437 6.901 3.732 0.070 3.413 28 0.221 5.730 3.229 0.036 4.206  29 0.244 29.511 >30 0.060 >10 >10  300.021 18.695 7.969  31 0.013 >30 27.674 0.029  32 0.047 7.410 6.549  330.041 7.791 5.109 0.070 >10  34 0.039 >30 19.920  35 0.021 >30 15.867 36 0.615 >30 >30 0.685 >10  37 0.195 >30 >30  38 1.942 26.308 17.9220.803 >30 >10  39 0.732 13.070 4.964  40 3.253 15.801 6.793 3.880 >10 41 1.043 9.013 6.644 0.748 >10  42 0.155 9.107 4.380  43 1.890 17.1027.866  44 0.100 >30 10.714 0.089 >10  45 1.980 >30 11.215  46 0.731 >304.128 0.278  47 0.943 15.902 12.294 0.479  48 3.665 7.821 10.547  490.491 5.395 5.586  50 1.078 5.713 4.150  51 6.580 3.476 17.585  52 0.30514.422 8.370  53 0.601 24.525 7.407  54 0.156 16.652 9.927  55 0.1879.834 11.752 0.032 >10  56 0.392 10.064 12.475  57 0.970 5.246 13.6560.268 >10  58 0.402 5.578 5.137 0.093 9.145  59 0.255 7.444 7.437 0.0929.914  60 0.452 15.905 13.302  61 0.176 6.957 6.367 0.137 >10  62 0.5364.527 4.242 0.150 6.547  63 27.721 >30 >30  64 5.628 >30 >30  65 0.55229.737 >30 0.839 >10  66 0.148 >30 5.508 0.144  67 0.310 >30 >30 0.453 68 1.411 >30 >30 2.920 >10  69 0.697 6.154 1.764  70 0.664 4.201 3.178 71 1.257 9.273 3.351 0.863  72 6.074 13.492 6.806  73 1.877 13.1125.848  74 0.167 8.668 1.540 0.025 1.030  75 0.661 8.991 4.194  76 4.69916.766 11.366  77 7.614 26.567 19.036 5.567  78 6.597 2.858 8.171  790.570 >30 6.336 0.138 >10  80 0.378 29.098 12.169 0.124 >10  81 0.5727.217 7.482  82 0.423 >30 >30 0.056 >10  83 0.029 >30 >30 0.036 >10  840.525 3.536 6.000  85 0.353 5.712 8.701  86 0.588 12.453 5.374  87 0.74414.288 5.959 0.393 7.276  88 0.381 5.913 1.588 0.039 1.245  89 0.50112.012 2.130 0.091 2.874  90 0.464 8.160 12.412  91 1.197 6.944 7.198 92 0.203 3.641 6.398 0.081 7.534  93 3.625 12.485 12.573  94 3.4417.615 11.384  95 0.416 20.852 14.689 0.177  96 11.914 >30 25.698  971.450 >30 >30 2.937  98 7.531 >30 21.869  99 1.408 >30 >30 4.440 1000.190 >30 29.992 0.164 >10 101 0.272 24.339 15.599 0.054 >30 31.664 1020.703 >30 >30 0.152 >10 103 0.061 28.245 28.506 0.017 >10 40.945 1040.026 >30 >30 0.011 >10 105 0.268 17.562 27.643 0.151 >10 106 0.09920.582 23.200 0.034 >10 107 0.049 9.603 4.096 108 5.486 >30 12.484 1091.114 2.803 1.988 110 0.262 >30 >30 111 0.763 >30 >30 112 0.773 8.1924.596 113 0.258 13.019 17.928 114 2.254 >30 25.882 115 1.603 19.3016.749 116 0.529 >30 29.293 117 1.445 3.089 2.263 118 0.058 >30 12.860119 0.368 20.160 28.797 120 0.390 22.878 >30 121 1.466 >30 >30 122 1.71524.164 26.873 123 4.005 >30 7.481 124 9.918 >30 >30 125 2.323 >30 14.708126 4.520 >30 >30 127 0.520 10.146 10.725 128 0.185 22.531 >30 1290.828 >30 >30 130 0.285 24.220 >30 131 2.859 >30 >30 132 0.146 >3020.900 133 0.245 >30 10.948 134 0.412 >30 12.058 135 0.640 1.665 0.564136 6.795 >30 >30 137 0.217 16.537 5.066 138 0.050 10.374 9.481 1397.727 >30 >30 140 2.082 >30 >30 141 0.582 >30 >30 142 0.531 6.763 3.701143 10.181 >30 >30 144 4.802 8.474 6.717 145 0.515 17.097 9.630 1464.402 12.134 9.321 147 0.482 >30 >30 148 0.129 12.432 7.576 149 0.6139.180 6.023 150 0.954 >30 >30 151 0.410 >30 >30 152 1.699 8.911 7.211153 0.185 >30 >30 154 5.572 21.740 16.556 155 0.220 14.389 12.583 1560.298 10.348 7.798 157 0.211 18.628 8.062 158 0.009 >30 24.171 0.008 1590.178 >30 >30 160 1.686 >30 26.678 161 4.848 >30 26.045 162 6.134 5.7796.880 163 2.801 >30 >30 164 4.449 12.943 6.028 165 3.343 6.967 4.608 1663.672 10.130 7.792 167 1.689 8.848 6.440 168 2.020 5.892 4.170 169 0.8215.273 4.618 170 1.615 21.207 11.259 171 1.863 4.961 2.348 172 0.4324.968 5.454 173 3.337 9.860 8.754 174 9.156 16.222 10.200 175 2.548 >3013.150 176 0.740 >30 >30 177 3.150 7.522 3.909 178 1.088 15.985 12.866179 4.892 20.413 6.905 180 5.289 25.358 16.841 181 3.152 >30 >30 1820.877 9.858 9.410 183 6.928 >30 >30 184 5.385 >30 >30 185 7.019 22.3978.807 186 3.274 20.119 19.205 187 1.011 25.371 17.283 188 4.145 8.2413.247 189 1.868 16.551 7.378 190 2.333 8.252 5.169 191 0.587 8.215 8.899192 0.857 >30 >30 0.370 >10 193 0.774 9.021 3.567 0.330 >10 194 3.19723.538 29.205 195 1.492 3.782 5.102 196 1.262 8.196 1.871 197 3.3293.172 5.204 198 1.462 4.699 5.363 199 8.421 >30 7.882 200 4.624 7.2154.967 201 3.322 15.047 5.738 202 4.324 >30 25.069 203 4.146 6.702 5.741204 1.775 >30 >30 205 1.160 8.001 10.303 206 0.532 >30 22.461 0.462 >10207 1.384 7.478 7.309 208 1.087 5.689 4.413 209 2.146 20.224 20.037 2101.267 8.363 7.133 211 2.915 7.850 4.979 212 2.144 18.950 10.519 2133.456 12.843 16.111 214 1.792 5.536 2.942 215 5.202 >30 27.541 2163.710 >30 >30 217 5.642 6.695 4.571 218 1.996 14.174 13.652 219 3.20213.037 7.532 220 3.688 8.187 5.838 221 0.127 >30 10.782 0.098 >10 2220.959 19.352 27.908 0.278 >10 223 0.009 23.193 2.578 224 0.024 >30 8.892225 3.895 5.551 5.451 5.310 >10 226 2.428 9.041 11.490 3.085 >10 2270.855 >30 >30 228 0.031 23.110 5.275 229 1.558 >30 >30 230 0.967 23.04113.100 231 5.515 15.079 25.464 232 0.858 3.764 4.600 233 0.375 27.2866.021 234 1.423 20.730 6.874 235 0.047 15.411 10.205 236 0.067 >3024.258 237 0.064 14.717 8.521 238 2.100 12.969 27.775 239 0.708 16.47327.033 240 0.093 7.456 8.062 241 0.274 15.058 9.928 242 0.650 9.9635.375 0.668 >10 243 1.056 25.660 13.105 244 1.234 5.080 6.935 2452.124 >30 >30 246 0.629 18.726 8.507 1.033 >10 247 0.469 13.951 6.869248 3.310 7.056 5.526 249 0.285 17.442 11.182 0.110 >10 250 1.420 6.4825.502 251 1.505 7.324 7.447 0.412 >10 252 0.304 8.081 17.146 253 0.7562.523 2.674 0.491 4.761 254 1.158 0.962 2.320 16.987 255 3.701 12.7009.144 256 3.312 6.719 4.413 257 0.701 10.588 10.313 0.170 >10 258 7.98215.368 12.904 259 1.577 5.811 3.769 0.440 3.518 260 1.681 10.086 7.3520.842 9.643 261 6.037 24.613 8.294 262 13.321 28.784 25.152 263 3.09719.078 4.444 3.810 >10 264 4.785 13.077 6.007 265 4.786 6.800 6.351 2661.771 2.065 2.670 267 0.182 >30 >30 0.066 268 4.921 28.159 >30 2690.647 >30 >30 0.329 >10 270 4.740 28.668 21.862 271 4.091 8.175 8.702272 3.765 18.226 11.740 273 1.993 7.100 22.537 274 1.855 10.036 >30 2750.738 17.562 29.737 276 0.566 17.867 18.684 277 0.153 >30 24.910 0.027278 0.893 >30 >30 279 0.064 >30 21.203 0.011 >10 280 0.228 27.124 17.423281 0.021 13.129 14.584 282 0.005 23.949 17.278 0.005 283 0.067 >30 >300.037 >10 284 0.718 13.044 10.482 285 0.389 2.710 4.374 286 2.223 1.9872.268 287 6.672 8.260 7.812 288 4.316 27.401 15.898 289 1.274 19.4087.021 290 1.787 5.305 6.240 291 0.578 >30 >30 0.447 292 2.782 1.8813.795 293 10.912 >30 >30 294 2.350 16.442 15.662 295 0.009 25.943 17.0830.001 296 0.010 >30 >30 0.002 297 0.062 >30 >30 0.012 298 0.079 >3026.039 0.043 >10 >10 299 0.324 26.630 >30 300 1.066 >30 >30 0.972 >10301 2.139 >30 >30 302 1.157 28.880 9.549 303 2.440 4.617 7.064 3042.478 >30 >30 305 4.595 >30 >30 5.569 >10 306 4.564 11.912 6.725 3075.312 9.790 4.112 308 1.470 >30 24.651 309 6.859 7.350 8.437 310 2.38418.180 27.729 311A 18.341 10.536 >30 311B 1.298 26.057 18.144 312 2.7686.452 10.200 313 0.936 >30 29.567 314 0.730 >30 >30 315 1.071 6.3835.624 0.377 4.248 316 3.902 5.087 2.796 317 1.030 8.121 9.892 318 5.46517.373 13.768 1.147 >10 319 3.317 2.484 3.685 320 3.236 4.737 4.251 3210.354 21.356 12.276 0.137 >10 322 0.237 7.346 6.019 323 0.209 13.64512.306 324 0.403 >30 >30 325 0.260 27.026 23.226 326 0.303 24.466 >30327 1.040 >30 17.337 328 0.786 18.264 16.255

Biological Example 3 Electrical Stimulation Seizure Assays

Many electric stimulation seizure tests have been used to identifycompounds with anti-convulsion activity, i.e., which raise seizurethreshold. Two examples of electrical stimulation seizure assaysfrequently used in the field are the 6 Hz psychomotor seizure assay (6Hz) and the Maximal Electroshock Seizure (MES). The 6 Hz assay isconsidered a model of partial seizures observed in humans (Löscher, W.and Schmidt, D., Epilepsy Res. (1988), Vol. 2, pp 145-81; Barton, M. E.et al., Epilepsy Res. (2001), Vol. 47, pp. 217-27). The MES assay is amodel for generalized tonic-clonic seizures in humans and provides anindication of a compound's ability to prevent seizure spread when allneuronal circuits in the brain are maximally active. These seizures arehighly reproducible and are electrophysiologically consistent with humanseizures (Toman et al., 1946; Piredda et al., 1984; White et al., 1995).Experiments can be performed with healthy animals, or with seizure proneanimals that have been genetically modified to model genetic epilepsysyndromes (Piredda, S. G. et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. (1985), Vol.232, pp. 741-5; Toman, J. E. et al., J. Neurophysiol. (1946), Vol. 9,pp. 231-9; and White, H. S. et al., Ital. J. Neurol. Sci. (1995), Vol.16 (1-2), pp. 73-7).

To facilitate testing mice can be pretreated with the test compound orwith the appropriate vehicle prior to the application of theelectroshock. Each treatment group (n=4-8 mice/group) is examined foranticonvulsive effects at different time points after administration ofthe compound and the vehicle. The eyes of mice are first anesthetizedwith a topical application of Alcaine (proparacaine hydrochloride) 0.5%,one drop in each eye 30 minutes prior to the stimulation. Seizures arethen induced by placing electrodes on the eyes which deliver atranscorneal current.

The 6 Hz Psychomotor Seizure Test:

Following pretreatment, each mouse is challenged with the low-frequency(6 Hz, 0.3 ms pulse width) stimulation for 3 sec. delivered throughcorneal electrodes at several intensities (12-44 mA). Animals aremanually restrained and released immediately following the stimulationand observed for the presence or absence of seizure activity. Typically,the 6 Hz stimulation results in a seizure characterized by a minimalclonic phase that is followed by stereotyped, automatist behaviors,including twitching of the vibrissae, and Straub-tail or by ageneralized tonic clonic seizure. The presence, type and latency toseizure (in seconds) after the application of the current are monitored.Animals not displaying a clonic or generalized tonic clonic seizure areconsidered “protected”. All animals are euthanized at the end of assay.Plasma and brain samples are collected.

Maximal Electroshock Test (MES):

Following pretreatment, each mouse is challenged with an alternatingcurrent (60 Hz, 0.4-0.6 ms pulse width) for 0.2-0.5 sec. deliveredthrough corneal electrodes at intensities (44-55 mA).

Typically, the MES stimulation results in a generalized tonic seizurethat can be followed by a clonic seizure, automatist behaviors andStraub-tail. The presence, type and latency to seizure (in seconds)after the application of the current are monitored. An animal isconsidered “protected” from MES-induced seizures upon abolition of thehindlimb tonic extensor component of the seizure. After the seizure,mice are expected to resume normal exploratory behaviour within 1 to 4minutes. Latency to seizure is recorded with a cut-off of 1 minute afterwhich all animals are euthanized.

All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S.patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications andnon-patent publications referred to in this specification areincorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail tofacilitate understanding, it will be apparent that certain changes andmodifications may be practiced within the scope of the appended claims.Accordingly, the described embodiments are to be considered asillustrative and not restrictive, and the invention is not to be limitedto the details given herein, but may be modified within the scope andequivalents of the appended claims.

What is claimed is:
 1. A method for preparing a compound of formula(Ib):

wherein: n is 1, 2, or 3; m is 1, 2, or 4; X is a direct bond or—C(R⁹)R¹⁰—; Y is a direct bond or —C(R¹⁷)R¹²—; R¹ is hydrogen, alkyl,—R¹⁷—OR¹⁴, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionallysubstituted aryl, an optionally substituted aralkyl, an optionallysubstituted N-heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted N-heteroaryl, anoptionally substituted O-heteroaryl, or an optionally substitutedS-heteroaryl; R² is an optionally substituted 5-membered N-heteroaryl oran optionally substituted 6-membered N-heteroaryl; R⁴ and R⁵ are eachindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclylalkyl, optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl; or R⁴and R¹, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form anoptionally substituted cycloalkyl, an optionally substitutedheterocyclyl or an optionally substituted aryl, and R⁵, if present, ishydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substitutedheterocyclylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionallysubstituted heteroarylalkyl; each R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl,alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, —OR¹⁴, or optionally substitutedcycloalkyl; R⁷ is halo, haloalkyl, cyano, or —OR¹⁴; each R⁸ isindependently hydrogen, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl or —OR¹⁴; or two R⁸groups, together with the carbon to which they are both attached, mayform an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹² are eachindependently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, or —OR¹⁴; or R⁹ and R¹¹ forman optionally substituted alkylene chain; and R¹³ is alkyl or haloalkyl;each R¹⁴ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, or optionally substituted aralkyl; and R¹⁷ is a directbond or an optionally substituted alkylene chain; or an individualstereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or a mixture thereof; or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the methodcomprises treating a compound of formula (707):

or an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or amixture thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, with a compound of formula (708):

under reductive amination conditions to provide the compound of formula(Ib).
 2. The method of claim 1, further comprising a deprotection stepprior to treating the compound of formula (707) with the compound offormula (708) under reductive amination conditions, wherein thedeprotection step comprises treating a compound of formula (706):

or an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or amixture thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, under suitable deprotecting conditions, wherein Z¹ and Z² areeach independently a nitrogen protecting group.
 3. The method of claim2, further comprising an alkylation step prior to treating the compoundof formula (706) under suitable deprotecting conditions, wherein thealkylation step comprises treating a compound of formula (705):

or an individual stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or amixture thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, with a compound of formula R¹³—Z³, wherein R¹³ is alkyl orhaloalkyl and Z³ is a leaving group, under suitable alkylationconditions.